Home

EMC 69001166 Portable Media Storage User Manual

1. System Complete the tasks highlighted with grey in the checklist before the service provider arrives Task With Access Logix Reference Document 1 Server Q Install HBAs HBA documentation Install HBAs and see URL on page 3 4 driver Q Boot host Q Install the appropriate version of the HBA driver Make sure the QLogic HBA driver is always loaded after the internal SCSI PowerPath for Linux adapter driver as specified by the etc modules conf file installation guide 2 Server LC Set the HBA driver parameters except for the persistent bindings to the Linux host connectivity Set HBA driver values required for CLARiiON and PowerPath guide and HBA properties LY You will set the persistent bindings after the storage system is installed cloeumanieiion see and the switches are zoned URL on page 3 4 CAUTION Using improper settings can cause erratic failover behavior such as greatly increased I O delays Q Reboot host 3 Server Q Install the Navisphere Host Agent or Navisphere Server Utility and the CX Series Server Install Host Navisphere CLI Software for Linux Agent or Server Installation Guide Utility 4 Server Q If the server will be a SnapView production or secondary host install the Install admsnap admsnap utility PowerPath Checklist New Linux Server and New Storage System Linux Installation Checklist 3 7 Linux Installation Checklist 3 8 Task With Access Logix
2. Task With Access Logix Without Access Logix Reference Document 12 Server Q Reinstall HBA driver Q Reinstall HBA driver HBA documentation Set HBA driver see URL on 7 5 properes Q Set the HBA driver parameters to L Set the HBA driver parameters to the values required for the values required for CLARiiON CLARIION CAUTION Using improper CAUTION Using improper settings can cause erratic failover settings can cause erratic failover behavior such as greatly behavior such as greatly increased I O delays increased I O delays 13 Storage System For a CX Series or FC4700 Series For a CX Series or FC4700 Series Navisphere Manager Set properties for Storage system storage system administrator s guide PowerPath and online help or Q Use Navisphere Manager s Failover Setup Wizard selected from the Tools menu on the toolbar to set the following storage system properties for the server s HBA ports initiators Initiator Type to CLARiiON Open Failover mode to 1 Array commpath to Enabled Q Use the following Navisphere CLI command to determine the default storage system type navicli h hostname systemtype where hostname is the IP address or network name of an SP in the storage system If the default storage system system type is not 3 CLARIION Open use the following Navisphere CLI command to set it to 3 navicli h hostname systemtype config 3 CAUTION The above command reboots both SPs at the
3. Task With Access Logix Reference Document 16 Server Q Prepare the LUNs to receive data by Solaris host Make LUNs mge connectivity guide or ARN Specifying Solaris mount point names for them Solaris documentation Solaris Labeling and partitioning them e Mounting file systems on them Mounting them to the mount points 17 Server Q Use the following PowerPath commands to configure PowerPath for any PowerPath product Configure missing logical devices so all paths to LUNs are visible guide PowerPath for powercf i or powercf q missing devices powermt config QC Checkpoint Use the following PowerPath command to verify that PowerPath sees all the paths to the LUNs powermt display dev all class clariion If PowerPath cannot see all the paths verify that e You registered your PowerPath license key if you have one e the storage system properties are set as defined in step 11 18 Server If you have a PowerPath license key Test PowerPath Note If your PowerPath license key is not registered the load balancing policy pit a license _ is restricted to basic failover ey Q Stop all applications accessing the storage system and disable user logins to the server Q View the LUNs available to the server using the following PowerPath command powermt display dev all class clariion Choose one available LUN to receive O for the test View the paths to the chosen LUN using the PowerPath following command
4. Task With Access Logix Reference Document 19 Server L Verify that the path to the chosen CLARIION device is disabled with VERITAS Volume Verify DMP vxdisk list device Manager documentation Operation cont or vxdmpadm getsubpaths dmpnodename device where device is the name of the CLARION device Q Verify that 1 0 is still running with iostat xn You are now ready to set up any optional software such as Snap View or MirrorView on the storage system AN CAUTION If you want to install any new software or upgrade any existing software on a storage system after DMP is installed and running you should use the Navisphere Manager Software Installation Wizard If this wizard is not supported for your storage system be sure to refer to the Special NDU Procedure in the EMC Linux Utility Kit Release Notes which are available on the EMC Powerlink website EMC Installation Roadmap for CX Series and FC Series Storage Systems Linux Installation Checklist Configurations for Linux Without EMC Failover Software Read this section if you are installing a Linux configuration with a new server that will not run EMC failover software and a new storage system A new server and storage system are defined as follows New server A server running Linux with no EMC failover software and not connected to any storage system New storage system A CX300 CX500 or CX700 storage system that has the factory
5. Task With Access Logix Without Access Logix Reference Document 10 Server Q Insert the PowerPath installation C Insert the PowerPath installation PowerPath Release Install PowerPath CD and mount it CD and mount it Notes and PowerPath for UNIX installation and Q Install PowerPath from the Q Install PowerPath from the administrator s guide command line or using SMIT command line or using SMIT Q Register PowerPath Q Register PowerPath Q Install any PowerPath patches Q Install any PowerPath patches from the Software downloads from the Software downloads page on the EMC Powerlink page on the EMC Powerlink website website http powerlink emc com http powerlink emc com 11 Server Q Cable any additional or Q Cable any additional or Storage system setup Cable additional replacement HBA ports to the replacement HBA ports to the guide or replacement switch connected to the storage switch connected to the storage HBAs to switches system or to SP ports system or to SP ports or storage Q Execute the following AIX Q Execute the following AIX AIX documentation system command command cfgmgr cfgmgr Q Checkpoint For a SAN verify Checkpoint For a SAN verify Switch documentation the HBA connections to the switch by checking the LED s for the switch port connected to each additional HBA port For a 1 Gbit switch LED is green which indicates that the HBA port is logged in to the switch port the HBA connection
6. HP UX Installation Checklist Task With Access Logix Without Access Logix Reference Document 10 Server For a 2 Gbit switch One of the For a 2 Gbit switch One of the Switch documentation Cable additional following following HBAs to The left LED is green and the e The left LED is green and the switches or right LED is off which indicates right LED is off which indicates storage system that a 1 Gbit SP port is logged that a 1 Gbit SP port is logged cont in to the switch port in to the switch port For a DS xxB2 switch both e For a DS xxB2 switch both LEDs are green which LEDs are green which indicates that a 2 Gbit HBA indicates that a 2 Gbit HBA port is logged in to the switch port is logged in to the switch port port e For a DS xxM2 switch the left Fora DS xxM2 switch the left LED is blue and the right LED LED is blue and the right LED is off which indicates that a is off which indicates that a 2 Gbit HBA port is logged in to 2 Gbit HBA port is logged in to the switch port the switch port 11 Switches For a SAN For a SAN Switch management Zone Q Zone the switches to provide a Q Zone the switches to provide a documematgn path from each HBA port host path from each HBA port host initiator to the appropriate SPs initiator to the appropriate SPs Q Checkpoint Use switch Q Checkpoint Use switch management software to verify management software to verify the switch connections to the the sw
7. PowerPath Checklist New Solaris Server and Existing Storage System Solaris Installation Checklists 5 17 Solaris Installation Checklists Task With Access Logix Without Access Logix Reference Document 10 CX300 CX400 CX500 CX600 CX700 or FC4700 Series Storage System Set Properties for PowerPath Q Use Navisphere Manager s Failover Setup Wizard selected from the Tools menu on the toolbar to set the following storage system properties for the server s HBA ports initiators Initiator Type to CLARiiON Open Failover mode to 1 Array commpath to Enabled If the server is in a Sun Cluster use the following Navisphere CLI command to set the unitserialnumber storage system property to lun navicli h hostname unitserialnumber lun where hostname is the IP address or network name of an SP in the storage system Go to step 12 Q Use the following Navisphere CLI command to determine the default storage system type navicli h hostname systemtype where hostname is the IP address or network name of an SP in the storage system If the default storage system system type is not 3 CLARIION Open use the following Navisphere CLI command to set it to 3 navicli h hostname systemtype config 3 where hostname is the IP address or network name of an SP in the storage system CAUTION The above command reboots both SPs at the same time Use the following Nav
8. Windows Installation Checklists PowerPath Checklist Existing Windows Server and Existing Storage System This checklist assumes that the existing Windows server and existing storage system are already connected in a Fibre Channel SAN iSCSI network or direct attach configuration Tasks highlighted with grey in the checklist should be performed before the service provider arrives except for the removal of ATF or CDE which you can have done by EMC Professional Services AN CAUTION EMC no longer supports ATF or CDE Before you transition your server from ATF or CDE to PowerPath you must Back up your server configurations e Back up data on all storage systems connected to the server Remove ATF or CDE which EMC recommends that EMC Professional Services do especially if your server configuration is complex If you want to remove it yourself you must use the procedure in the Removing ATF or CDE Software Before Installing Other Failover Software document P N 069001173 which is on the Powerlink website with this roadmap Simply removing ATF or CDE using the uninstall procedure in the Windows ATF administrator s guide or the Windows utilities administrator s guide may not return the server to its original state and may result in lost data If you are transitioning a MicroSoft Cluster Server MSCS configuration from ATF or CDE to PowerPath perform the procedure in the checklist on each node in successi
9. PowerPath Checklist Existing HP UX Server and New Storage System Complete the tasks highlighted with grey in the checklist before the service provider arrives Task With Access Logix Reference Document 1 Server 0 If you need additional HBAs to provide more paths to the storage system HBA documentation Install additional install these HBAs HBAs CAUTION Do not connect cables to the HBAs until you are told to do so later in this procedure 2 Server Q Ifthe following software is currently installed and not at the required HBA documentation Update Software minimum revision page 2 3 update it aiies IE HBA driver Software for HP UX e Navisphere Host Agent IPS EL ENE guit e admsnap 3 Storage System Q If currently installed storage system software is not at the required Navisphere Manager Update software minimum revision see page 2 3 update it administrator s guide CAUTION During the software update hosts connected to the storage and oning Nep system will lose access to data if they do not have failover software or if all paths to an SP are down 4 Server Q Make sure the HBA driver parameters are set to the values required for HP UX Host Set HBA driver CLARiiON and PowerPath connectivity guide and parameters CAUTION Using improper settings can cause erratic failover behavior such HBA documentation as greatly increased I O delays 5 Server Q Edit the Navisphere Host Agent configuration file agent config t
10. 1 O continues to the remaining path s to the LUN indicating that the path failover was successful and PowerPath is working properly Reconnect the cable that you disconnected from the HBA If you did not follow the above steps exactly and caused any LUNs to trespass restore the LUNs to their original SP with the following PowerPath command powermt restore You are now ready to set up any optional software such as SnapView or MirrorView on the storage system EMC Installation Roadmap for CxX Series and FC Series Storage Systems Windows Installation Checklists PowerPath Checklist New Windows Server and Existing Storage System With Boot Disk This checklist is for an existing storage system that will contain a Windows Server 2003 or Windows 2000 boot disk If you do not want the existing storage system to contain a boot disk use the procedure that starts on 7 14 AN CAUTION The RAID Group containing the boot LUN must consist of Fibre Channel disks not ATA disks Tasks highlighted with grey in the checklist should be completed before the service provider arrives The Without Access Logix column does not apply to CX300 CX500 CX500i and CX700 storage systems because they ship from the factory with the Access Logix enabler installed Task With Access Logix Without Access Logix Reference Document 1 Server 0 Install HBAs 0 Install HBAs HBA documentation Install HBAs N
11. PowerPath CAUTION Using improper settings can cause erratic failover behavior such as greatly increased I O delays PowerPath CAUTION Using improper settings can cause erratic failover behavior such as greatly increased I O delays PowerPath Checklist Existing AIX Server and Existing Storage System AIX Installation Checklists 1 31 AIX Installation Checklists 1 32 Task With Access Logix Without Access Logix Reference Document 8 Storage System Update software m If the following software is currently installed and not at the required minimum revision update it e Access Logix e Navisphere SP Agent e Navisphere Storage Management Server Software e Navisphere Manager UI SAN Copy driver and UI SnapView driver and UI e MirrorView driver and UI CAUTION During the software update hosts connected to the storage system will lose access to data if they do not have failover software or all paths to an SP are down Q If the following software is currently installed and not at the required minimum revision update it FLARE e Navisphere SP Agent e Navisphere Storage Management Server Software e Navisphere Manager UI CAUTION During the software update hosts connected to the storage system will lose access to data if they do not have failover software or all paths to an SP are down Navisphere Manager admi
12. Q Stop all applications accessing the storage system and disable user logins to the server View the LUNs available to the server using the following PowerPath command powermt display dev all class clariion Choose one available LUN to receive I O for the test View the paths to the chosen LUN using the following PowerPath command powermt display dev x every 2 where x is a pseudo device that represents the chosen LUN Start I O to the LUN Identify the HBA sending I O to LUN by viewing the output of the powermt display dev xevery 2 command and disconnect the cable to that HBA Q Stop all applications accessing the storage system and disable user logins to the server 0 View the LUNs available to the server using the following PowerPath command powermt display dev all class clariion Choose one available LUN to receive I O for the test View the paths to the chosen LUN using the following PowerPath command powermt display dev x every 2 where xis a pseudo device that represents the chosen LUN Start I O to the LUN Identify the HBA sending I O to LUN by viewing the output of the powermt display dev xevery 2 command and disconnect the cable to that HBA PowerPath product guide PowerPath Checklist New NetWare Server and Existing Storage System NetWare Installation Checklists Task With Access Logix Without Access Logix Reference Document
13. View the output of the powermt display dev x every 2 command and verify that e The state of the uncabled path s becomes dead e 1 0 continues to the remaining path s to the LUN indicating that the path failover was successful and PowerPath is working properly Reconnect the cable that you disconnected from the HBA If you did not follow the above steps exactly and caused any LUNs to trespass restore the LUNs to their original SP with the following PowerPath command powermt restore EMC Installation Roadmap for CxX Series and FC Series Storage Systems 5 Solaris Installation Checklists This chapter contains checklists of the tasks required to install an CLARiiON system in a configuration with a Solaris server and PowerPath or VERITAS DMP failover software The sections for the different configurations are PowerPath Configurations for Solaris 0 0 0 ccc cssesesesteneneees 5 2 DMP Configurations for Solaris ccccc cece tseseeee eens eeeeees 5 45 Solaris Installation Checklists 51 Solaris Installation Checklists PowerPath Configurations for Solaris Read this section if you are installing a Solaris PowerPath configuration with a new or existing server and a new or existing storage system A new and existing server and a new and existing storage system are defined as follows new server A server running Solaris and not connected to any stora
14. navicli np d device systemtype where device is the name of the computer port connected to the storage system serial port for example com If the default storage system system type is not 3 CLARION Open use the following Navisphere CLI command to set it to 3 navicli np d device systemtype config 3 CAUTION The above command reboots both SPs at the same time Q From the computer connected to the storage system s serial port use the following Navisphere CLI command to determine the default storage system type navicli np d device systemtype where device is the name of the computer port connected to the storage system serial port for example com If the default storage system system type is not 3 CLARION Open use the following Navisphere CLI command to set it to 3 navicli np d device systemtype config 3 CAUTION The above command reboots both SPs at the same time PowerPath Checklist Existing Windows Server and Existing Storage System Windows Installation Checklists 7 49 Windows Installation Checklists 7 50 Task With Access Logix Without Access Logix Reference Document 8 FC4500 Storage L From the computer connected to L From the computer connected to System the storage system s serial port the storage system s serial port Set properties for use the following Navisphere CLI use the following Navisphere CLI PowerPath commands to
15. 11 Storage System Q Plan your monitoring configuration Navisphere Manager t up Event administrator s guide Hil ven Q Use Navisphere Manager to set user options create templates and set up and online help your monitoring configuration 12 Server Q Download the CLARiiON DMP driver to the server from Services on the Install the VERITAS website LARiiON DMP prota Q Use the swinstall command to install the CLARIION DMP driver on the VERITAS Volume server Navisphere Manager Note Until rootdg is created part of vxinstall command on at least one documentation disk DMP displays an error message looking for the config daemon 13 Server Q Reboot the server using the reboot command VERITAS Volume Reboot l Navisphere Manager to make LUNs available to the Os docunientation to make LUNs accessible via both SPs Important If you do not set the failover mode to 2 you will see only half of the expected paths to the SPs 14 Server Q Run vxinstall to configure Volume Manager and place at least one LUN VERITAS Volume Configure under VxVM control Navisphere Manager Volume Manager documentation EMC Installation Roadmap for CxX Series and FC Series Storage Systems HP UX Installation Checklist Task With Access Logix Reference Document 15 Server Q Log into Volume Manager Storage Administrator VMSA VERITAS Volume Verify DMP Navisphere Manager iain Q Double click a disk icon docum
16. key cont e 1 O continues to the remaining path s to the LUN indicating that the path failover was successful and PowerPath is working properly Q Reconnect the cable that you disconnected from the HBA Q Ifyou did not follow the above steps exactly and caused any LUNs to trespass restore the LUNs to their original SP with the following PowerPath command powermt restore 19 Server Q Prepare the LUNs to receive data using the Logical Volume Manager Host connectivity Make LUNs LVM guide and HP UX i documentation available to HP UX If HP UX does not recognize any LUNs verify the connection to the Storage Group You are now ready to set up any optional software such as Snap View or MirrorView on the storage system 2 12 EMC Installation Roadmap for CxX Series and FC Series Storage Systems PowerPath Checklist New HP UX Server and Existing Storage System Complete the tasks highlighted with grey in the checklist before the service provider arrives The Without Access Logix column does not apply to CX300 CX500 and CX700 storage systems because they ship from the factory with the Access Logix enabler installed Task With Access Logix Without Access Logix Reference Document 1 Server Q Install the HBAs Q Install the HBAs HBA documentation Install HBAs drivers cables Connect a cable from each host L Connect a cable from each host HBA port to a switch
17. 16 Fibre Channel For a Fibre Channel SAN Fibre Channel switch Switches D Q Zone the Fibre Channel switches to provide a path from each HBA port Hate oie pid additional host initiator to the appropriate SPs paths Q If SAN Copy MirrorView or MirrorView A is installed create any required zones Q Checkpoint Use switch management software to verify the switch connections to the storage system 17 Server Q Restart the Host Agent or run the Navisphere Server Utility then use the Storage system setup Make target SPs Disk Management tool to scan for disks guide and Windows available If the disks are not visible scan for them once more documentation Q Checkpoint Use Navisphere Manager s Connectivity Status dialog box to Navisphere Manager verify that each HBA or NIC is registered with the storage system administrator s guide and online help 18 Storage System Q Ifyou have optional SAN Copy SnapView MirrorView A and or MirrorView Storage system setup Install optional S software that you ordered install its enabler guide and Navisphere software Manager administrator s guide and online help EMC Installation Roadmap for CxX Series and FC Series Storage Systems Task With Access Logix Reference Document 19 Storage System Q Use Navisphere Manager to set general storage system properties Navisphere Manager Configure administrator s guide Q Use Navisphere Manager to create RAID Groups bind LUNs
18. Manager online help 8 Storage System Use the following Navisphere CLI commands to set the default failover Navisphere CLI Set properties mode and array commpath properties with the following commands reference navicli h hostname failovermode 2 navicli h hostname arraycommpath 1 where hostname is the IP address or network name of an SP in the storage system 9 Storage System Q Use Navisphere Manager to set general storage system properties Navisphere Manager Configure administrator s guide and online help Q Use Navisphere Manager to create RAID Groups bind LUNs create Storage Groups and assign LUNs to Storage Groups Q Use Navisphere Manager to connect the host initiators to Storage Groups DMP Checklist New HP UX Server and New Storage System 2 49 HP UX Installation Checklist Task With Access Logix Reference Document 10 Server Q Login as root and restart the Navisphere Host Agent with the following CX Series Server Make LUNs HP UX commands Software for HP UX visible sbin init d agent stop Installation Guide sbin init d agent start Q Checkpoint Verify that HP UX can recognize these LUNs with the following HP UX commands ioscan fnC disk insf e If HP UX does not recognize any LUNs verify the connection to the Storage Group Q Checkpoint Reverify that HP UX sees device entries for all LUNS with the following HP UX command ioscan fnC disk HP UX documentation
19. cccccccccesecscetesesesesneenees 2 46 Prerequisites issssicirseshescssshetcchasscastecs ae E sesaassee 2 46 DOCUMENTA hoN con Stee caele Mein r aE EEE EE 2 47 DMP Checklist New HP UX Server and New Storage DV SECM sises aasa Esae rerea S Eee eE sherri nsec 2 48 DMP Configurations for HP UX BA HP UX Installation Checklist Required Host Software Revisions Prerequisites HP UX operating system revision listed in the EMC Support Matrix on the Powerlink website http powerlink emc com HBA driver revision listed in the EMC Support Matrix on the Powerlink website http powerlink emc com VxVM 3 5 or higher Refer to the EMC Support Matrix and the EMC PowerPath for UNIX Release Notes on the Powerlink website http powerlink emc com for the specific revision required for your HP UX version All switches must be installed Storage systems must be set up initialized if required and connected to switches and any optional storage system software Access Logix SnapView MirrorView MirrorView A SAN Copy must be installed Navisphere Manager must be installed If any storage systems have SnapView the admsnap utility must be installed on the servers that will be the SnapView production and secondary hosts You must have a host that is e Running an operating system that can support the Navisphere Manager 6 X browser based client For an up to date list of such operating systems r
20. instruction sheet CDE yourself see caution before this yourself see caution before this checklist or arrange to have checklist or arrange to have EMC EMC Professional Services Professional Services remove it remove it 4 Server Q If the following software is Q Ifthe following software is currently HBA documentation Update Software currently installed and not at the installed and not at the required see URL on page 4 4 required minimum revision see page 4 3 update it e HBA driver e Navisphere Host Agent e admsnap minimum revision see page 4 3 update it e HBA driver e Navisphere Host Agent CX Series Server Software for NetWare Installation Guide PowerPath Checklist Existing NetWare Server and Existing Storage System NetWare Installation Checklists 4 30 Task With Access Logix Without Access Logix Reference Document 5 Server 0 Make sure the HBA driver 0 Make sure the HBA driver Host connectivity guide Set HBA driver parameters are set to the values parameters are set to the values and HBA parameters required for CLARiiON and required for CLARION and documentation see PowerPath PowerPath URL on page 4 4 CAUTION Using improper CAUTION Using improper settings settings can cause erratic failover can cause erratic failover behavior behavior such as greatly such as greatly increased I O increased I O delays delays 6 Storage System Q If currently installed Q If cu
21. powermt display dev all class clariion L Choose one available LUN to receive I O for the test L View the paths to the chosen LUN using the following PowerPath command powermt display dev x every 2 where xis a pseudo device that represents the chosen LUN Q Start I O to the LUN Q Identify the HBA sending I O to LUN by viewing the output of the powermt display dev xevery 2 command and disconnect the cable to that HBA PowerPath Checklist New Windows Server and Existing Storage System Without Boot Disk Windows Installation Checklists 7 23 Windows Installation Checklists 7 24 Task With Access Logix Without Access Logix Reference Document 21 Server Q View the output of the powermt Q View the output of the powermt PowerPath product Test PowerPath display dev x every 2 display dev x every 2 guide with a license command and verify that command and verify that key cont The state of the uncabled The state of the uncabled path s becomes dead e 1 0 continues to the remaining path s to the LUN indicating that the path failover was successful and PowerPath is working properly Reconnect the cable that you disconnected from the HBA or NIC If you did not follow the above steps exactly and caused any LUNs to trespass restore the LUNs to their original SP with the following PowerPath command powermt restore path s becomes dead
22. storage sysigm Q Checkpoint For a SAN verify Q Checkpoint For a SAN verify the HBA connection s to the the storage system connections switch by checking the LED s for to the switch by checking the the switch port connected to each LED s for the switch port HBA port connected to each HBA port For a 1 Gbit switch LED is For a 1 Gbit switch LED is green which indicates that the green which indicates that the HBA port is logged in to the HBA port is logged in to the switch port switch port For a 2 Gbit switch One of the For a 2 Gbit switch One of the following following The left LED is green and the e The left LED is green and the right LED is off which right LED is off which indicates that a 1 Gbit SP port indicates that a 1 Gbit SP port is logged in to the switch port is logged in to the switch port e For aDS xxB2 switch both For aDS xxB2 switch both LEDs are green which LEDs are green which indicates that a 2 Gbit HBA indicates that a 2 Gbit HBA port is logged in to the switch port is logged in to the switch port port Fora DS xxM2 switch the left For a DS xxM2 switch the left LED is blue and the right LED LED is blue and the right LED is off which indicates that a is off which indicates that a 2 Gbit HBA port is logged in to 2 Gbit HBA port is logged in to the switch port the switch port 8 Switches For a SAN For a SAN Switch management Zone Q Zone the switches to providea Q Zone the switches to p
23. 9 Server Q Cable any additional HBA portsto Cable any additional HBA ports to Storage system setup Cable additional the switch connected to the the switch connected to the guide HBAs to storage system or to SP ports storage system or to SP ports switches or Q Checkpoint For a SAN verify Q Checkpoint For a SAN verify slorage sysiem the HBA connections to the the HBA connections to the switch by checking the LED s for switch by checking the LED s for the switch port connected to each the switch port connected to each additional HBA port additional HBA port For a 1 Gbit switch LED is For a 1 Gbit switch LED is green which indicates that the green which indicates that the HBA port is logged in to the HBA port is logged in to the switch port switch port For a 2 Gbit switch One of the For a 2 Gbit switch One of the following following The left LED is green and the The left LED is green and the right LED is off which indicates right LED is off which indicates that a 1 Gbit SP port is logged that a 1 Gbit SP port is logged in to the switch port in to the switch port e For a DS xxB2 switch both e For a DS xxB2 switch both LEDs are green which LEDs are green which indicates that a 2 Gbit HBA indicates that a 2 Gbit HBA port is logged in to the switch port is logged in to the switch port port e For aDS xxM2 switch the left e For aDS xxM2 switch the left LED is blue and the right LED LED is blue and the right
24. Complete the tasks highlighted with grey in the checklist before the service provider arrives Task With Access Logix Reference Document 1 Server Q Install the HBAs HBA documentation Install HBAs drivers cables H Connect a cable from each host HBA port to a switch port or an SP port Q Install the HBA driver 2 Server Q Set the HBA driver parameters to the values required for CLARION Host connectivity guide j TE HBA Set HBA driver Caution Using improper settings can cause erratic failover behavior such Ae parameters as greatly increased I O delays Q Reboot the server to complete the installation of the drivers Q Checkpoint For a SAN verify the server connections to the switch by checking the LED s for the switch port connected to each HBA port For a 1 Gbit switch LED is green which indicates that the HBA is logged in to the switch port For a 2 Gbit switch One of the following e Only the left LED is green which indicates that a 1 Gbit HBA port is logged in to the switch port Both LEDs are green which indicates that a 2 Gbit HBA port is logged in to the switch port 3 Switches Q Verify that the servers and SPs are connected to the switch Documentation that Connect servers ships with the switches and SPs 4 Switches For a SAN Switch documentation Zone Q Zone the switches to provide a path from each host initiator to an SP 5 Server Q Make sure each HBA sees only the targets
25. EMC Installation Roadmap for CX Series and FC Series Storage Systems Required Host Software Revisions Prerequisites Solaris Installation Checklists Solaris operating system revision and patches listed in the EMC Support Matrix on the Powerlink website http powerlink emc com HBA driver revision listed in the EMC Support Matrix on the Powerlink website http powerlink emc com Solaris PowerPath e For CX400 CX600 FC4500 and FC4700 Series storage systems Version 3 0 0 with Patch 3 0 2 or higher except for Solaris 9 which requires PowerPath 3 0 3 or higher e For CX300 CX500 and CX700 storage systems Version 3 0 4 or higher Refer to the EMC Support Matrix and the EMC PowerPath Release Notes for UNIX on the Powerlink website http powerlink emc com for the specific revision required for your Solaris version You must have a host that is e Running an operating system that can support the Navisphere Manager 6 X browser based client For an up to date list of such operating systems refer to the Navisphere Manager 6 X release notes on http powerlink emc com e Ona network that is connected to the storage system server and that you will connect to the SPs in CX300 CX400 CX500 CX600 CX700 or FC4700 Series storage system For most configurations you must also have a host that is e Running Navisphere 6 X e On a network that is connected to the storage system server and that you will conne
26. LED is green which indicates that the HBA port is logged in to the switch port EMC Installation Roadmap for CxX Series and FC Series Storage Systems Task With Access Logix Without Access Logix Reference Document 8 Server For a 2 Gbit switch One of the For a 2 Gbit switch One of the Storage system setup Cable to switches following following guide or storage system e The left LED is green and the The left LED is green and the cont right LED is off which indicates right LED is off which indicates that a 1 Gbit SP port is logged that a 1 Gbit SP port is logged in to the switch port in to the switch port e For aDS xxB2 switch both Fora DS xxB2 switch both LEDs are green which LEDs are green which indicates that a 2 Gbit HBA indicates that a 2 Gbit HBA port is logged in to the switch port is logged in to the switch port port e For aDS xxM2 switch the left e Fora DS xxM2 switch the left LED is blue and the right LED LED is blue and the right LED is off which indicates that a is off which indicates that a 2 Gbit HBA port is logged in to 2 Gbit HBA port is logged in to the switch port the switch port 9 Switches For a SAN For a SAN Switch management Zone Q Zone the switches to provide a Q Zone the switches to provide a documentation path from each HBA port host initiator to the appropriate SPs Q If SAN Copy MirrorView or MirrorView A is installed create any required zones
27. Q View the output of the powermt display dev x every 2 command and verify that e The state of the uncabled path s becomes dead 1 O continues to the remaining path s to the LUN indicating that the failover path was successful and PowerPath is working properly Q Reconnect the cable that you disconnected from the HBA PowerPath Checklist Existing Linux Server and Existing Storage System Linux Installation Checklist 3 37 Linux Installation Checklist 3 38 Task With Access Logix Without Access Logix Reference Document 15 Server Q Ifyou caused any LUNs to Q If you caused any LUNs to PowerPath product trespass restore the LUNs to trespass restore the LUNs to guide Test Pow erPath their original SP with the following their original SP with the following w a eenaa PowerPath command PowerPath command key cont i i powermt restore powermt restore EMC Installation Roadmap for CX Series and FC Series Storage Systems Linux Installation Checklist DMP Configurations for Linux Read this section if you are installing a Linux VERITAS DMP configuration with a new server and a new storage system A new server and a new storage system are defined as follows new server A server running Linux and not connected to any storage system new storage system A CX300 CX500 or CX700 storage system that has factory default settings and has never been connected t
28. Solaris Installation Checklists Task With Access Logix Without Access Logix Reference Document 7 Server Q Cable the HBA ports to the switch L Cable the HBA ports to the switch Storage system setup Cable to connected to the storage system connected to the storage system guide switches or or to SP ports or to SP ports storage system Checkpoint For a SAN verify the HBA connection to the switch by checking the LED s for the switch port connected to the HBA port For a 1 Gbit switch LED is green which indicates that the HBA is logged in to the switch port For a 2 Gigabit switch One of the following The left LED is green and the right LED is off which indicates that a 1 Gbit SP port is logged in to the switch port e For aDS xxB2 switch both LEDs are green which indicates that a 2 Gbit HBA port is logged in to the switch port Fora DS xxM2 switch the left LED is blue and the right LED is off which indicates that a 2 Gbit HBA port is logged in to the switch port Checkpoint For a SAN verify the HBA connection to the switch by checking the LED s for the switch port connected to the HBA port For a 1 Gbit switch LED is green which indicates that the HBA is logged in to the switch port For a 2 Gigabit switch One of the following The left LED is green and the right LED is off which indicates that a 1 Gbit SP port is logged in to the switch port e
29. administrator s guide and Navisphere Manager online help EMC Installation Roadmap for Cx Series and FC Series Storage Systems Task With Access Logix Reference Document 14 Storage System Set Properties for PowerPath Q Use the following Navisphere CLI commands to set the following default storage system properties navicli h hostname systemtype config 3 navicli h hostname failovermode 1 navicli h hostname arraycommpath 1 where hostname is the IP address or network name of an SP in the storage system Navisphere CLI reference 15 Fibre Channel For a Fibre Channel SAN Switch management Switches Q Zone the Fibre Channel switches to provide a path from each additional eocmeiiation Zone additional HBA port host initiator to the SPs paths Q If SAN Copy MirrorView or MirrorView A is installed create any required zones Q Checkpoint Use switch management software to verify the switch connections to the storage system 16 Server Q Restart the Host Agent then use the Disk Management tool to scan for Windows documentation Make target SPs disks available If the disks are not visible scan for them once more Q Checkpoint Use Navisphere Manager s Connectivity Status dialog box to verify that each HBA is registered with the storage system Navisphere Manager administrator s guide and online help PowerPath Checklist Existing Windows Server and Ne
30. cont config a where device is the name of the computer port connected to the storage system serial port for example com 7 Storage System Q If currently installed If currently installed Navisphere Manager Update software storage system software is not at storage system software is not at administrator s guide the required minimum revision the required minimum revision and online help see page 2 3 update it see page 2 3 update it CAUTION During the software CAUTION During the software update hosts connected to the update hosts connected to the storage system will lose access to storage system will lose access to data if they do not have failover data if they do not have failover software or if all paths to an SP software or if all paths to an SP are down are down 8 Server Q Cable the HBA ports to the switch Cable the HBA ports to the switch Storage system setup Cable to switches connected to the storage system connected to the storage system guide or storage system or to SP ports or to SP ports Q Checkpoint For a SAN verify Checkpoint For a SAN verify the HBA connections to the switch by checking the LED s for the switch port connected to each HBA port For a 1 Gbit switch LED is green which indicates that the HBA port is logged in to the switch port the storage system connections to the switch by checking the LED s for the switch port connected to each HBA port For a 1 Gbit switch
31. failovermode 1 navicli h hostname d device arraycommpath 1 where device is the storage system s name hostname is the host s name or network address From a serially connected laptop Q Use the following Navisphere CLI commands to set the following default storage system properties navicli np d device failovermode 1 navicli np d device arraycommpath 1 where device is the name of the computer port connected to the storage system serial port for example com Storage system initialization guide and Navisphere CLI reference Navisphere CLI reference EMC Installation Roadmap for CX Series and FC Series Storage Systems HP UX Installation Checklist Task With Access Logix Without Access Logix Reference Document 8 FC4500 Storage From a serially connected laptop Storage system setup System Q Use the following Navisphere CLI oe alleen ties for commands to set the following lowerPa 3 sas cont default storage system properties navicli np d device failovermode 1 navicli np d device arraycommpath 1 where device is the name of the computer port connected to the storage system serial port for example com 9 Server Insert the PowerPath installation L Insert the PowerPath installation PowerPath Release Install PowerPath CD and mount it CD and mount it Notes and PowerPath for UNIX installation Install PowerPath Q Install PowerPath and administrator
32. for example com If the default storage system system type is not 3 CLARiiON Open use the following Navisphere CLI command to set it to 3 navicli np d device systemtype config 3 CAUTION The above command reboots both SPs at the same time Q From the computer connected to the storage system s serial port use the following Navisphere CLI commands to set the following default storage system properties navicli np d device failovermode 1 navicli np d device arraycommpath 1 where device is the name of the computer port connected to the storage system serial port for example com Task With Access Logix Without Access Logix Reference Document 8 FC4500 Storage L Connect a computer to the serial Connect a computer to the serial Storage system setup System port on the storage system port on the storage system guide t ties fi a lestor For new HBAs For any HBAs Navisphere CLI reference 4 32 EMC Installation Roadmap for CX Series and FC Series Storage Systems NetWare Installation Checklists Task With Access Logix Without Access Logix Reference Document 8 C4500 Storage For existing HBAs Navisphere CLI System reference i An existing HBA is one that is Set properties for registered with the storage system PowerPath cont C From the computer connected to the storage system s serial port use the following Navisphere CLI commands to set the following st
33. navicli h hostname arraycommpath 1 where hostname is the IP address or network name of an SP in the storage system Q Use the following Navisphere CLI commands to set the following default storage system properties navicli h hostname failovermode 1 navicli h hostname arraycommpath 1 where hostname is the IP address or network name of an SP in the storage system EMC Installation Roadmap for CxX Series and FC Series Storage Systems Task With Access Logix Without Access Logix Reference Document 7 CX Series or For existing HBAs Navisphere Manager FC4700 Series says i administrator s guide An existing HBA is one that is Storage System registered with the storage system andoniine help Set properties for l PowerPath Q Use Navisphere Manager s cont Failover Setup Wizard selected from the Tools menu on the toolbar to set the following storage system properties for the server s existing HBA ports initiators Initiator Type to CLARiiON Open Failover mode to 1 Array commpath to Enabled 8 FC4500 Storage L Connect a computer to the serial L Connect a computer to the serial Storage system setup System port on the storage system port on the storage system guide ties f rela cai For new HBAs For any HBAs Navisphere CLI reference L From the computer connected to the storage system s serial port use the following Navisphere CLI command to determine the default storage system type
34. or PowerPath for AIX Version 4 2 Installation and Administration Guide P N 300 000 530 or PowerPath Version 3 0 for UNIX Installation and Administration Guide P N 300 000 511 EMC CX Series Server Software for AIX Installation Guide P N 300 002 044 or EMC Navisphere Host Agent and CLI for AIX Version 6 X Installation Guide P N 069001145 EMC Navisphere Command Line Interface CLI Version 6 X Reference P N 069001038 EMC Storage System Host Utilities for AIX Administrator s Guide P N 069001137 EMC Rails and Enclosures Field Installation Guide P N 300 001 799 EMC Rails and Enclosures Installation Guide for 19 Inch NEMA Cabinets P N 014003082 for SPS installation only EMC Installation Roadmap for CX Series and FC Series Storage Systems AIX Installation Checklists EMC CX300 2 Gigabit Disk Processor Enclosure DPE Setup Guide P N 300 001 276 rev A02 or higher or EMC CLARiiON CX300 2 Gigabit Disk Processor Enclosure DPE2 Setup and Cabling Guide P N 300 001 276 rev A01 and EMC CLARiiON CX300 CX500 and CX700 Storage Systems Initialization Guide P N 300 001 272 EMC 2 Gigabit Disk Processor Enclosure DPE2 CX400 Series Setup and Cabling Guide P N 014003105 and EMC Storage Systems CX400 Series and CX600 Series Initialization Guide P N 014003112 EMC CLARiiON CX500 2 Gigabit Disk Processor Enclosure DPE2 Setup Guide P N 300 001 275 rev A02 or higher or EMC CLARiiON CX500 2 Giga
35. to which it is zoned with HP UX documentation Make target SPs the following HP UX commands available ioscan fnC disk insf e Q Checkpoint Reverify that HP UX sees device entries for all LUNS with the following HP UX command ioscan fnC disk Without EMC Failover Software Checklist New HP UX Server and New Storage System Ea HP UX Installation Checklist Task With Access Logix Reference Document 5 Server Install Host Agent m m Install the Navisphere Host Agent Modify user login scripts Edit the Navisphere Host Agent configuration file agent config file as follows e Add the following entry if it does not already exist device auto auto Add at least one privileged user For FC4500 storage systems if you know the IP addresses of the portal storage system SPs add an entry with the following format for each SP to the agent config file system SP_ip_address where SP_ip_address is the address of the SP Continue to edit the Navisphere Host Agent configuration file agent config file as follows Comment out or comment the OptionsSupported Autotrespass entry as follows No auto trespass for HP UX without PV Links OptionsSupported Autotrespass The above entry will set the initiator type for the HBAs to no auto trespass when Host Agent is restarted later in this procedure Auto trespass for HP UX with PVLinks OptionsSupported Autotrespass The a
36. 001 047 EMC Installation Roadmap for CxX Series and FC Series Storage Systems Linux Installation Checklist PowerPath for Linux Version 4 3 1 Installation Guide P N 300 002 247 or PowerPath for Linux Version 4 3 Installation Guide P N 300 001 687 or PowerPath Version 3 0 Installation and Administration Guide for Linux P N 300 000 514 EMC Navisphere Host Agent and CLI for Linux Version 6 X Installation Guide P N 069001148 or EMC CX Series Server Software for Windows Installation Guide P N300 002 038 EMC Navisphere Command Line Interface CLI Reference P N 069001038 EMC SnapView Installation Guide P N 069001193 revision A02 or higher EMC SAN Copy Installation Guide P N 069001187 EMC Rails and Enclosures Field Installation Guide P N 300 001 799 EMC Rails and Enclosures Installation Guide for 19 Inch NEMA Cabinets P N 014003082 for SPS installation only EMC 2 Gigabit Disk Processor Enclosure DPE2 CX200 Series Setup and Cabling Guide P N 014003116 EMC CX300 2 Gigabit Disk Processor Enclosure DPE Setup Guide P N 300 001 276 rev A02 or higher or EMC CLARiiON CX300 2 Gigabit Disk Processor Enclosure DPE2 Setup and Cabling Guide P N 300 001 276 rev A01 and EMC CLARiiON CX300 CX500 and CX700 Storage Systems Initialization Guide P N 300 001 272 EMC 2 Gigabit Disk Processor Enclosure DPE2 CX400 Series Setup and Cabling Guide P N 014003105 PowerPath Configurations fo
37. 7 FC4500 Storage For existing HBAs Navisphere CLI System An existing HBA is one that is reference Set properties for registered with the storage system PowerPath cont L From the computer connected to the storage system s serial port use the following Navisphere CLI commands to set the following storage system properties for the server s existing HBA existing ports initiators navicli np d device storagegroup sethost host servername type 3 navicli np d device storagegroup sethost host servername failovermode 1 navicli np d device storagegroup sethost host servername arraycommpath 1 navicli np d device unitserialnumber lun only for server in a Sun Cluster it must left at the default setting for all other cases where device is the name of the computer port connected to the storage system serial port for example com servername is the name of the server with the HBAs EMC Installation Roadmap for CxX Series and FC Series Storage Systems Task With Access Logix Without Access Logix Reference Document 8 Server Q Install PowerPath Q Install PowerPath PowerPath release Install notes and PowerPath for Q Ifyou have a PowerPath license C Ifyou have a PowerPath license UNIX installation and PowerPath St ein 2 key register it key register it administrator s guide Q Reboot the server to complete Q Reboot the server to complete the installation of Power
38. Checkpoint Verify that each AIX documentation Make target SPs HBA sees only the targets SPs HBA sees only the targets SPs available cont to which it is zoned with the to which it is zoned with the following AIX command following AIX command Isdev Cc array Isdev Cc array Q Restart the Navisphere Host Q Restart the Navisphere Host CX Series Server Agent or run the Navisphere Agent or run the Navisphere Software for AIX Server Utility with the following Server Utility with the following installation guide AIX commands AIX commands Host Agent Host Agent etc rc agent stop etc rc agent stop letc rc agent start etc rc agent start Server Utility Server Utility ust lpp HOSTUTIL naviserverutil ust lpp HOSTUTIL naviserverutil Q Checkpoint Use Navisphere Q Checkpoint Use Navisphere Navisphere Manager Manager s Connectivity Status Manager s Connectivity Status administrator s guide dialog box to verify that each HBA dialog box to verify that each HBA and online help is registered with the storage is registered with the storage system system Q List the LUNZ devices with the Q List the LUNZ devices with the AIX documentation following AIX command following AIX command Iscfg grep LUNZ Iscfg grep LUNZ Q Remove each LUNZ device with L Remove each LUNZ device with the following AIX command the following AIX command rmdev dl hdiskn rmdev dl hdiskn where nis the hdisk number for where nis the hdisk number for the LUNZ devic
39. Cx Series and FC Series Storage Systems Task With Access Logix Without Access Logix Reference Document 5 Server with CX500i storage system For additional NICs LY Download and install Microsoft iSCSI Software Initiator Q Use the appropriate Microsoft network tool for example Start gt Settings gt Network Connections to assign the network parameters IP address subnet mask and gateway for each NIC For additional iSCSI HBAs Q Download and install QLogic SANsurfer Q Use SANsurfer to assign the network parameters IP address subnet mask and gateway for each iSCSI HBA N A Microsoft documentation QLogic SANsurfer documentation 6 Storage System Update software Q If currently installed storage system software is not at the required minimum revision update it CAUTION During the software update hosts connected to the storage system will lose access to data if they do not have failover software or if all paths to an SP are down For an FC4500 storage system go to step 8 Q If currently installed storage system software is not at the required minimum revision update it CAUTION During the software update hosts connected to the storage system will lose access to data if they do not have failover software or if all paths to an SP are down For an FC4500 storage system go to step 8 Navisphere Manager administrator s guide and onl
40. Gbit switch One of the For a 2 Gbit switch One of the following following e The left LED is green and the The left LED is green and the right LED is off which indicates right LED is off which indicates that a 1 Gbit SP port is logged that a 1 Gbit SP port is logged in to the switch port in to the switch port e For aDS xxB2 switch both e For aDS xxB2 switch both LEDs are green which LEDs are green which indicates that a 2 Gbit HBA indicates that a 2 Gbit HBA port is logged in to the switch port is logged in to the switch port port e Fora DS xxM2 switch the left Fora DS xxM2 switch the left LED is blue and the right LED LED is blue and the right LED is off which indicates that a is off which indicates that a 2 Gbit HBA port is logged in to 2 Gbit HBA port is logged in to the switch port the switch port 10 Switches For a SAN For a SAN Switch management Zone Q Zone the switches to providea Q Zone the switches to provide a epedmeniatian path from each HBA port host path from each HBA port host initiator to the appropriate SPs initiator to the appropriate SPs QO If MirrorView is installed create any required zones for it Q Checkpoint Use switch Q Checkpoint Use switch management software to verify management software to verify the switch connections to the the switch connections to the storage system storage system EMC Installation Roadmap for Cx Series and FC Series Storage Systems AIX Installat
41. HBA port to only one SP You will need to know the WWPN of a host initiator available in the switch s name server table Q Reboot Windows Windows documentation Q Checkpoint Use switch management software to verify that the HBA and Documentation that storage system are logged in to the switch as fabric ports and to verify that ships with the switches the HBA sees only the target SP to which it is zoned 7 Storage System L Use the Connectivity Status dialog in Navisphere Manager to register Navisphere Manager Register one only one host initiator with the storage system administrator s guide host initiator and online help 8 Storage System L Use Navisphere Manager to connect the host initiator to its Storage Group Navisphere Manager Connect host administrator s guide initiator to and online help t Siraya Gr u Q Use the Disk Management tool to scan for disks Windows documentation If the disks are not visible scan for them once more 9 Server Q Install VERITAS Volume Manager for Windows 2000 on the server VERITAS Volume i Volume 1 Install any recommended VERITAS updates Manager documentation anager I If the server is running VERITAS Volume Manager 3 1 with Service Pack 1 skip to step 11 10 Server Server is running a version of Volume Manager prior to version 3 1 with VERITAS Volume Install the Service Pack 1 Manager documentation CLARION DMP Download the CLARION DMP driver to th
42. Linux recognizes the LUNs Now the LUNs in the Storage Group look like any other disks in the server If Linux does not recognize any LUNs verify the connection to the Storage Group Navisphere Manager administrator s guide and online help Navisphere Manager administrator s guide and online help HBA documentation 8 Storage System Plan your monitoring configuration Navisphere Manager Storage Group Set up Event l administrator s guide pane Use Navisphere Manager to set user options create templates and set up and online help your monitoring configuration 9 Server Create partitions or the pertinent database file systems on the LUNs Host connectivity guide Make LUNs If Linux does not recognize any LUNs verify the connection to the ROUENU available to Linux documentation 3 50 You are now ready to set up any optional software such as SnapView or MirrorView on the storage system EMC Installation Roadmap for CX Series and FC Series Storage Systems 4 NetWare Installation Checklists This chapter contains checklists of the tasks required to install a CLARiiON storage system in a configuration with a Novell NetWare server and PowerPath failover software NetWare Installation Checklists at NetWare Installation Checklists PowerPath Configurations for NetWare Read this section if you are installing a NetWare PowerPath configuration with a
43. PowerPath powermt set volume_open_policy firstpath Solaris applications On the next reboot the first path policy used by CLARiiON storage systems will take effect For a server with VERITAS VxVM V3 2 or above Q Issue the following command vxddladm addjbod vid DGC pagecode 0x83 offset 8 length 16 You need to issue this command just once and it will take effect on the next reboot You are now ready to set up any optional software such as SnapView or MirrorView on the storage system PowerPath Checklist Existing Solaris Server and New Storage System 5 31 Solaris Installation Checklists 5 32 PowerPath Checklist Existing Solaris Server and Existing Storage System This checklist assumes that the existing Solaris server and existing storage system are already connected in a SAN or direct attach configuration Tasks highlighted with grey in the checklist should be performed before the service provider arrives except for the removal of ATF or CDE which you can have done by EMC Professional Services AN CAUTION EMC no longer supports ATF or CDE Before you transition your server from ATF or CDE to PowerPath you must Back up your server configurations Back up data on all storage systems connected to the server Remove ATF or CDE which EMC recommends that EMC Professional Services do especially if your server configuration is complex If you want to remove it yourself you must use
44. Q Install the Navisphere Initialization Utility on a host on the same subnet as Storage system setup Initialize and the storage system management ports guide install software cia z eer arn Q Use the Navisphere Initialization Utility to initialize the storage system Q If you have SAN Copy SnapView MirrorView and or MirrorView A Navisphere Manager software install their enablers administrator s guide For a CX300 CX500 or CX700 storage system continue to step 10 and online neip For a CX500i storage system go to step 11 PowerPath Checklist Existing Windows Server and New Storage System 7 39 Windows Installation Checklists 7 40 Task With Access Logix Reference Document 9 CX300 CX500 or L Cable storage system data ports either to the Fibre Channel switch Storage system setup CX700 Storage connected to the server HBA ports or directly to the server HBA ports guide or storage system System setup guide babe to qain Q Checkpoint For a SAN verify the HBA connections to the Fibre Channel ports to Fibre l Channel switch switch by checking the LED s for the switch port connected to each HBA or server HBA port ports For a 1 Gbit switch LED is green which indicates that the HBA port is logged in to the switch port For a 2 Gbit switch One of the following The left LED is green and the right LED is off which indicates that a 1 Gbit SP port is logged in to the switch port For
45. SPs to which it is zoned with HP UX documentation Make target SPs the following HP UX commands available ioscan fnC disk insf e Q Checkpoint Reverify that HP UX sees device entries for all LUNS with the following HP UX command ioscan fnC disk EMC Installation Roadmap for CX Series and FC Series Storage Systems HP UX Installation Checklist Task With Access Logix Reference Document 6 Server Q Install the Navisphere Host Agent CX Series Server Install Host ao Software for HP UX Agent Q Modify user login scripts Installation Guide L Edit the Navisphere Host Agent configuration file agent config as follows e Add the following entry if it does not already exist device auto auto Add at least one privileged user Q Verify that the Navisphere Host Agent configuration file agent config has the following entry commented out Options Supported Autotrespass leading is present The above entry will set the initiator type for the HBAs to auto trespass when Host Agent is restarted later in this procedure Q Continue to edit other entries in the Navisphere Host Agent configuration file agent config as desired Q Restart the Host Agent to register the HBAs with the storage system 7 Storage System L Use Navisphere Manager to define a global administrator and domain if Navisphere security Set up security not already defined and any additional users administrator s guide and Navisphere
46. Server Install Host or Navisphere Server Utility and or Navisphere Server Utility and Software for NetWare Agent or Server the Navisphere CLI the Navisphere CLI Installation Guide Utility 5 Server If the server willbe aSnapView N A Install admsnap production or secondary host install the admsnap utility 6 Storage System If currently installed Q If currently installed Navisphere Manager Update software storage system software is not at storage system software is not at administrator s guide the required minimum revision see page 4 3 update it CAUTION During the software update hosts connected to the storage system will lose access to data if they do not have failover software or if all paths to an SP are down the required minimum revision see page 4 3 update it CAUTION During the software update hosts connected to the storage system will lose access to data if they do not have failover software or if all paths to an SP are down and online help PowerPath Checklist New NetWare Server and Existing Storage System NetWare Installation Checklists 4 13 NetWare Installation Checklists Task With Access Logix Without Access Logix Reference Document 7 Server Q Cable the HBA ports to the switch L Cable the HBA ports to the switch Storage system setup Cable to connected to the storage system connected to the storage system guide switches or or to SP ports or to SP ports
47. SnapView SAN Copy MirrorView MirrorView A you have must be installed You have installed Navisphere Manager If any storage systems have SnapView the admsnap utility must be installed on the servers that will be the SnapView production and secondary hosts If any storage systems have SAN Copy the admhost utility must be installed on the servers that have access to LUNs participating in a SAN Copy session You must have a host that is e Running an operating system that can support the Navisphere Manager 6 X browser based client For an up to date list of such operating systems refer to the Navisphere Manager 6 X release notes on http powerlink emc com e Ona network that is connected to the storage system servers and that will be connected to the SPs in the storage systems You must have planned your LUNs and RAID Groups and Storage Groups if you have Access Logix Be sure to consider requirements for SAN Copy SnapView and MirrorView if you have this software The EMC CLARiiON CX300 CX500 CX500i and CX700 Storage Systems Configuration Planning Guide P N 300 001 273 will help you with this planning EMC Installation Roadmap for CX Series and FC Series Storage Systems Windows Installation Checklists Documentation Each checklist refers to some or all of the documents listed below We recommend that you load these documents on your service laptop before starting the installation Documentation that ship
48. Storage Systems HP UX Installation Checklist Configurations for HP UX Without EMC Failover Software Read this section if you are installing an HP UX configuration with a new server that will not run EMC failover and a new storage system A new server and storage system are defined as follows New server A server running HP UX and not connected to any storage system New storage system A CX300 CX500 or CX700 storage system that has the factory default settings and has never been connected to a server Topics relating to the checklist for an HP UX configuration without EMC failover software are Prerequisites scis cesiscscsecsetscoiestgnsscenscisstscsseasteussents seuassesnsasesedboeacsetees 2 53 DOCUMENEATION cccceceescecceessesceececsessesesescssesecesessescesesessseeeeeees 2 54 Without EMC Failover Software Checklist New HP UX Server and New Storage SyStem cccescceseseesesseseseseecessessseeseseseseeees 2 55 Prerequisites All switches must be installed Storage systems must be set up initialized if required and connected to switches and any optional storage system software Access Logix SnapView MirrorView MirrorView A you have must be installed Ifany storage systems have SnapView the admsnap utility must be installed on the servers that will be the SnapView production and secondary hosts Ifyou will use Navisphere Manager 6 X you must have a host that is e Runni
49. Without Access Logix Reference Document 15 Fibre Channel Switches Zone additional paths cont Q Checkpoint Use one of the following ways to verify that PowerPath sees all the paths to the LUNs e PowerPath Administrator Start gt Programs gt EMC gt PowerPath Administrator e PowerPath command powermt display dev all class clariion If PowerPath does not see the LUNs e Verify the server s connection to the Storage Group e Verify that you registered your PowerPath license key if you have one e Verify that the storage system properties are as defined in step 13 For an FC4500 storage system Q Disconnect the computer from the serial port on the storage system 0 Checkpoint Use one of the following ways to verify that PowerPath sees all the paths to the LUNs e PowerPath Administrator Start gt Programs gt EMC gt PowerPath Administrator e PowerPath command powermt display dev all class clariion If PowerPath does not see the LUNs e Verify that you registered your PowerPath license key if you have one e Verify that the storage system properties are as defined in step 13 For an FC4500 storage system 0 Disconnect the computer from the serial port on the storage system PowerPath product guide Storage system setup guide 7 32 EMC Installation Roadmap for CX Series and FC Series Storage Systems Windows Installation Checklists
50. a path from each HBA paths port host initiator to the port host initiator to the appropriate SPs appropriate SPs Q If SAN Copy MirrorView or MirrorView A is installed create any required zones Q Checkpoint Use switch Q Checkpoint Use switch management software to verify management software to verify the switch connections to the the switch connections to the storage system storage system For a CX Series or FC4700 Series storage system go to step 13 For an FC4500 storage system go to step 14 12 Storage System Q On the server restart the N A Navisphere Host Agent Register HBAs or Navisphere Host Agent or run the and CLI for Windows NICs Navisphere Server Utility installation guide or storage system setup guide Q Checkpoint Use Navisphere Navisphere Manager Manager s Connectivity Status dialog box to verify that each HBA or NIC is registered with the storage system administrator s guide and online help EMC Installation Roadmap for CX Series and FC Series Storage Systems Windows Installation Checklists Task With Access Logix Without Access Logix Reference Document 13 CX Series or Q Use Navisphere Manager s Q Use the following Navisphere CLI Navisphere Manager FC4700 Series Failover Setup Wizard selected command to determine the administrator s guide Storage System from the Tools menu on the default storage system type and online help or Set properties for toolbar to set
51. admsnap 4 Server Q Make sure the HBA driver parameters except for the persistent bindings Solaris host Set HBA driver are set to the values required for CLARiiON and PowerPath connectivity guide parameters You will set the persistent bindings after the storage system is installed and HBA documentation the switches are zoned see URL on For an Emulex HBA driver be sure to set the following parameter Bee no device delay 0 CAUTION Using improper settings can cause erratic failover behavior such as greatly increased I O delays 5 Server Q Install PowerPath PowerPath release Install PowerPath Wyse notes and PowerPath er ee Q Ifyou have a PowerPath license key register it for UNIX installation and administrator s guide Q Reboot the server to complete the installation of PowerPath Note The format command will display n 1 device entries for each LUN where n is the number of paths to the LUN One of these entries is a PowerPath device and the other n entries are native devices Q Install any PowerPath patches from the Software downloads page on the EMC Powerlink website http powerlink emc com 6 Storage System Q Install the storage system in the cabinet if not already installed Rails and cabinet Install documentation EMC Installation Roadmap for CX Series and FC Series Storage Systems Task With Access Logix Reference Document 7 Storage System Q Install the Navisphere Initialization Utility
52. already in use EMC Installation Roadmap for CxX Series and FC Series Storage Systems Linux Installation Checklist Task With Access Logix Reference Document 16 Server Q Mount the CD ROM PowerPath release Install PowerPath notes and PowerPath for Q Install PowerPath Linux installation guide Q Unmount the CD ROM and remove it from the drive Q If you have a PowerPath license key register it Q Reboot the server to complete the installation of PowerPath Q If you loaded the HBA driver as a module verify that all extensions are loaded Q Install any PowerPath patches from the Software downloads page on the EMC Powerlink website http powerlink emc com 17 Storage System Q Plan your monitoring configuration Navisphere Manager t administrator s guide Ee Q Use Navisphere Manager to set user options create templates and setup and online help your monitoring configuration 18 Server Q Use Navisphere Manager to disconnect and then reconnect the server Navisphere Manager Make LUNs and its Storage Group administrator s guide available to and online help additional HBAs Q Reboot the server to scan for new LUNs Q Checkpoint Make sure all LUNs have entries in the proc scsi scsi Linux documentation directory and in the file for the HBAs in the proc scsi directory If any LUN entries are missing from the file verify the zoning Q Checkpoint Verify that PowerPath sees all the paths to the LUNs
53. are visible are visible powercf i or powercf q powercf i or powercf q powermt config powermt config Q Checkpoint Use the following L Checkpoint Use the following PowerPath command to verify PowerPath command to verify that PowerPath sees all paths to that PowerPath sees all paths to the LUNs the LUNs powermt display dev all powermt display dev all class clariion class clariion If PowerPath cannot see all the If PowerPath cannot see all the paths verify that paths verify that e You registered your PowerPath e You registered your PowerPath license key license key e The storage system properties e The storage system properties are set as defined in steps 6 or are set as defined in step 6 or 7 7 For an FC4500 storage system For an FC4500 storage system Storage system setup Q Disconnect the computer from the Q Disconnect the computer from the guide serial port on the storage system serial port on the storage system 14 Server If you have a PowerPath license key If you have a PowerPath license key PowerPath product Test PowerPath Note If your PowerPath license key is Note If your PowerPath license key is guide with a license not registered the load balancing not registered the load balancing key policy is restricted to basic failover policy is restricted to basic failover Q Stop all applications accessing the storage system and disable user logins to the server View the LUNs available to the server using the
54. before contacting the EMC Customer Support Center Conventions Usedin EMC uses the following conventions for notes and cautions This Guide A note presents information that is important but not hazard related AN CAUTION A caution contains information essential to avoid damage to the system or equipment The caution may apply to hardware or software EMC Installation Roadmap for CX Series and FC Series Storage Systems Finding Current Information Where to Get Help Typographical Conventions This manual uses the following format conventions This Specific filenames or complete paths typeface Dialog box names and menu items in text Selections you can make from the user interface including buttons icons options and field names Emphasis in cautions and warnings This typeface New terms or unique word usage in text Command line arguments when used in text This Represents a system response such as a typeface message or prompt a file or program listing x gt y Represents a menu path For example Operations gt Poll All Storage Systems tells you to select Poll All Storage Systems on the Operations menu The most up to date information about the CX Series and FC Series storage systems is posted on the EMC Powerlink website We recommend that you download the latest information before you install one of these storage systems If you purchased your storage system from an EMC resel
55. clariion Choose one available LUN to receive I O for the test View the paths to the chosen LUN using the following PowerPath command powermt display dev x every 2 where x is pseudo device that represents the chosen LUN Start I O to the LUN Identify the HBA sending I O to LUN by viewing the output of the powermt display dev xevery 2 command and disconnect the cable to that HBA restricted to basic failover QO Stop all applications accessing the storage system and disable user logins to the server Q View the LUNs available to the server using the following PowerPath command powermt display dev all class clariion Choose one available LUN to receive I O for the test View the paths to the chosen LUN using the following PowerPath command powermt display dev x every 2 where x is pseudo device that represents the chosen LUN Start I O to the LUN Identify the HBA sending I O to LUN by viewing the output of the powermt display dev xevery 2 command and disconnect the cable to that HBA PowerPath product guide EMC Installation Roadmap for CxX Series and FC Series Storage Systems AIX Installation Checklists Task With Access Logix Without Access Logix Reference Document 16 Server Q View the output of the powermt L View the output of the powermt PowerPath product Test PowerPath display dev x every 2 display dev x every 2 guide with a license key co
56. commands to set the following default Navisphere CLI Set Properties for storage system properties reference PowerPath navicli h hostname systemtype config 3 navicli h hostname failovermode 1 navicli h hostname arraycommpath 1 where hostname is the IP address or network name of an SP in the storage system EMC Installation Roadmap for CxX Series and FC Series Storage Systems Task With Access Logix Reference Document 9 Server Q Cable any additional HBA ports to the switch connected to the storage Storage system setup Cable additional system or to SP ports guide papa ae Q Checkpoint For a SAN verify the HBA connections to the switch by system checking the LED s for the switch port connected to each additional HBA port For a 1 Gbit switch LED is green which indicates that the HBA port is logged in to the switch port For a 2 Gbit switch One of the following The left LED is green and the right LED is off which indicates that a 1 Gbit SP port is logged in to the switch port e For a DS xxB2 switch both LEDs are green which indicates that a 2 Gbit HBA port is logged in to the switch port For a DS xxM2 switch the left LED is blue and the right LED is off which indicates that a 2 Gbit HBA port is logged in to the switch port 10 Switches For a SAN Switch management Zone L Zone the switches to provide a path from each additional HBA port host Coc umenangn initiator t
57. connected to a server Topics relating to the checklist for Windows DMP configurations are Required Host Software Revisions ccccccsesececeneesesnsneenees 7 57 Prerequisites a siisesscestictsaseeedeoaes caste esssestateavas sted vind Sa rE Ea a asea 7 58 Documentation cccccccecccesscsssseesseseescsssesesenseesesseneeessesssssesesseentes 7 59 DMP Checklist New Windows Server and New Storage SY SECM ica cssecsesssecsncusssivesenssssestecstetcieessesssesesacsenssouasesaesdsresesessssnessones 7 60 Required Host This section lists the required software revisions for Windows 2000 Software Revisions configurations Windows 2000 operating system revision and any service pack listed in the EMC Support Matrix on the Powerlink website http powerlink emc com e HBA driver revision listed in the EMC Support Matrix on the Powerlink website http powerlink emc com e VxVM 3 1 for Windows 2000 with HotFix01 or higher Refer to the EMC Support Matrix and the EMC PowerPath for Windows administrator s guide on the Powerlink website http powerlink emc com for the specific revision required for your Windows 2000 version DMP Configurations for Windows 7 57 Windows Installation Checklists 7 58 Prerequisites All switches must be installed Storage systems must be set up initialized if required and connected to switches and any optional storage system software Access Logix
58. default settings and has never been connected to a server Topics relating to the checklist for a Linux configuration without EMC failover software are PLETEQUISILCS ccis cessscscseesetsccsestanscsenssasebocssoacdssesseteseeassssstavasedboesssetese 3 47 DOCUMENTATION cceceeseeceessssceececseessesesesesseeesesessscecesesseeeeeeees 3 48 Without EMC Failover Software Checklist New Linux Server and New Storage System cieissc ccissccisecsieescsssssidedevestsbeechestssuepdonsisess 3 49 Prerequisites All switches must be installed Storage systems must be set up initialized if required and connected to switches and any optional storage system software Access Logix SAN Copy SnapView MirrorView MirrorView A you have must be installed Ifany storage systems have SnapView the admsnap utility must be installed on the servers that will be the SnapView production systems Ifyou will use Navisphere Manager 6 X you must have a host that is e Running an operating system that can support the Navisphere Manager 6 X browser based client For an up to date list of such operating systems refer to the Navisphere Manager 6 X release notes on http powerlink emc com e Ona network that is connected to the storage system servers and that will be connected to the SPs in the storage system Configurations for Linux Without EMC Failover Software 3 47 Linux Installation Checklist You must have planned y
59. domain All CLARiiON storage systems connected to the server must be CX300 CxX400 CX500 CX600 CX700 or FC4700 Series storage systems If any other type of CLARiiON storage system is connected to the server the server cannot run AIX PowerPath AIX operating system revision listed in the EMC Support Matrix on the Powerlink website http powerlink emc com HBA driver revision listed in the EMC Support Matrix on the Powerlink website http powerlink emc com AIX PowerPath e For CX400 CX600 and FC Series storage systems Version 3 0 0 with patch 3 0 2 or higher e For CX300 CX500 and CX700 storage systems Version 3 0 4 or higher Refer to the EMC Support Matrix and the EMC PowerPath Release Notes for UNIX on the Powerlink website http powerlink emc com for the specific revision required for your AIX version EMC Installation Roadmap for CX Series and FC Series Storage Systems AIX Installation Checklists Prerequisites You must have a host that is e Running an operating system that can support the Navisphere Manager 6 X browser based client For an up to date list of such operating systems refer to the Navisphere Manager 6 X release notes on http powerlink emc com e Ona network that is connected to the storage system server and that you will connect to the SPs in the storage system For most configurations you must also have a host that is e Running Navisphere CLI version 6
60. e MirrorView driver and UI CAUTION During the software update hosts connected to the storage system will lose access to data if they do not have failover software or all paths to an SP are down Q If the following software is currently installed and not at the required minimum revision update it FLARE e Navisphere SP Agent e Navisphere Storage Management Server Software e Navisphere Manager UI CAUTION During the software update hosts connected to the storage system will lose access to data if they do not have failover software or all paths to an SP are down Navisphere Manager administrator s guide and online help EMC Installation Roadmap for CxX Series and FC Series Storage Systems Task With Access Logix Without Access Logix Reference Document 8 Storage System Use Navisphere Manager s Q Use Navisphere Manager s Navisphere Manager Set properties for Failover Setup Wizard selected Failover Setup Wizard selected administrator s guide PowerPath from the Tools menu on the from the Tools menu on the and online help toolbar to set the initiator type failover mode and array commpath properties for the server s HBA ports initiators Initiator Type to CLARiiON Open Failover mode to 1 Array commpath to Enabled Note Setting the array commpath property to 1 enabled creates LUNZ devices toolbar to set the initiator type failover mode and array commp
61. for the switch port connected to each HBA port For a 1 Gbit switch LED is green which indicates that the HBA port is logged in to the switch port For a 2 Gbit switch One of the following The left LED is green and the right LED is off which indicates that a 1 Gbit SP port is logged in to the switch port e For aDS xxB2 switch both LEDs are green which indicates that a 2 Gbit HBA port is logged in to the switch port Fora DS xxM2 switch the left LED is blue and the right LED is off which indicates that a 2 Gbit HBA port is logged in to the switch port Checkpoint For a SAN verify the storage system connections to the switch by checking the LED s for the switch port connected to each HBA port For a 1 Gbit switch LED is green which indicates that the HBA port is logged in to the switch port For a 2 Gbit switch One of the following e The left LED is green and the right LED is off which indicates that a 1 Gbit SP port is logged in to the switch port For aDS xxB2 switch both LEDs are green which indicates that a 2 Gbit HBA port is logged in to the switch port For aDS xxM2 switch the left LED is blue and the right LED is off which indicates that a 2 Gbit HBA port is logged in to the switch port EMC Installation Roadmap for CxX Series and FC Series Storage Systems Task With Access Logix Without Access Logix Reference Document 4 Server For direct
62. for CxX Series and FC Series Storage Systems PowerPath Checklist New Windows Server and New Storage System Tasks highlighted with grey in the checklist should be completed before the service provider arrives Task With Access Logix Reference Document 1 Server Q Install HBAs or NICs HBA or NIC Install HBAs or documentation for NICs and driver H _ Install HBA or NIC driver HBAs see URL on 7 5 2 Server with For NICs Microsoft documentation Sevene Q Download and install Microsoft iSCSI Software Initiator system Q Use the appropriate Microsoft network tool for example Start gt Settings gt Network Connections to assign the network parameters IP address subnet mask and gateway for each NIC For iSCSI HBAs QLogic SANsurfer Q Download and install QLogic SANsurfer docomeniauon Q Use SANsurfer to assign the network parameters IP address subnet mask and gateway for each iSCSI HBA 3 Server Q Set the HBA driver parameters to the values required for CLARiiON Host connectivity guide Set HBA driver CAUTION Using improper settings can cause erratic failover behavior rues NE properties such as greatly increased I O delays documentation for i HBAs see URL on 7 5 4 Server Q Install PowerPath PowerPath release Install PowerPath notes and PowerPath for Q Reboot the server to complete the installation of PowerPath Contrary to what the PowerPath documentation states PowerPath will not s
63. greatly increased I O delays For additional NICs QC Use the appropriate Microsoft network tool for example Start gt Settings gt Network Connections to assign the network parameters IP address subnet mask and gateway for each NIC For additional iSCSI HBAs Q Use SANsurfer to assign the network parameters IP address subnet mask and gateway for each iSCSI HBA Microsoft documentation QLogic SANsurfer documentation EMC Installation Roadmap for CxX Series and FC Series Storage Systems Windows Installation Checklists Task With Access Logix Reference Document 5 Server Q Install PowerPath PowerPath release Install PowerPath l notes and PowerPath for Q Reboot the server to complete the installation of PowerPath Windows installation Contrary to what the PowerPath documentation states PowerPath will not T see any logical disks LUNs in the storage system at this point because 9U G the storage system has not been connected Q Install any PowerPath patches from the Software downloads page on the EMC Powerlink website http powerlink emc com 6 Storage System Q Install the storage system in the cabinet if not already installed Rails and cabinet Install documentation 7 Storage System L Cable the storage system management port on each SP to the network Storage system setup Cable from which you will management the storage system guide management ports 8 Storage System
64. if you know the IP addresses of you know the IP addresses of the portal storage system SPs the portal storage system SPs add an entry with the following add an entry with the following format for each SP to the format for each SP to the agent config file agent config file system SP_ip_address system SP_ip_address where SP_ip_address is the where SP_ip_address is the address of the SP address of the SP Q Continue to edit the Navisphere Continue to edit other entries in Host Agent configuration file the Navisphere Host Agent agent config file as follows configuration file agent config file Comment the coeleste OptionsSupported For a CX300 CX500 CX700 or Autotrespass entry as follows FC4700 Series storage system go to OptionsSupported a i For an FC4500 storage system Autotrespass gooo The above entry will set the initiator type for the HBAs to no auto trespass when they register with the storage system e Edit any other entries as desired 4 Server Q Ifthe server willbe aSnapView N A CX Series Server Install admsnap production or secondary host Software for HP UX install the admsnap utility Installation Guide Go to step 7 EMC Installation Roadmap for Cx Series and FC Series Storage Systems HP UX Installation Checklist Task With Access Logix Without Access Logix Reference Document 5 CX400 CX600 or N A Perform this task either Navisphere CLI FC4700 Series from an attached host
65. in a configuration with an IBM AIX server and PowerPath failover software The sections for the different configurations are PowerPath Configurations for AIX ccccscsceeseeetsteteseeeeeeseeneenes 1 2 PowerPath Checklist New AIX Server and New Storage torget ea n a E E E E ies Sos eee E eter aateesteads 1 6 PowerPath Checklist New AIX Server and Existing Storage OV SECM esis T A 1 12 PowerPath Checklist Existing AIX Server and New Storage DOV SECIS resa a ra EAE E E E O 1 22 PowerPath Checklist Existing AIX Server and Existing Storage OVS tea ar RA 1 29 AIX Installation Checklists EE AIX Installation Checklists PowerPath Configurations for AIX Required Host Software Revisions Read this section if you are installing a AIX PowerPath configuration with a new or existing server and a new or existing storage system A new and existing server and a new and existing storage system are defined as follows new server A server running AIX and not connected to any storage system existing server A server running AIX and that is already connected to one or more storage systems new storage system A CX300 CX500 or CX700 storage system that has the factory default settings and has never been connected to a server existing storage system A CX300 CX400 CX500 CX600 CX700 or FC4700 Series storage system that is already connected to one or more servers and is in a EMC Navisphere
66. is green which indicates that the HBA port is logged in to the switch port For a 2 Gbit switch One of the following The left LED is green and the right LED is off which indicates that a 1 Gbit SP port is logged in to the switch port e For a DS xxB2 switch both LEDs are green which indicates that a 2 Gbit HBA port is logged in to the switch port For aDS xxM2 switch the left LED is blue and the right LED is off which indicates that a 2 Gbit HBA port is logged in to the switch port 13 Switches For a SAN Switch management Zone L Zone the switches to provide a path from each additional HBA port host soci imentenon initiator to the SPs Q If SAN Copy MirrorView or MirrorView A is installed create any required zones Q Checkpoint Use switch management software to verify the switch connections to the storage system 14 Server Q Make sure that each HBA sees only the targets SPs to which itis zoned HP UX documentation Make target SPs with the following HP UX commands available ioscan fnC disk insf e Q Verify that HP UX sees device entries for all LUNS with the following HP UX command ioscan fnC disk Q Log in as root and restart the Navisphere Host Agent with the following CX Series Server HP UX commands Software for HP UX sbin init d agent stop Installation Guide sbin init d agent start Q Make sure again that each HBA sees only the targets SPs to which itis HP UX documentation zoned with the following HP UX com
67. name of the computer port connected to the storage system serial port for example com servername is the name of the server with the HBAs m From the computer connected to the storage system s serial port use the following Navisphere CLI commands to determine the default storage system type navicli np d device systemtype where device is the name of the computer port connected to the storage system serial port for example com1 If the default storage system system type is not 3 CLARIION Open use the following command to set it to 3 navicli np d device systemtype config 3 CAUTION The above command reboots both SPs at the same time Navisphere CLI reference PowerPath Checklist New Solaris Server and Existing Storage System Solaris Installation Checklists Task With Access Logix Without Access Logix Reference Document 11 FC4500 Storage 1 From the computer connected to Navisphere CLI System cont the storage system s serial port reference use the following Navisphere CLI commands to set the following default storage system properties navicli np d device failovermode 1 navicli np d device arraycommpath 1 navicli np d device unitserialnumber lun only for server in a Sun Cluster it must left at the default setting for all other cases where device is the name of the computer port connected to the storage system serial port for exampl
68. port or an SP HBA port to a switch port or an SP port port Install the HBA driver Install the HBA driver 2 Server Set the HBA driver parameters to Set the HBA driver parameters to Host connectivity guide Set HBA driver the values required for CLARiiON the values required for CLARION and HBA parameters documentation Q Reboot the server to complete the Reboot the server to complete the installation of the drivers installation of the drivers 3 Server Q Install the Navisphere Host Agent Q Install the Navisphere Host Agent CX Series Server Install Host Agent and CLI and CLI Software for HP UX Installation Guide Q Modify user login scripts Q Modify user login scripts PowerPath Checklist New HP UX Server and Existing Storage System HP UX Installation Checklist 2 13 HP UX Installation Checklist Task With Access Logix Without Access Logix Reference Document 3 Server Q Edit the Navisphere Host Agent Q Edit the Navisphere Host Agent CX Series Server Install Host Agent configuration file agent config file configuration file agent contig file Software for HP UX cont as follows as follows Installation Guide e Add the following entry if it e Add the following entry if it does not already exist does not already exist device auto auto device auto auto Add at least one privileged Add at least one privileged user user e For FC4500 storage systems if e ForFC4500 storage systems
69. powermt display dev x every 2 where x is a pseudo device that represents the chosen LUN PowerPath product guide EMC Installation Roadmap for CX Series and FC Series Storage Systems Solaris Installation Checklists Task With Access Logix Reference Document 18 Server Q Start I O to the LUN Test PowerPath with a license key cont Q Identify the HBA sending I O to LUN by viewing the output of the powermt PowerPath product display dev x every 2 command and disconnect the cable to that HBA guide Q View the output of the powermt display dev x every 2 command and verify that e The state of the uncabled paths becomes dead 1 O continues to the remaining path s to the LUN indicating that the path failover was successful and PowerPath is working properly Q Reconnect the cable that you disconnected from the HBA Q If you did not follow the above steps exactly and caused any LUNs to trespass restore the LUNs to their original SP with the following PowerPath command powermt restore 19 Server For a server with VERITAS VxVM V3 1 1 or below VERITAS VxVM VERITAS VxVM Before you reboot the server edit the etc rcS d S24powerstartup file to lars add the following two lines to the bottom of the file after the last fi ua o i installing and character configuring EMP power letc powermt set volume_open_policy firstpath devices with Solaris applications echo PowerPath powermt s
70. ready to set up any optional software such as SnapView or MirrorView on the storage system DMP Checklist New Windows Server and New Storage System 7 63 Windows Installation Checklists 7 64 Using Windows DMP When you use Windows 2000 DMP for CLARiiON you need to take into account the following behaviors for LUNs under DMP management After Windows 2000 reboots one SP owns all the LUNs If you want the other SP to own any LUNs you must manually transfer ownership of trespass those LUNs to the other SP using the Navisphere Manager or CLI Windows DMP for CLARiiON does not support auto restore for LUNs If a failure occurs in a path to an SP Windows DMP transfers ownership of LUNs to the other SP but it does not transfer ownership back to the original SP when the path is repaired The server does not lose access to the transferred LUNs If you want the original SP to access any LUNs for load balancing you must manually transfer ownership of those LUNs back to the SP using the Navisphere Manager or CLI If I O is occurring between a server and a LUN you cannot use Navisphere to transfer ownership of the LUN from one SP to the other SP Adding more than 40 LUNs to a Storage Group may cause Windows 2000 to crash The Navisphere Host Agent does not register host information with the storage system correctly EMC Installation Roadmap for CxX Series and FC Series Storage Systems A Customer S
71. s to the LUN indicating that the path failover was that the path failover was successful and PowerPath is successful and PowerPath is working properly working properly Reconnect the cable that you Reconnect the cable that you disconnected from the HBA disconnected from the HBA If you did not follow the above If you did not follow the above steps exactly and caused any steps exactly and caused any LUNs to trespass restore the LUNs to trespass restore the LUNs to their original SP with the LUNs to their original SP with the following PowerPath command following PowerPath command powermt restore powermt restore 15 Server Mount any file systems Mount any file systems HP UX documentation Mount file unmounted in step 1 unmounted in step 1 systems EMC Installation Roadmap for CxX Series and FC Series Storage Systems HP UX Installation Checklist DMP Configurations for HP UX Read this section if you are installing an HP UX VERITAS DMP configuration with a new server and a new CX300 CX500 or CX700 storage system A new server and storage system are defined as follows New server A server running HP UX and not connected to any storage system New storage system A CX300 CX500 or CX700 storage system that has the factory default settings and has never been connected to a server Topics relating to the checklist for an HP UX configuration with DMP software are Required Host Software Revisions
72. same time Use the following Navisphere CLI commands to set the default failover mode and array commpath properties to the values for PowerPath navicli h hostname failovermode 1 navicli h hostname arraycommpath 1 where hostname is the IP address or network name of an SP in the storage system Navisphere CLI reference Navisphere CLI reference PowerPath Checklist New Windows Server and Existing Storage System With Boot Disk Windows Installation Checklists 7 29 Windows Installation Checklists 7 30 Task With Access Logix Without Access Logix Reference Document 13 Storage System Set properties for PowerPath cont For an FC4500 storage system m m Connect a computer to the serial port on the storage system From the computer connected to the storage system s serial port use the following Navisphere CLI commands to set the following storage system properties for the server s HBA ports initiators navicli np d device storagegroup sethost host servername type 3 navicli np d device storagegroup sethost host servername failovermode 1 navicli np d device storagegroup sethost host servername arraycommpath 1 where device is the name of the computer port connected to the storage system serial port for example com servername is the name of the server with the HBAs For an FC4500 storage system Q Q Connec
73. set the following commands to set the following cont default storage system default storage system properties navicli np d device failovermode 1 navicli np d device arraycommpath 1 where device is the name of the computer port connected to the storage system serial port for example com1 For existing HBAs An existing HBA is one that is registered with the storage system Q From the computer connected to the storage system s serial port use the following Navisphere CLI commands to set the following storage system properties for the server s existing HBA existing ports initiators navicli np d device storagegroup sethost host servername type 3 navicli np d device storagegroup sethost host servername failovermode 1 navicli np d device storagegroup sethost host servername arraycommpath 1 where device is the name of the computer port connected to the storage system serial port for example com servername is the name of the server with the HBAs properties navicli np d device failovermode 1 navicli np d device arraycommpath 1 where device is the name of the computer port connected to the storage system serial port for example com Navisphere CLI reference EMC Installation Roadmap for CxX Series and FC Series Storage Systems Task With Access Logix Without Access Logix Reference Document 9 Server Install PowerPath Q I
74. storage system go to step 7 step 7 6 CX300 CX400 For new HBAs For any HBAs Navisphere CLI CX500 CX600 reference CX700 or FC4700 Series Storage System Set properties for PowerPath Q Use the following Navisphere CLI command to determine the default storage system type navicli h hostname systemtype where hostname is the IP address or network name of an SP in the storage system If the default storage system system type is not 3 CLARiiON Open use the following Navisphere CLI command to set it to 3 navicli h hostname systemtype config 3 CAUTION The above command reboots both SPs at the same time Q Use the following Navisphere CLI command to determine the default storage system type navicli h hostname systemtype where hostname is the IP address or network name of an SP in the storage system If the default storage system system type is not 3 CLARiiON Open use the following Navisphere CLI command to set it to 3 navicli h hostname systemtype config 3 CAUTION The above command reboots both SPs at the same time EMC Installation Roadmap for CxX Series and FC Series Storage Systems Task With Access Logix Without Access Logix Reference Document 6 CX300 CX400 Q Use the following Navisphere CLI L Use the following Navisphere CLI Navisphere CLI CX500 CX600 commands to set the following commands to set the following reference CX700 or FC4700 Series Stora
75. support representative EMC Installation Roadmap for CX Series and FC Series Storage Systems Customer Support Documenting the Problem If the EMC Customer Support Center requests information regarding the problem please document it completely making sure to include the following information Q Your company name and address Your name m Q Your telephone number m The importance of the problem so that it can be assigned a priority level To expedite the processing of your support request you can photocopy this list and include it with the package Documenting the Problem A 5 Customer Support OuovoevovUOUOLHUHOUOD UU U wv CODD Reporting a New Problem For a new problem please provide the following information Release level of the software that you are running Software installation parameters Host type on which you are running Operating system you are running and its release number Functions of the software that you are running Whether you can reproduce the problem Previous occurrences of the problem Whether the software has ever worked correctly Time period that the software did work properly Conditions under which the software worked properly Changes to your system between the time the software worked properly and the problem began Exact sequence of events that led to the system error Message numbers and complete text of any messages that the system produced Log fil
76. system PowerPath Checklist Existing AIX Server and New Storage System AIX Installation Checklists Task With Access Logix Reference Document 16 Server Q Download the following command from ftp ftp emc com pub elab AIX documentation Make target SPs powerpath aix and execute it available emc_cfgmgr sh Q Checkpoint Verify that AIX sees LUNZ devices with the following AIX command Iscfg grep LUNZ If AIX does not see LUNZ devices e Verify that arraycommpath is set to 1 as described in step 12 Execute the following AIX command emc_cfgmgr sh Q Restart the Navisphere Host Agent or run the Navisphere Server Utility CX Series Server with the following AIX commands Software for AIX Host Agent installation guide etc rc agent stop letc rc agent start Server Utility usr lpp HOSTUTIL naviserverutil Q Checkpoint Use Navisphere Manager s Connectivity Status dialog box Navisphere Manager to verify that each HBA is registered with the storage system administrator s guide and online help Q List the LUNZ devices with the following AIX command AIX documentation Iscfg grep LUNZ Q Remove each LUNZ device with the following AIX command rmdev dl hdiskn where nis the hdisk number for the LUNZ device 17 Storage System Q Use Navisphere Manager to set general storage system properties Navisphere Manager ji inistrator s gui Configure Q Use Navisphere Manager to create RAID Groups bind
77. system connections Fibre Channel to the network router or switch by switches checking the LED s for the router network or or switch port connected to each storage system SP port data ports cont 11 Server With a For NICs N A Storage system setup a Q Use Microsoft iSCSI Software guide y r Initiator on the server to configure Configure the iSCSI initiators for each NIC additional server port iSCSI initiator ports For iSCSI HBAs 0 Use QLogic SANsurfer to configure the network parameters for each or for each HBA 12 Fibre Channel For a SAN For a SAN Switch management Switches Q Zone the Fibre Channel switches Zone the Fibre Channel switches to eocameneten Zone additional to provide a path from each provide a path from each additional paths additional HBA port host initiator HBA port host initiator to the SPs to the SPs Q Checkpoint Use switch Q Checkpoint Use switch management software to verify management software to verify the switch connections to the the switch connections to the storage system storage system 13 Server Q Restart the Host Agent or run the L Use the Disk Management tool to Windows documentation Register Server Utility then use the Disk scan for disks additional HBAs Management tool to scan for or NICs with disks storage system Q Checkpoint Use Navisphere Manager s Connectivity Status dialog box to verify that each HBA is registered with the storage system Navisphere Manager admi
78. systems Version 3 0 3 or higher Refer to the EMC Support Matrix and the EMC PowerPath for Linux on the Powerlink website http powerlink emc com for the specific revision required for your Linux version Prerequisites You must have a host that is e Running an operating system that can support the Navisphere Manager 6 X browser based client For an up to date list of such operating systems refer to the Navisphere Manager 6 X release notes on http powerlink emc com e Ona network that is connected to the storage system servers and that will be connected to the SPs in CX200 CX300 CX400 CX500 CX600 CX700 or FC4700 Series storage systems For most configurations you must also have a host that is e Running Navisphere 6 X CLI e On a network that is connected to the storage system server and that you will connect to SPs in CX200 CX300 CX400 CX500 CX600 CX700 or FC4700 Series storage systems Foran FC4500 storage system connected to a server on which you will install PowerPath you must have a computer that you can connect to the storage system This computer must run e RedHat 2 1 Advance Server e 9 or higher kernel and e Navisphere Host Agent and CLI version 6 4 or higher PowerPath Configurations for Linux 3 3 Linux Installation Checklist 3 4 You must have planned your LUNs and RAID Groups and Storage Groups if you have Access Logix Be sure to consider requirements for SAN Copy Sn
79. the HBA PowerPath Checklist New Solaris Server and Existing Storage System 5 23 Solaris Installation Checklists Task With Access Logix Without Access Logix Reference Document 16 Server Q If you did not follow the above Q If you did not follow the above PowerPath product Test PowerPath steps exactly and caused any steps exactly and caused any guide with a license LUNs to trespass restore the LUNs to trespass restore the key cont LUNs to their original SP with the LUNs to their original SP with the following PowerPath command following PowerPath command powermt restore powermt restore 17 Server For a server with VERITAS VxVM For a server with VERITAS VxVM VERITAS VxVM VERITAS vxvm V3 1 1 or below V3 1 1 or below documentation and Q Before you reboot the server edit the etc rcS d S24powerstartup file to add the following two lines to the bottom of the file after the last fi character etc powermt set volume_open_policy firstpath echo PowerPath powermt set volume_open_policy firstpath On the next reboot the first path policy used by CLARIION storage systems will take effect For a server with VERITAS VxVM V3 2 or above Q Issue the following command vxddladm addjbod vid DGC pagecode 0x83 offset 8 length 16 You need to issue this command just once and it will take effect on the next reboot Q Before you reboot the server edit the etc rcS d S24powerstartup file to
80. the HBA or NIC and HBA or NIC driver The HBA documentation is also available from the following websites For Emulex HBAs and drivers http www emulex com ts docoem framemc htm For QLogic HBAs and drivers http www qlogic com support drivers_software asp and select EMC in the OEM approved Drivers Firmware list at the bottom of the page Documentation that ships with the e Fibre Channel switches and switch management software e Microsoft Windows operating system Removing ATF or CDE Software Before Installing Other Failover Software P N 069001173 PowerPath Version 4 3 Product Guide P N 300 001 673 or PowerPath Version 3 0 Product Guide P N 300 000 047 e PowerPath for Windows Version 4 3 Installation and Administration Guide P N 300 001 685 or PowerPath Version 3 0 Installation and Administration Guide for Windows P N 300 001 045 EMC Navisphere Host Agent and CLI for Windows 2000 and NT Version 6 X Installation Guide P N 069001151 or EMC CX Series Server Software for Windows Installation Guide P N300 002 038 EMC Navisphere Command Line Interface CLI Reference P N 069001038 e EMC SnapView Version 2 X Installation Guide P N 069001193 revision A02 or higher EMC SAN Copy Version 2 X Installation Guide P N 069001187 PowerPath Configurations for Windows 7 5 Windows Installation Checklists EMC Rails and Enclosures Field Installation Guide P N 300 001 799 EMC
81. the following ii Navisphere CLI pate se storage system properties for the navicli h hostname systemtype reference server s HBA or NIC ports where hostname is the IP initiators address or network name of an Initiator Type to CLARION Open SP in the storage system Failover mode to 1 If the default storage system system type is not 3 CLARIION Array commpath to Enabled Open use the following Go to step 15 Navisphere CLI command to set it to 3 navicli h hostname systemtype config 3 CAUTION The above command reboots both SPs at the same time Q Use the following Navisphere CLI Navisphere CLI commands to set the default reference failover mode and array commpath properties to the values for PowerPath navicli h hostname failovermode 1 navicli h hostname arraycommpath 1 where hostname is the IP address or network name of an SP in the storage system Go to step 15 PowerPath Checklist New Windows Server and Existing Storage System Without Boot Disk 7 19 Windows Installation Checklists 7 20 Task With Access Logix Without Access Logix Reference Document 14 FC4500 Storage Q Connect a computer to the serial L Connect a computer to the serial Storage system setup System port on the storage system port on the storage system guide t properties for e esir From the computer connected to L From the computer connected to Navisphere CLI the storage system s
82. to LUN by viewing the output of the powermt display dev x every 2 command and disconnect the cable to that HBA Q View the output of the powermt display dev x every 2 command and verify that e The state of the uncabled path s becomes dead 1 O continues to the remaining path s to the LUN indicating that the path failover was successful and PowerPath is working properly Q Reconnect the cable that you disconnected from the HBA Q If you did not follow the above steps exactly and caused any LUNs to trespass restore the LUNs to their original SP with the following PowerPath command powermt restore PowerPath product guide PowerPath product guide 19 Server Applications online Q Bring any applications that you shut down such as clustering or databases back online and configure for PowerPath if required PowerPath for Unix installation and administrator s guide 5 30 EMC Installation Roadmap for Cx Series and FC Series Storage Systems Solaris Installation Checklists Task With Access Logix Reference Document 20 Server For a server with VERITAS VxVM V3 1 1 or below VERITAS VxVM VERITAS VxVM Before you reboot the server edit the etc rcS d S24powerstartup file to a ear add the following two lines to the bottom of the file after the last fi installing and naracar configuring EMP etc powermt set volume_open_policy firstpath power devices with echo
83. to remove the LUNZ devices later in the procedure PowerPath Checklist Existing AIX Server and Existing Storage System 1 33 AIX Installation Checklists 1 34 Task With Access Logix Without Access Logix Reference Document 9 Storage System Set properties for PowerPath cont For existing HBAs Q Use Navisphere Manager s Failover Setup Wizard selected from the Tools menu on the toolbar to set the storage system s initiator type failover mode and array commpath properties for the server s HBA ports initiators Initiator Type to CLARiiON Open Failover mode to 1 Array commpath to Enabled Note Setting the array commpath property to 1 enabled creates LUNZ devices You will have to remove the LUNZ devices later in the procedure For any HBAs cont Q Use the following Navisphere CLI commands to set the storage systems default failover mode and array commpath properties navicli h hostname failovermode 1 navicli h hostname arraycommpath 1 where hostname is the IP address or network name of an SP in the storage system Note Setting the array commpath property to 1 enabled creates LUNZ devices You will have to remove the LUNZ devices later in the procedure Navisphere CLI reference Navisphere Manager administrator s guide and online help EMC Installation Roadmap for CxX Series and FC Series Storage Systems
84. to the switch by checking the LED s for the switch port connected to each SP port For a 1 Gbit switch LED is green which indicates that the SP is logged in to the switch port PowerPath Checklist Existing NetWare Server and New Storage System NetWare Installation Checklists 4 23 NetWare Installation Checklists Task With Access Logix Reference Document 9 Storage System For a 2 Gbit switch One of the following Cable to switch The left LED is green and the right LED is off which indicates that a or server and 1 Gbit SP port is logged in to the switch port LAN cont f tee e For a DS xxB2 switch both LEDs are green which indicates that a 2 Gbit HBA port is logged in to the switch port Fora DS xxM2 switch the left LED is blue and the right LED is off which indicates that a 2 Gbit HBA port is logged in to the switch port Q Cable each SP to the LAN connected to the hosts from which you will Storage system setup manage the storage system guide 10 Storage System L Use Navisphere Manager to define a global administrator and domain if Navisphere security Set up security not already defined and any additional users administrator s guide and Navisphere Manager online help 11 Storage System Use the following Navisphere CLI commands to set the following default Navisphere CLI Set Properties for storage system properties reference PowerPath navicli h hostname systemty
85. using PowerPath product the following PowerPath command guide powermt display dev all class clariion If PowerPath does not see the LUNs e Verify the server s connection to the Storage Group e Make sure that you registered your PowerPath license key if you have one e Verify that the storage system properties are as defined in step 10 e Verify that you have the appropriate revision of the HBA driver loaded PowerPath Checklist Existing Linux Server and New Storage System 3 27 Linux Installation Checklist Task With Access Logix Reference Document 19 Server If you have a PowerPath license key PowerPath product Test PowerPath Note If your PowerPath license key is not registered the load balancing policy guide with a license key is restricted to basic failover Q View the LUNs available to the server using the following PowerPath command powermt display dev all class clariion Q Choose one available LUN to receive I O for the test L View the paths to the chosen LUN using the following PowerPath command powermt display dev x every 2 where x is a pseudo device that represents the chosen LUN Start 1 0 to the LUN Q Identify the HBA sending I O to the LUN by viewing the output of the powermt display dev x every 2 command and disconnect the cable to that HBA Q View the output of the powermt display dev x every 2 command and verify that e The state of the uncabled path
86. using the following PowerPath command powermt display dev x every 2 where xis a pseudo device that represents the chosen LUN Start I O to the LUN Identify the HBA sending I O to LUN by viewing the output of the powermt display dev xevery 2 command and disconnect the cable to that HBA Q View the output of the powermt display dev x every 2 command and verify that e The state of the uncabled path s becomes dead O continues to the remaining path s to the LUN indicating that the path failover was successful and PowerPath is working properly Reconnect the cable that you disconnected from the HBA PowerPath Checklist New Windows Server and Existing Storage System With Boot Disk 7 35 Windows Installation Checklists 7 36 Task With Access Logix Without Access Logix Reference Document 23 Server Q Ifyou did not follow the above Q If you did not follow the above PowerPath product Test PowerPath steps exactly and caused any steps exactly and caused any guide with a license LUNs to trespass restore the LUNs to trespass restore the key cont LUNs to their original SP with the LUNs to their original SP with the following PowerPath command following PowerPath command powermt restore powermt restore 24 Server Q Prepare any new LUN other than L Prepare any new LUN other than Host connectivity guide Make new LUNs the boot LUN to receive data by the boot LUN to rece
87. viewing the output of the powermt display dev xevery 2 command and disconnect the cable to that HBA Q View the output of the powermt display dev x every 2 command and verify that e The state of the uncabled path s becomes dead Q Stop all applications accessing the storage system and disable user logins to the server Q View the LUNs available to the server using the following PowerPath command powermt display dev all class clariion Q Choose one available LUN to receive I O for the test Q View the paths to the chosen LUN using the following PowerPath command powermt display dev x every 2 where x is a pseudo device that represents the chosen LUN Q Start I O to the LUN Q Identify the HBA sending I O to LUN by viewing the output of the powermt display dev x every 2 command and disconnect the cable to that HBA Q View the output of the powermt display dev x every 2 command and verify that e The state of the uncabled path s becomes dead Solaris Installation Checklists e O continues to the remaining path s to the LUN indicating that the path failover was successful and PowerPath is working properly I O continues to the remaining path s to the LUN indicating that the path failover was successful and PowerPath is working properly Q Reconnect the cable that you disconnected from the HBA Q Reconnect the cable that you disconnected from
88. with the storage system Q From the computer connected to the storage system s serial port use the following Navisphere CLI commands to set the following storage system properties for the server s existing HBA existing ports initiators navicli np d device storagegroup sethost host servername type 3 navicli np d device storagegroup sethost host servername failovermode 1 navicli np d device storagegroup sethost host servername arraycommpath 1 where device is the name of the computer port connected to the storage system serial port for example com servername is the name of the server with the HBAs Navisphere CLI reference Server Re install Host Agent or Server Utility Q Reinstall reload the Navisphere Host Agent or Navisphere Server Utility Q Start Navisphere Host Agent or run the Navisphere Server Utility Q Reinstall reload the Navisphere Host Agent or Navisphere Server Utility Q Start Navisphere Host Agent or Navisphere Server Utility CX Series Server Software for Linux Installation Guide PowerPath Checklist Existing Linux Server and Existing Storage System Linux Installation Checklist 3 33 Linux Installation Checklist 3 34 Task With Access Logix Without Access Logix Reference Document 8 Server Q Cable any additional HBA portsto Cable any additional HBA ports to Storage system setup Cab
89. you load these documents on your service laptop or for an FC4500 or FC4700 on the computer you will connect to the storage system before starting the installation Documentation that ships with HBA and HBA driver This documentation is also available from the following QLogic website http www qlogic com support drivers_software asp and select EMC in the OEM approved Drivers Firmware list at the bottom of the page Switches and switch management software Novell NetWare operating system Removing ATF or CDE Software Before Installing Other Failover Software P N 069001173 PowerPath Version 3 0 Product Guide P N 300 000 047 PowerPath Version 3 0 Installation and Administration Guide for NetWare P N 300 000 513 EMC Installation Roadmap for CxX Series and FC Series Storage Systems NetWare Installation Checklists EMC Navisphere Host Agent and CLI for NetWare Version 6 X Installation Guide P N 069001149 or EMC CX Series Server Software for NetWare Installation Guide P N 300 002 040 EMC Navisphere Command Line Interface CLI Reference P N 069001038 EMC Storage System Host Utilities for NetWare Administrator s Guide P N 069001139 EMC SnapView Installation Guide P N 069001193 revision A02 or higher EMC SAN Copy Installation Guide P N 069001187 EMC Rails and Enclosures Field Installation Guide P N 300 001 799 EMC Rails and Enclosures Installation Guide for 19 Inch NEMA Cabine
90. 0 CX400 CX500 Storage system setup Cable to Fibre CX600 or CX700 storage system CX600 or CX700 storage system guide Channel O Cable the HBA ports to the Fibre Q Cable the HBA ports to the Fibre switches Channel switch connected to the Channel switch connected to the network or storage system or to the storage system or to the storage system storage system Fibre Channel storage system Fibre Channel data ports data ports data ports Q Checkpoint For a SAN verify Q Checkpoint For a SAN verify Switch documentation 7 16 EMC Installation Roadmap for CX Series and FC Series Storage Systems Task With Access Logix Without Access Logix Reference Document 9 Server For a 2 Gbit switch One of the For a 2 Gbit switch One of the Switch documentation Cable to Fibre following following Channel The left LED is green and the The left LED is green and the switches right LED is off which right LED is off which network or indicates that a 1 Gbit SP port indicates that a 1 Gbit SP port storage system is logged in to the switch port is logged in to the switch port data ports cont e For aDS xxB2 switch both For aDS xxB2 switch both LEDs are green which LEDs are green which indicates that a 2 Gbit HBA indicates that a 2 Gbit HBA port is logged in to the switch port is logged in to the switch port port Fora DS xxM2 switch the left For a DS xxM2 switch the left LED is blue and the righ
91. 16 Server Q View the output of the powermt Q View the output of the powermt PowerPath product Test PowerPath display dev x every 2 display dev x every 2 guide with a license command and verify that command and verify that key cont The state of the uncabled The state of the uncabled path s becomes dead e 1 0 continues to the remaining path s to the LUN indicating that the path failover was successful and PowerPath is working properly Reconnect the cable that you disconnected from the HBA If you did not follow the above steps exactly and caused any LUNs to trespass restore the LUNs to their original SP using the following PowerPath command powermt restore path s becomes dead 1 O continues to the remaining path s to the LUN indicating that the path failover was successful and PowerPath is working properly Reconnect the cable that you disconnected from the HBA If you did not follow the above steps exactly and caused any LUNs to trespass restore the LUNs to their original SP using the following PowerPath command powermt restore You are now ready to set up any optional software such as SnapView or MirrorView on the storage system EMC Installation Roadmap for CX Series and FC Series Storage Systems NetWare Installation Checklists PowerPath Checklist Existing NetWare Server and New Storage System Tasks highlighted with grey in the checkli
92. 300 CX500 and CX700 Storage Systems Initialization Guide P N 300 001 272 EMC 2 Gigabit Disk Array Enclosure DAE2 Setup and Cabling Guide P N 014003104 EMC Navisphere Manager Administrator s Guide P N 069001125 EMC Navisphere Security Administrator s Guide P N 069001124 EMC Host Connectivity Guide for Sun Solaris P N 300 000 607 DMP Configurations for Solaris 5 47 Solaris Installation Checklists DMP Checklist New Solaris Server and New Storage System Tasks highlighted with grey in the checklist should be completed before the service provider arrives Task With Access Logix Reference Document 1 Server Q Install the Fibre Channel HBAs and if needed install the optical GBIC For Emulex or Qlogic Install HBAs connector on the 1 Gbit PCI HBA HBAs HBA drivers cables documentation see URL on page 5 4 For JNI HBAs Solaris utilities administrator guide Q Install the HBA driver L Connect cables from the host HBA port to a switch port 2 Server Q Set the HBA driver parameters to the settings required for CLARiiON For Emulex or Qlogic Edit the HBA except for the persistent bindings which you will set after you have zoned HBAs HBA driver file the switches documentation see URL CAUTION Using improper settings can cause erratic failover behavior on page 5 4 such as greatly increased I O delays For JNI HBAs Solaris utilities administrator guide 3 Server OY Add LUNs to t
93. 300 CX500 or CX700 storage system go to step 21 and online help For a CX500i storage system continue to step 19 19 CX500iStorage Q Use Navisphere Manager to configure CHAP on the storage system but Storage system setup guide and Manager online help 7 42 EMC Installation Roadmap for CX Series and FC Series Storage Systems Task With Access Logix Reference Document 20 Server With For iSCSI HBA Initiators Storage system setup CX500i Storage ar no guide and SANsurfer System Q Use QLogic SANsurfer to configure initiator CHAP on the HBA initiators Aocumentatioh Configure Q Use Navisphere Manager to enable CHAP on the storage system tional CHAP aa ph new For NIC initiators Storage system setup ide and Microsoft iSCSI HBA or NIC Q Use Navisphere Manager to enable CHAP on the storage system gui initiators documentation Q Use Microsoft iSCSI Software Initiator to configure initiator CHAP on any Storage system setup new NIC initiators guide and Manager online help 21 Server Q Prepare the LUNs to receive data by creating partitions on them Host connectivity guide Make LUNs or Windows available to documentation Windows 22 Server If you have a PowerPath license key PowerPath product Test PowerPath f your PowerPath license key is not registered the load balancing policy is guide with a license key restricted to basic failover m View the LUNs available to the server using the f
94. 39 DOCUMENTATON ssns e aE a EAEE elves 3 40 DMP Checklist New Linux Server and New Storage EIA o a E EE EEE E ES 3 42 Configurations for Linux Without EMC Failover Software 3 47 PREPEGUISIECS soviesianies iane E teases fhe toss ota ea 3 47 DOCUMENTATION 5 s05sec c00cacssseccasacsececoecnssscacsneacssoasarebsoicdeas aceedecs 3 48 Without EMC Failover Software Checklist New Linux Server and New Storage System occ ce cesses eecesennneceeenens 3 49 EMC Installation Roadmap for CxX Series and FC Series Storage Systems Chapter 4 Chapter 5 EMC Installation Roadmap for Cx Series and FC Series Storage Systems NetWare Installation Checklists PowerPath Configurations for NetWare csceeseseneeeeenes 4 2 Required Host Software Revisions ccccsccesenee eee 4 3 PHEPEQUISItES ccerscssencsonsevonecsessissesesesansed sesvesvsadsssessenssasesesecesses 4 3 DOCUMENTA HOM s ciiccsceecsesssessesvssssisssnsstsessvsesessssiassacessesoestess 4 4 PowerPath Checklist New NetWare Server and New Storage DY SECM E Ubacttesss sseiestseanstiones Mitiveeens Hats listen 4 7 PowerPath Checklist New NetWare Server and Existing Storage SY St c scseceesssrescsssssvsenessssevsscesssccensees sevsessteadsoesssesedeoests 4 12 PowerPath Checklist Existing NetWare Server and New Storage Syste csssececsessseresccesbevsciessssevsssesssoeesssesssveatsasnscessistecseenses 4 21 PowerPath Checklist Existing NetWare Serve
95. 700 2 Configuration Planning Guide P N 014003087 e EMC Fibre Channel Storage System Model FC4700 Configuration Planning Guide P N 014003016 Documentation This checklist refers to some or all of the documents listed below We recommend that you load these documents on your service laptop before starting the installation Documentation that ships with e HBA and HBA driver e Switches and switch management software e HP UX operating system PowerPath Version 4 3 Product Guide P N 300 001 673 or PowerPath Version 4 2 Product Guide P N 300 001 521 or PowerPath Version 4 1 Product Guide P N 300 001 290 or PowerPath Version 3 0 Product Guide P N 300 001 047 PowerPath for HP UX Version 4 3 Installation and Administration Guide P N 300 001 682 or PowerPath for HP UX Version 4 2 Installation and Administration Guide P N 300 001 529 or PowerPath Version 4 1 for HP UX Installation and Administration Guide P N 300 001 297 or EMC Installation Roadmap for CX Series and FC Series Storage Systems HP UX Installation Checklist PowerPath Version 3 0 for UNIX Installation and Administration Guide P N 300 000 511 EMC PowerPath Version 4 1 Quick Reference P N 300 001 204 EMC Navisphere Host Agent and CLI for HP UX Version 6 X Installation Guide P N 069001146 or EMC CX Series Server Software for HP UX Installation Guide P N300 002 043 EMC SnapView Installation Guide P N 069001193 rev
96. 76 rev A02 or higher or EMC CLARiiON CX300 2 Gigabit Disk Processor Enclosure DPE2 Setup and Cabling Guide P N 300 001 276 rev A01 and EMC CLARiiON CX300 CX500 and CX700 Storage Systems Initialization Guide P N 300 001 272 EMC CLARiiON CX500 2 Gigabit Disk Processor Enclosure DPE2 Setup Guide P N 300 001 275 rev A02 or higher or EMC CLARiiON CX500 2 Gigabit Disk Processor Enclosure DPE2 Setup and Cabling Guide P N 300 001 275 rev A01 and EMC CLARiiON CX300 CX500 and CX700 Storage Systems Initialization Guide P N 300 001 272 EMC CLARiiON CX700 Storage Processor Enclosure SPE Setup Guide P N 300 001 274 rev A02 or higher or EMC CLARiiON CX700 Storage Processor Enclosure SPE Setup and Cabling Guide P N 300 001 274 rev A01 and EMC CLARiiON CX300 CX500 and CX700 Storage Systems Initialization Guide P N 300 001 272 EMC CLARiiON 2 Gigabit Disk Array Enclosure DAE2 Setup and Cabling Guide P N 014003104 EMC Navisphere Manager Administrator s Guide P N 069001125 EMC Navisphere Security Administrator s Guide P N 069001124 EMC Host Connectivity Guide for Linux P N 300 000 604 DMP Configurations for Linux 3 41 Linux Installation Checklist DMP Checklist New Linux Server and New Storage System Tasks highlighted with grey in the checklist should be completed before the service provider arrives Task With Access Logix Reference Document 1 Server Q Install the Fibre Cha
97. AN Switch management Switches Q Zone the Fibre Channel switches Zone the Fibre Channel switches cain Zone to provide a single from the to provide a single from the server to each SP server to each SP Q Checkpoint Use Fibre Channel L Checkpoint Use Fibre Channel switch management software to switch management software to verify the switch connections to verify the switch connections to the storage system the storage system 9 Storage System Q Use Navisphere Manager s N A Navisphere Manager Register HBAs Connectivity Status dialog box administrator s guide to register each HBA with the and online help storage system 10 Server Q Disconnect any SCSI harddisk Q Disconnect any SCSI hard disk HBA documentation Prepare for connected to the server connected to the server see URL on 7 5 installing Q Configure the HBA boot BIOS Configure the HBA boot BIOS operating system 11 Server Q Install Windows Server 2003 or Q Install Windows Server 2003 or Windows documentation Install Windows Windows 2000 and the HBA Windows 2000 and the HBA and HBA documentation Server 2003 or driver on the boot LUN in the driver on the boot LUN in the see URL on 7 5 Windows 2000 storage system storage system Note During the installation procedure you will partition the boot LUN Note During the installation procedure you will partition the boot LUN EMC Installation Roadmap for CxX Series and FC Series Storage Systems
98. AP on the new iSCSI HBA initiators on the server Q Ifyou disabled CHAP on the storage system use Navisphere Manager to re enable CHAP on the storage system N A N A Storage system setup guide and Manager online help Storage system setup guide and QLogix SANsurfer documentation Storage system setup guide and Manager online help EMC Installation Roadmap for CxX Series and FC Series Storage Systems Task With Access Logix Without Access Logix Reference Document 16 Server Q Use Navisphere Manager to N A Navisphere Manager Make LUNs disconnect and then reconnect administrator s guide available to the server and its Storage Group and online help additional HBAs Q Restart the Host Agent then use Windows documentation the Disk Management tool to scan for disks For an FC4500 storage system For an FC4500 storage system Storage system setup Q Disconnect the computer from Q Disconnect the computer from guide the serial port on the storage the serial port on the storage system system 17 Server If you have a PowerPath license key If you have a PowerPath license key PowerPath product Test PowerPath if your PowerPath license key is not If your PowerPath license key is not guide with a license registered the load balancing policy is registered the load balancing policy is key restricted to basic failover restricted to basic failover CL View the LUNs available to the server using t
99. ARiiON CX700 Storage Processor Enclosure SPE Setup and Cabling Guide P N 300 001 274 rev A01 and EMC CLARiiON CX300 CX500 and CX700 Storage Systems Initialization Guide P N 300 001 272 EMC 2 Gigabit Disk Array Enclosure DAE2 Setup and Cabling Guide P N 014003104 FC4500 Setup Guide P N 014003102 revision A03 or higher FC4700 2 Setup Guide P N 0140373 EMC Navisphere Manager Administrator s Guide P N 069001125 EMC Navisphere Security Administrator s Guide P N 069001124 EMC Host Connectivity Guide for Novell NetWare P N 300 000 615 EMC Installation Roadmap for CX Series and FC Series Storage Systems PowerPath Checklist New NetWare Server and New Storage System Tasks highlighted with grey in the checklist should be completed before the service provider arrives Task With Access Logix Reference Document 1 Server Q Install HBAs HBA documentation Install HBAs and CAUTION Do not connect cables to the HBAs until you are told to doso See URL on page 4 4 driver later in this procedure O Verify HBA BIOS settings Q Install HBA driver 2 Server Q Set the HBA driver parameters to the values required for CLARION and Host connectivity guide Set HBA driver PowerPath and dt deals parameters CAUTION Using improper settings can cause erratic failover behavior an peg 4 such as greatly increased I O delays 3 Server CL Make sure the SCSISAN CDM module is not installed NetWare docum
100. AUTION Do not connect cables to the HBAs until you are told to do so later in this procedure 2 Server Q If the following software is currently installed and not at the required HBA documentation Update Software minimum revision page 3 3 update it see URL on page 3 4 e HBA driver save the persistent bindings as you will need to add them SnapView installation to the new driver guide revision A02 or admsnap higher 3 Server Q Make sure the HBA driver parameters except for the persistent bindings Linux host connectivity Set HBA driver are set to the values required for CLARiiON and PowerPath guide and HBA properties You will set the persistent bindings after the storage system is installed a r cae 5 and the switches are zoned pag CAUTION Using improper settings can cause erratic failover behavior such as greatly increased I O delays O If you added additional HBAs or drivers reboot the host 4 Storage System Q Install the storage system in the cabinet if not already installed Rails and cabinet Install documentation 5 Storage System Install the Navisphere Initialization Utility on a host on the same subnet as Storage system setup Initialize and the storage system management ports guide shar aara Q Use the Navisphere Initialization Utility to initialize the storage system Q If you have SAN Copy SnapView MirrorView and or MirrorView A Navisphere Manager software install their enablers administrator s gui
101. As either reload the HBA driver or reboot the server For an FC4500 storage system go to step 10 Installation Guide Linux documentation Navisphere Manager administrator s guide and online help PowerPath Checklist New Linux Server and Existing Storage System Linux Installation Checklist 3 15 Linux Installation Checklist 3 16 Task With Access Logix Without Access Logix Reference Document CX200 CX300 CX400 CX500 CX600 CX700 or FC4700 Series Storage System Set properties for PowerPath Q Use Navisphere Manager s Failover Setup Wizard selected from the Tools menu on the toolbar to set the following storage system properties for the server s existing HBA ports initiators Initiator Type to CLARiiON Open Failover mode to 1 Array commpath to Enabled For an FC4500 storage system go to step 11 Q Use the following Navisphere CLI command to determine the default storage system type navicli h hostname systemtype where hostname is the IP address or network name of an SP in the storage system If the default storage system system type is not 3 CLARiiON Open use the following Navisphere CLI command to set it to 3 navicli h hostname systemtype config 3 CAUTION The above command reboots both SPs at the same time Q Use the following Navisphere CLI commands to set the following default storage system properties navicli h hostnam
102. BA port port host initiator to the SPs host initiator to the SPs Q Checkpoint Use switch Q Checkpoint Use switch management software to verify management software to verify the the switch connections to the switch connections to the storage storage system system 12 Server Q Reboot the server 0 Reboot the server Register Q Checkpoint Use Navisphere Navisphere Manager additional HBAs ha aes eee Manager s Connectivity Status administrator s guide with storage system dialog box to verify that each new and online help HBA is registered with the storage system PowerPath Checklist Existing NetWare Server and Existing Storage System NetWare Installation Checklists 4 35 NetWare Installation Checklists Task With Access Logix Without Access Logix Reference Document 13 Server Q Use Navisphere Manager to N A Navisphere Manager Make LUNs disconnect and then reconnect administrator s guide available to the server and its Storage Group and online help ACUNA HEAS Q Reboot the server 14 Server Q Checkpoint Verify the paths to Checkpoint Verify the paths to NetWare Verify paths to each LUN with the following each LUN with the following documentation storage system NetWare command NetWare command list devices list devices Q Checkpoint Verify that PowerPath sees the paths to each LUN using the following PowerPath command powermt display dev all class clari
103. BAs For a server with any HBAs CX500 CX600 CX700 or FC4700 Series Storage System Set properties for PowerPath Perform this task either across the LAN connected to the storage system SPs or from an attached host or a host networked to an attached host or e from a laptop connected to the storage system as described in the storage system initialization or setup guide From the LAN Q Use Navisphere Manager s Failover Setup Wizard selected from the Tools menu on the toolbar to set the following storage system properties for the server s existing HBA ports initiators Failover mode to 1 Array commpath to Enabled Perform this task either from an attached host or a host networked to an attached host or from a laptop connected to the storage system as described in the storage system initialization or setup guide Navisphere Manager administrator s guide and online help o PowerPath Checklist Existing HP UX Server and Existing Storage System HP UX Installation Checklist 2 35 HP UX Installation Checklist 2 36 Task With Access Logix Without Access Logix Reference Document 7 CX300 CX400 From an attached or networked host or From an attached or networked host or Navisphere CLI CX500 CX600 laptop laptop reference CX700 or FC4700 Series Storage System Set properties for PowerPath cont Q Use the following Navisphere CLI comm
104. C Installation Roadmap for CX Series and FC Series Storage Systems 3 Linux Installation Checklist This chapter contains checklists of the tasks required to install a CLARiiON storage system in a configuration with a Linux server and PowerPath VERITAS DMP or with no EMC failover software Topics are PowerPath Configurations for Linux cccccsescteescesesesesneneneees 3 2 DMP Configurations for Linux cee eecsseeseseeseseneeeeeeeens 3 39 Configurations for Linux Without EMC Failover Software 3 47 Linux Installation Checklist 3 1 Linux Installation Checklist 3 2 PowerPath Configurations for Linux Read this section if you are installing a Linux PowerPath configuration with a new or existing server and a new or existing storage system A new and existing server and a new and existing storage system are defined as follows new server A server running Linux that is not connected to any storage system existing server A server running Linux that is already connected to one or more storage systems new storage system A CX300 CCX500 or CX700 storage system that has the factory default settings and has never been connected to a server existing storage system A CX200 CX300 CX400 CX500 CX600 CX700 FC4500 or FC4700 Series storage system that is already connected to one or more servers and is in a Navisphere domain All CLARiiON storage systems connected to the se
105. EDs are green which indicates that a 2 Gbit HBA port is logged in to the switch port e Fora DS xxM2 switch the left LED is blue and the right LED is off which indicates that a 2 Gbit HBA port is logged in to the switch port For a CX500i storage system Q Cable any additional HBA or NICs ports to the network connected to the storage system iSCSI data ports or directly to the storage system iSCSI data ports Checkpoint For a SAN verify the storage system connections to the switch by checking the LED s for the switch port connected to each HBA port For a 1 Gbit switch LED is green which indicates that the HBA port is logged in to the switch port For a 2 Gbit switch One of the following e The left LED is green and the right LED is off which indicates that a 1 Gbit SP port is logged in to the switch port e For aDS xxB2 switch both LEDs are green which indicates that a 2 Gbit HBA port is logged in to the switch port For a DS xxM2 switch the left LED is blue and the right LED is off which indicates that a 2 Gbit HBA port is logged in to the switch port N A Storage system setup guide EMC Installation Roadmap for CxX Series and FC Series Storage Systems Task With Access Logix Without Access Logix Reference Document 10 Server Q Checkpoint For a network Switch documentation Cable additional connection with the server verify HBAs tor NICs to the storage
106. EMC Installation Roadmap for CX Series and FC Series Storage Systems P N 069001166 REV A17 EMC Corporation Corporate Headquarters Hopkinton MA 01748 9103 1 508 435 1000 www EMC com Copyright 2002 2005 EMC Corporation All rights reserved Published January 2005 EMC believes the information in this publication is accurate as of its publication date The information is subject to change without notice THE INFORMATION IN THIS PUBLICATION IS PROVIDED AS IS EMC CORPORATION MAKES NO REPRESENTATIONS OR WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND WITH RESPECT TO THE INFORMATION IN THIS PUBLICATION AND SPECIFICALLY DISCLAIMS IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE Use copys and distribution of any EMC software described in this publication requires an applicable software license Trademark Information EMC2 EMC CLARiiON Navisphere PowerPath Symmetrix are registered trademarks and Access Logix FLARE MirrorView Powerlink SAN Copy and SnapView are trademarks of EMC Corporation All other trademarks used herein are the property of their respective owners ii EMC Installation Roadmap for CxX Series and FC Series Storage Systems Contents Chapter 1 AIX Installation Checklists PowerPath Configurations for AIX cece ceseeeeeeneneeesees 1 2 Required Host Software Revisions cccccccceseeseseesenesees 1 2 PLETEQUISIES viiccciscsstienthi sci Avast a S 1 3 Documentation ee
107. FC Series Storage Systems NetWare Installation Checklists The Without Access Logix column does not apply to CX300 CX500 and CX700 storage systems because they ship from the factory with the Access Logix enabler installed Task With Access Logix Without Access Logix Reference Document 1 Server Q If you need additional HBAs to Q Ifyou need additional HBAs to HBA documentation Install additional provide more paths to the storage provide more paths to the storage see URL on page 4 4 HBAs system install these HBAs system install these HBAs CAUTION Do not connect cables CAUTION Do not connect cables to the HBAs until you are told to to the HBAs until you are told to do do so later in this procedure so later in this procedure 2 Server If the server is in a cluster If the server is in a cluster NetWare Prepare cluster Move cluster resources from Q Move cluster resources from BOC THEE server you want to upgrade server you want to upgrade CL Remove the first from the cluster Remove the first from the cluster with the following command with the following command cluster leave cluster leave Q Unload cluster software with the Unload cluster software with the following command following command uldncs uldncs 3 Server and Client Q If ATF or CDE is installed then Q If ATF or CDE is installed then Removing ATF or CDE Remove ATF or before continuing either remove it before continuing either remove it
108. For aDS xxB2 switch both LEDs are green which indicates that a 2 Gbit HBA port is logged in to the switch port For a DS xxM2 switch the left LED is blue and the right LED is off which indicates that a 2 Gbit HBA port is logged in to the switch port EMC Installation Roadmap for CxX Series and FC Series Storage Systems Task With Access Logix Without Access Logix Reference Document 8 Switches For a SAN For a SAN Switch management Zone Q Zone the switches to provide a Zone the switches to provide a path documentation path from each HBA port host from each HBA port host initiator to initiator to the appropriate SPs the appropriate SPs Q If SAN Copy MirrorView or MirrorView A is installed create any required zones Q Checkpoint Use switch QC Checkpoint Use switch management software to verify management software to verify the switch connections to the the switch connections to the storage system storage system 9 Storage System Q On the server restart the For an FC4500 storage system goto CX Series Server Register HBAs Navisphere Host Agent or step 11 Software for Solaris Navisphere Server Utility Q Checkpoint Use Navisphere Manager s Connectivity Status dialog box to verify that each HBA is registered with the storage system For an FC4500 storage system go to step 11 Installation Guide Navisphere Manager administrator s guide and online help
109. I e On a network that is connected to the storage system server and that you will connect to SP management ports in the storage system For an FC4500 storage system connected to a server on which you will install PowerPath you must have a computer that you can connect to the storage system This computer must run e Windows 2000 e Navisphere Host Agent and CLI version 6 1 or higher You must have planned your LUNs and RAID Groups and Storage Groups if you have Access Logix Be sure to consider requirements for SAN Copy SnapView MirrorView and MirrorView A if you have this software The following documents will help you with this planning e EMC Fibre Channel Storage System CX200 Series Configuration Planning Guide P N 014003115 e EMC CLARiiON CX300 CX500 CX500i and CX700 Storage Systems Configuration Planning Guide P N 300 001 273 e EMC CX400 Series and CX600 Series Storage Systems Configuration Planning Guide P N 014003113 e EMC Fibre Channel Storage System Model FC4700 2 Configuration Planning Guide P N 014003087 e EMC Fibre Channel Storage System Model FC4500 FC5300 and FC5700 Configuration Planning Guide P N 014003039 EMC Installation Roadmap for CxX Series and FC Series Storage Systems Windows Installation Checklists Documentation Each checklist refers to some or all of the documents listed below We recommend that you load these documents on your service laptop Documentation that ships with
110. LED is off which indicates that a is off which indicates that a 2 Gbit HBA port is logged in to 2 Gbit HBA port is logged in to the switch port the switch port 10 Switches For a SAN For a SAN Switch management Zone for Q Zone the switches to providea L Zone the switches to provide a epeuinenialien additional HBAs path from each additional HBA path from each additional HBA port host initiator to the port host initiator to the appropriate SPs appropriate SPs Q Checkpoint Use switch QC Checkpoint Use switch management software to verify management software to verify the switch connections to the the switch connections to the storage system storage system EMC Installation Roadmap for CxX Series and FC Series Storage Systems Task With Access Logix Without Access Logix Reference Document 11 Server Q Ifyou updated the driver or added If you updated the driver or added Solaris utilities kit Make target SPs additional HBAs add persistent additional HBAs add persistent administrator s guide available bindings to the HBA driver bindings to the HBA driver configuration file configuration file Note Removing ATF does not Note Removing ATF does not remove or change the persistent remove or change the persistent bindings bindings Q Edit the kernel drv sd conf file C Edit the kernel drv sd conf file Solaris driver conf man to add LUNs for the new targets to add LUNs with new targets page Q If y
111. LUNs create pal i ae Storage Groups and assign LUNs to Storage Groups Q Use Navisphere Manager to connect the server to a Storage Group 18 Storage System Plan your monitoring configuration Navisphere Manager administrator s guide and online help Set up Event Use Navisphere Manager to set user options create templates and set up Monitor your monitoring configuration 1 26 EMC Installation Roadmap for CxX Series and FC Series Storage Systems Task With Access Logix Reference Document 19 Server Q Execute the following command AIX documentation Configure emc_cfgmgr sh devices Q Execute the following PowerPath command PowerPath product powermt config guide Q Checkpoint Verify that the server sees hdiskpower devices for the LUNs Q Checkpoint Verify that PowerPath sees all the paths to the LUNs with the following PowerPath command powermt display dev all class clariion If PowerPath does not see the LUNs e Verify the server s connection to the Storage Group e Verify that you registered your PowerPath license key if you have one e Verify that the storage system properties are as defined in step 13 Q Restart the Navisphere Host Agent or run the Navisphere Server Utility CX Series Server with the following AIX commands Software for AIX Host Agent installation guide etc rc agent stop letc rc agent start Server Utility usr lpp HOSTUTIL naviserverutil Q Checkpoint if the Hos
112. N CX700 Storage Processor Enclosure SPE Setup Guide P N 300 001 274 rev A02 or higher or EMC CLARiiON CX700 Storage Processor Enclosure SPE Setup and Cabling Guide P N 300 001 274 rev A01 and EMC CLARiiON CX300 CX500 and CX700 Storage Systems Initialization Guide P N 300 001 272 EMC 2 Gigabit Disk Array Enclosure DAE2 Setup and Cabling Guide P N 014003104 FC4500 Setup Guide P N 014003102 revision A03 or higher FC4700 2 Setup Guide P N 0140373 EMC Navisphere Manager Administrator s Guide P N 069001125 EMC Navisphere Security Administrator s Guide P N 069001124 EMC Host Connectivity Guide for HP UX P N 300 000 614 EMC Installation Roadmap for CX Series and FC Series Storage Systems PowerPath Checklist New HP UX Server and New Storage System Tasks highlighted with grey in the checklist should be completed before the service provider arrives Task With Access Logix Reference Document 1 Server Install the HBAs HBA documentation Install HBAs drivers cables Q Connect a cable from each host HBA port to a switch port or an SP port Q Install the HBA driver 2 Server Q Set the HBA driver parameters to the values required for CLARION Host connectivity Set HBA driver guide and HBA parameters Q Reboot the server to complete the installation of the drivers documentation 3 Server Q Install the Navisphere Host Agent and CLI CX Series Server Install Host Agent Software for HP U
113. Ns For an FC4500 disconnect the computer from the serial port on the storage system Navisphere Manager administrator s guide and online help Solaris documentation Storage system setup guide PowerPath Checklist New Solaris Server and Existing Storage System Solaris Installation Checklists Task With Access Logix Without Access Logix Reference Document 14 Server Q Prepare LUNs to receive data by L Prepare the LUNs to receive data Solaris host Make LUNs e Specifying Solaris mount point by eee e to names for them Specifying Solaris mount point olaris e Labeling and partitioning them Names onmem Mounting file systems on them e Labeling and partitioning them Mounting them to the mount e Mounting file systems on them points e Mounting them to the mount points 15 Server Q Use the following PowerPath Q Use the following PowerPath PowerPath product Configure commands to configure commands to configure guide PowerPath for PowerPath for any missing logical PowerPath for any missing logical missing devices devices so all paths to the LUNs devices so all paths to the LUNs are visible are visible powercf i or powercf q powercf i or powercf q powermt config powermt config Q Checkpoint Use the following Q Checkpoint Use the following PowerPath command to verify that PowerPath sees all paths to the LUNs powermt display dev all class clariion If PowerPath cannot see all the paths ve
114. Path the installation of PowerPath Note The format command will Note The format command will PowerPath product display n 1 device entries for display n 1 device entries for guide each LUN where n is the number each LUN where n is the number of paths to the LUN One of these of paths to the LUN One of these entries is a PowerPath device and entries is a PowerPath device and the other n entries are native the other n entries are native devices devices QC Checkpoint Use the following Q Checkpoint Use the following PowerPath command to verify that PowerPath sees the paths to the LUNs powermt display dev all class clariion If PowerPath does not see the LUNs e Verify the server s connection to the Storage Group e Verify that you registered your PowerPath license key if you have one e Verify that the storage system properties are set as defined in step 6 PowerPath command to verify that PowerPath sees the paths to the LUNs powermt display dev all class clariion If PowerPath does not see the LUNs e Verify that you registered your PowerPath license key if you have one e Verify that the storage system properties are set as defined in step 6 PowerPath Checklist Existing Solaris Server and Existing Storage System Solaris Installation Checklists 5 39 Solaris Installation Checklists Task With Access Logix Without Access Logix Reference Document
115. Path notes and PowerPath for Q Install PowerPath Linux installation guide Q Unmount the CD ROM and remove it from the drive Q If you have a PowerPath license key register it Q Reboot the server to complete the installation of PowerPath Q If you loaded the HBA driver as a module verify that all extensions are loaded Q Install any PowerPath patches from the Software downloads page on the EMC Powerlink website http powerlink emc com Q Checkpoint Verify that PowerPath sees all the paths to the LUNs using PowerPath product the following PowerPath command guide powermt display dev all class clariion If PowerPath does not see the LUNs e Verify the server s connection to the Storage Group e Make sure that you registered your PowerPath license key if you have one e Verify that the storage system properties are as defined in step 10 e Verify that you have the appropriate revision of the HBA driver loaded 16 Storage System Q Plan your monitoring configuration Navisphere Manager administrator s guide pile oa Q Use Navisphere Manager to set user options create templates and set up and online help your monitoring configuration 17 Server Q Create partitions or the pertinent database file systems on the LUNs Host connectivity guide Make LUNs and Linux available to Linux documentation PowerPath Checklist New Linux Server and New Storage System Linux Installation Checklist 3 11 Linux Installation Check
116. Q Checkpoint Use switch management software to verify the switch connections to the storage system path from each HBA port host initiator to the appropriate SPs Q Checkpoint Use switch management software to verify the switch connections to the storage system For a CX400 CX600 or FC4700 Series storage system go to step 11 for an FC4500 storage system go to step 13 PowerPath Checklist New HP UX Server and Existing Storage System HP UX Installation Checklist 2 17 HP UX Installation Checklist Task With Access Logix Without Access Logix Reference Document 10 Storage System Register HBAs Q Login as root and restart the Navisphere Host Agent with the following HP UX commands sbin init d agent stop sbin init d agent start QC Checkpoint Use Navisphere Manager s Connectivity Status dialog box to verify that each HBA is registered with the storage system For an FC4500 storage system go to step 13 Q Login as root and restart the Navisphere Host Agent with the following HP UX commands sbin init d agent stop sbin init d agent start CX Series Server Software for HP UX Installation Guide Navisphere Manager administrator s guide and online help 11 CX300 CX400 CX500 CX600 CX700 or FC4700 Series Storage System Set up security Q Use Navisphere Manager to define a global administrator and domain if not already defined and any additiona
117. R EAER seeds 4 21 PowerPath Checklist Existing NetWare Server and Existing Storage SVStOM eves ssssses inr s E E OE en Simei 4 28 EMC Installation Roadmap for CX Series and FC Series Storage Systems NetWare Installation Checklists Required Host NetWare operating system revision and kernel listed in the EMC Software Revisions Support Matrix on the Powerlink website http powerlink emc com e HBA driver revision listed in the EMC Support Matrix on the Powerlink website http powerlink emc com e NetWare PowerPath e For CX200 CX400 CX600 or FC4700 Series storage systems Version 3 0 0 with patch 3 0 1 or higher e For CX300 CX500 CX700 storage systems Version 3 0 1 or higher e For FC4500 storage systems Version 3 0 0 with patch 3 0 2 or higher Refer to the EMC Support Matrix and the EMC PowerPath Release Notes for UNIX on the Powerlink website http powerlink emc com for the specific revision required for your NetWare version Prerequisites You must have a host that is e Running an operating system that can support the Navisphere Manager 6 X browser based client For an up to date list of such operating systems refer to the Navisphere Manager 6 X release notes on http powerlink emc com e Ona network that is connected to the storage system server and that you will connect to the SPs in a CX200 CX300 CX400 CX500 CX600 CX700 or FC4700 Series storage system For most configurat
118. Rails and Enclosures Installation Guide for 19 Inch NEMA Cabinets P N 014003082 for SPS installation only EMC CX300 2 Gigabit Disk Processor Enclosure DPE Setup Guide P N 300 001 276 rev A02 or higher or EMC CLARiiON CX300 2 Gigabit Disk Processor Enclosure DPE2 Setup and Cabling Guide P N 300 001 276 rev A01 and EMC CLARiiON CX300 CX500 and CX700 Storage Systems Initialization Guide P N 300 001 272 EMC CLARiiON CX500 2 Gigabit Disk Processor Enclosure DPE2 Setup Guide P N 300 001 275 rev A02 or higher or EMC CLARiiON CX500 2 Gigabit Disk Processor Enclosure DPE2 Setup and Cabling Guide P N 300 001 275 rev A01 and EMC CLARiiON CX300 CX500 and CX700 Storage Systems Initialization Guide P N 300 001 272 EMC CLARION CX500i 2 Gigabit iSCSI Disk Processor Enclosure DPE2 Setup Guide 300 001 924 EMC CLARiiON CX700 Storage Processor Enclosure SPE Setup Guide P N 300 001 274 rev A02 or higher or EMC CLARiiON CX700 Storage Processor Enclosure SPE Setup and Cabling Guide P N 300 001 274 rev A01 and EMC CLARiiON CX300 CX500 and CX700 Storage Systems Initialization Guide P N 300 001 272 EMC 2 Gigabit Disk Array Enclosure DAE2 Setup and Cabling Guide P N 014003104 EMC Navisphere Manager Administrator s Guide P N 069001125 EMC Navisphere Security Administrator s Guide P N 069001124 EMC Host Connectivity Guide for Windows P N 300 000 603 7 6 EMC Installation Roadmap
119. Reference Document 5 Switches Install For a SAN Q Install switches if not already installed Q Connect a cable from each host HBA port to a switch port Q Checkpoint Verify the HBA connection to the switch by checking the LED s for the switch port connected to the HBA port For a 1 Gbit switch LED is green which indicates that the HBA is logged in to the switch port For a 2 Gbit switch One of the following The left LED is green and the right LED is off which indicates that a 1 Gbit SP port is logged in to the switch port For a DS xxB2 switch both LEDs are green which indicates that a 2 Gbit HBA port is logged in to the switch port For a DS xxM2 switch the left LED is blue and the right LED is off which indicates that a 2 Gbit HBA port is logged in to the switch port Rails cabinet and switch documentation Storage System Install Q Install the storage system in the cabinet if not already installed Rails and cabinet documentation Storage System Initialize and install software enablers the storage system management ports Q Use the Navisphere Initialization Utility to initialize the storage system QO Ifyou have SAN Copy SnapView MirrorView and or MirrorView A software install their enablers Q Install the Navisphere Initialization Utility on a host on the same subnet as Storage system setup guide Navisphere Manager administrator s guide and onl
120. Series and FC Series Storage Systems NetWare Installation Checklists Task With Access Logix Without Access Logix Reference Document 11 Server Q Scan for LUNs with the following L Scan for LUNs with the following NetWare documentation Make target SPs NetWare command NetWare command available scan all luns scan all luns Q Checkpoint Verify that each Q Checkpoint Verify the paths to path has a LUNZ with the each LUN with the following following NetWare command NetWare command list devices list devices Q Stop and restart the Navisphere Stop and restart the Navisphere CX Series Server Host Agent or run the Navisphere Host Agent or run the Navisphere Software for NetWare Server Utility Server Utility Installation Guide 12 Storage System Ifthe server will use an existing Navisphere Manager Configure Storage Group use Navisphere administrator s guide Manager to connect the server to and online help the Storage Group 0 Ifthe server will use a new Storage Group use Navisphere Manager to create RAID Groups bind LUNs create the Storage Group and assign LUNs to the Storage Group Q Use Navisphere Manager to connect the server to the Storage Group Q Reboot the server Q Reboot the server PowerPath Checklist New NetWare Server and Existing Storage System 4 17 NetWare Installation Checklists Task With Access Logix Without Access Logix Reference Do
121. Server Utility usr lpp HOSTUTIL naviserverutil QC Checkpoint Use Navisphere Manager s Connectivity Status dialog box to verify that each HBA is registered with the storage system m etc rc agent stop etc rc agent start Server Utility usr lpp HOSTUTIL naviserverutil Checkpoint Use Navisphere Manager s Connectivity Status dialog box to verify that each HBA is registered with the storage system Software for AIX Installation Guide Navisphere Manager administrator s guide and online help PowerPath Checklist New AIX Server and Existing Storage System 1 17 AIX Installation Checklists user options create templates and set up your monitoring configuration user options create templates and set up your monitoring configuration Task With Access Logix Without Access Logix Reference Document 11 Server Q List the LUNZ devices with the Q List the LUNZ devices with the AIX documentation Make target SPs following AIX command following AIX command available cont Iscfg grep LUNZ Iscfg grep LUNZ Q Remove each LUNZ device with L Remove each LUNZ device with the following AIX command the following AIX command rmdev dl hdiskn rmdev dl hdiskn where nis the hdisk number for where nis the hdisk number for the LUNZ device the LUNZ device Q Use the following Navisphere CLI L Use the following Navisphere CLI Navisphere CLI command to set the array c
122. SnapView installation e Navisphere Host Agent g guide revision A02 or e admsnap igen 4 Storage System If currently installed If currently installed Navisphere Manager Update software storage system software is not at storage system software is not at administrator s guide the required minimum revision the required minimum revision and online help see page 2 3 update it see page 2 3 update it CAUTION During the software CAUTION During the software update hosts connected to the update hosts connected to the storage system will lose access to storage system will lose access to data if they do not have failover data if they do not have failover software or if all paths to an SP software or if all paths to an SP are down are down PowerPath Checklist Existing HP UX Server and Existing Storage System 2 33 HP UX Installation Checklist 2 34 Task With Access Logix Without Access Logix Reference Document 5 Server Q Make sure the HBA driver Q Make sure the HBA driver HP UX Host Set HBA driver parameters are set to the values parameters are set to the values connectivity guide and parameters required for CLARiiON and required for CLARiiON and HBS documentation PowerPath PowerPath CAUTION Using improper CAUTION Using improper settings can cause erratic failover settings can cause erratic failover behavior such as greatly behavior such as greatly increased I O delays increased I O delays 6 S
123. Software for HP UX visible sbin init d agent stop Installation Guide sbin init d agent start Checkpoint Verify that HP UX can recognize these LUNs with the following HP UX commands ioscan fnC disk insf e If HP UX does not recognize any LUNs verify the connection to the Storage Group Verify that HP UX sees device entries for all LUNS with the following HP UX command ioscan fnC disk If you do not see two paths to each LUN verify that the OptionsSupported Autotrespass entry in the Host Agent configuration file is uncommented or commented as described in step 5 HP UX documentation 10 Storage System Set up Event Monitor Plan your monitoring configuration Use Navisphere Manager to set user options create templates and set up your monitoring configuration Navisphere Manager administrator s guide and online help Without EMC Failover Software Checklist New HP UX Server and New Storage System HP UX Installation Checklist 2 57 HP UX Installation Checklist Task With Access Logix Reference Document 11 Server Q Prepare the LUNs to receive data using the Logical Volume Manager Host connectivity guide Make LUNs LVM and HP UX j documentation a to If HP UX does not recognize any LUNs verify the connection to the Storage Group You are now ready to set up any optional software such as Snap View or MirrorView on the storage system 2 58 EM
124. Storage System NetWare Installation Checklists Task With Access Logix Reference Document 16 Storage System L Plan your monitoring configuration Navisphere Manager Set up Event l administrator s guide oniar Q Use Navisphere Manager to set user options create templates and setup and online help your monitoring configuration 17 Server If the server is in a cluster NetWare documentation Move server back Z Load cluster software on the server with the following NetWare command into cluster Idnes Q Move cluster resources back to the server 18 Server Q Create partitions or the pertinent database file systems on the LUNs Host connectivity guide Make LUNs If NetWare does not recognize any LUNs verify the connection to the a NetWare available to Storage Group ocumentation NetWare 19 Server Q Save the server s PowerPath configuration with the following PowerPath PowerPath product Save PowerPath command guide configur ation powermt save This command creates the powermt ctm configuration file 20 Server If you have a PowerPath license key NetWare documentation Test PowerPath if your PowerPath license key is not registered the load balancing policy is with a license key restricted to basic failover View the LUNs available to the server using the PowerPath command powermt display dev all class clariion m m Choose one available LUN to receive 1 0 for the test View the paths to the cho
125. Task With Access Logix Without Access Logix Reference Document 16 Server direct Q Fora direct attach configuration Q Fora direct attach configuration Storage system setup attach only cable any additional HBA ports to cable any additional HBA ports to guide Cable additional SP ports SP ports paths Q Checkpoint Use one of the Q Checkpoint Use one of the PowerPath product following ways to verify that following ways to verify that guide PowerPath sees all the paths to PowerPath sees all the paths to the LUNs the LUNs e PowerPath Administrator e PowerPath Administrator Start gt Programs gt EMC gt Start gt Programs gt EMC gt PowerPath Administrator PowerPath Administrator e PowerPath command e PowerPath command powermt display dev all powermt display dev all class clariion class clariion If PowerPath does not see the If PowerPath does not see the LUNs LUNs e Verify the server s connection e Verify that you registered your to the Storage Group PowerPath license key if you e Verify that you registered your ee PowerPath license key if you e Verify that the storage system have one properties are as defined in step 13 e Verify that the storage system properties are as defined in step 13 For an FC4500 storage system For an FC4500 storage system Storage system setup Q Disconnect the computer from Q Disconnect the computer from guide the serial port on the storage the serial port on the
126. UN using the following PowerPath command powermt display dev x every 2 where x is a device that represents the chosen LUN Start I O to the LUN Q Identify the HBA sending I O to LUN by viewing the output of the powermt display dev x every 2 command and disconnect the cable to that HBA PowerPath Checklist Existing HP UX Server and New Storage System 2 31 HP UX Installation Checklist Task With Access Logix Reference Document 19 Server Q View the output of the powermt display dev x every 2 command and PowerPath product Test PowerPath verify that guide with a license The state of the uncabled path s becomes dead key cont 1 O continues to the remaining path s to the LUN indicating that the path failover was successful and PowerPath is working properly Q Reconnect the cable that you disconnected from the HBA Q Ifyou did not follow the above steps exactly and caused any LUNs to trespass restore the LUNs to their original SP with the following PowerPath command powermt restore 20 Server Q Prepare the LUNs to receive data using the Logical Volume Manager Host connectivity guide Make LUNs LVM and HP UX i documentation ra E If HP UX does not recognize any LUNs verify the connection to the g Storage Group You are now ready to set up any optional software such as SnapView or MirrorView on the storage system 2 32 EMC Installation Roadmap for CX Serie
127. When you are CAUTION When you are prompted to restart the system prompted to restart the system during the ATF removal during the ATF removal procedure answer No and then procedure answer No and then click Finish Do not reboot until click Finish Do not reboot until you install PowerPath even if the you install PowerPath even if the instructions for installing software instructions for installing software e g HBA driver tell you to do so e g HBA driver tell you to do so 3 Server Q If the following software is Q If the following software is HBA or NIC Update Software currently installed and not at the currently installed and not at the documentation for required minimum revision 7 3 required minimum revision 7 3 HBAs see URL on update it update it 7 5 e HBA or NIC driver e HBA driver CX Series Server e Navisphere Host Agent e Navisphere Host Agent Software for Windows admsnap Installation Guide admhost 4 Server Q Make sure the HBA driver Q Make sure the HBA driver Host connectivity guide Set HBA driver properties are set to the values properties are set to the values and HBA documentation properties required for CLARiiON required for CLARiiON see URL on 7 5 CAUTION Using improper settings can cause erratic failover behavior such as greatly increased I O delays CAUTION Using improper settings can cause erratic failover behavior such as greatly increased I O delays EMC Installation Roadmap for
128. Windows Server and New Storage System 7 37 Windows Installation Checklists 7 38 Task With Access Logix Reference Document 1 Server Q If ATF or CDE is installed then before continuing either remove it yourself Removing ATF or CDE Remove ATF or see caution before this checklist or arrange to have EMC Professional CDE Services remove it CAUTION When you are prompted to restart the system during the ATF removal procedure answer No and then click Finish Do not reboot until you install PowerPath even if the instructions for installing software e g HBA driver tell you to do so 2 Server Q If you need additional HBAs or NICs to provide more paths to the storage HBA or NIC Install additional system install these HBAs documentation for HBA or NICs CAUTION Do not connect cables to the HBAs until you are told to do so h resseWniLen 7 later in this procedure 3 Server Q Ifthe following software is currently installed and not at the required HBA or NIC Update Software minimum revision 7 3 update it documentation or HBAs e HBA or NIC driver see URL on 7 5 e Navisphere Host Agent CX Series Server e admsnap Software Installation admhost guide for Windows 4 Server Q Make sure the HBA or NIC driver parameters are set to the values HBA or NIC Set HBA or NIC required for CLARiiON documentation for driver properties CAUTION Using improper settings can cause erratic failover behavior NERS s Mahon 78 such as
129. With Access Logix Reference Document 22 Server With CX500i Storage If you configured CHAP security for the storage system you must configure it for the server s iSCSI initiators Storage system setup guide and Manager System For NIC Initiators onlne heip Configure l optional CHAP Q Use Navisphere Manager to enable CHAP on the storage system securiy Q Use Microsoft iSCSI Software Initiator to configure initiator CHAP onthe Storage system setup NIC initiators guide and Microsoft documentation For iSCSI HBA Initiators Storage system setup ME ae guide and SANsurfer Q Use QLogic SANsurfer to configure initiator CHAP on the HBA initiators documentation Q Use Navisphere Manager to enable CHAP on the storage system Storage system setup guide and Manager online help 23 Server Q Prepare the LUNs to receive data by creating partitions on them Host connectivity guide Make LUNs or Windows available to documentation Windows 24 Windows Server L If you want applications to access SnapView functionality on the storage CX Series Server 2003 Server system using the VSS framework or other APIs Install the optional Software for Windows Install optional CLARIION VSS provider on the server Installation Guide CLARiiON VSS Note that Navisphere CLI must be installed on the server provider 25 Server If you have a PowerPath license key PowerPath product Test PowerPath Note If your PowerPath license key is not registered
130. X e On a network that is connected to the storage system server and that you will connect to SPs in the storage system You must have planned your LUNs and RAID Groups and Storage Groups if you have Access Logix Be sure to consider requirements for SnapView and MirrorView software if you have this software The following documents will help you with this planning e EMC Storage Systems CX400 Series and CX600 Series Configuration Planning Guide P N 014003113 e EMC CLARiiON CX300 CX500 CX500i and CX700 Storage Systems Configuration Planning Guide P N 300 001 273 e EMC Fibre Channel Storage System Model FC4700 2 Configuration Planning Guide P N 014003087 PowerPath Configurations for AIX 1 3 AIX Installation Checklists Documentation Each checklist refers to some or all of the documents listed below We recommend that you load these documents on your service laptop before starting the installation Documentation that ships with e PCI HBA and native IBM HBA driver e Switches and switch management software e AIX operating system and HACMP if using HACMP Removing ATF or CDE Software Before Installing Other Failover Software P N 069001173 PowerPath Version 4 3 Product Guide P N 300 001 673 or PowerPath Version 4 2 Product Guide P N 300 001 521 or PowerPath Version 3 0 Product Guide P N 300 001 047 PowerPath for AIX Version 4 3 Installation and Administration Guide P N 300 000 683
131. X Installation Guide Q Modify user login scripts Q Edit the Navisphere Host Agent configuration file agent config file as follows e Add the following entry if it does not already exist device auto auto Add at least one privileged user Q Continue to edit the Navisphere Host Agent configuration file agent config CX Series Server file as follows Software for HP UX Installation Guide Comment the OptionsSupported Autotrespass entry as follows OptionsSupported Autotrespass The above entry will set the initiator type for the HBAs to no auto trespass when they register with the storage system e Edit any other entries as desired 4 Server OQ Ifthe server will be a SnapView production or secondary host install the CX Series Server Install admsnap admsnap utility Software for HP UX Installation Guide PowerPath Checklist New HP UX Server and New Storage System HP UX Installation Checklist 2 7 HP UX Installation Checklist Task With Access Logix Reference Document 5 Server Q Insert the PowerPath installation CD and mount it PowerPath Release Install PowerPath Notes and PowerPath Q Install PowerPath for UNIX installation and administrator s Q Register PowerPath guide Q Install any PowerPath patches from the Software downloads page on the EMC Powerlink website http powerlink emc com 6 Switches For a SAN Rails cabinet and Install O Install switches if not alread
132. X Server and New Storage System Complete the tasks highlighted with grey in the checklist before the service provider arrives Task With Access Logix Reference Document 1 Server Q Install the HBAs HBA documentation Install HBAs drivers cables Connect a cable from each host HBA port to a switch port or an SP port Q Install the HBA driver 2 Server LSet the HBA driver parameters to the values required for CLARiiON Host connectivity guide Set HBA driver and HBA parameters documentation CL Reboot the server to complete the installation of the drivers Q Checkpoint For a SAN verify the server connections to the switch by Switch documentation checking the LED s for the switch port connected to each HBA port For a 1 Gbit switch LED is green which indicates that the HBA is logged in to the switch port For a 2 Gbit switch One of the following e The left LED is green and the right LED is off which indicates that a 1 Gbit SP port is logged in to the switch port e For a DS xxB2 switch both LEDs are green which indicates that a 2 Gbit HBA port is logged in to the switch port Fora DS xxM2 switch the left LED is blue and the right LED is off which indicates that a 2 Gbit HBA port is logged in to the switch port 3 Switches For a SAN Switch management Zone Q Zone the switches to provide a path from each host initiator to an SP documentation 4 Server Q Make sure each HBA sees only the targets SPs
133. a DS xxB2 switch both LEDs are green which indicates that a 2 Gbit HBA port is logged in to the switch port Fora DS xxM2 switch the left LED is blue and the right LED is off which indicates that a 2 Gbit HBA port is logged in to the switch port Go to step 13 10 CX500i Storage Cable the storage system iSCSI data ports either or to the network Storage system setup System connected to the server HBA or NIC ports or directly to the server HBA or guide Cable to data NICs ports indie ee QC Checkpoint For a network connection with the server verify the Switch documentation NIC ports storage system connections to the network router or switch by checking the LED s for the router or switch port connected to each SP port 11 CX500i Storage Q Use Navisphere Manager to configure network parameters for the Storage system setup System storage system iSCSI data ports guide Configure iSCSi storage system data ports 12 Server With For NICs Microsoft documentation oe Q Use Microsoft iSCSI Software Initiator on the server to configure the iSCSI y initiators for each NIC port Configure any additional server For iSCSI HBAs QLogix SANsurfer es INOR Q Use QLogic SANsurfer to configure the network parameters for each or for documentation ports each HBA 13 Storage System Q Use Navisphere Manager to define a global administrator and domain if Navisphere security Set up security not already defined and any additional users
134. a boot disk use the procedure that starts on page 6 4 Task With Access Logix Reference Document 1 Server Install HBAs and cables m Q m Install the Fibre Channel HBAs Connect a cable from each host HBA port to a switch port Checkpoint Verify the server connections to the switch by checking the LED s for the switch port connected to each HBA port For a 1 Gbit switch LED is green which indicates that the HBA is logged in to the switch port For a 2 Gbit switch One of the following The left LED is green and the right LED is off which indicates that a 1 Gbit SP port is logged in to the switch port Fora DS xxB2 switch both LEDs are green which indicates that a 2 Gbit HBA port is logged in to the switch port Fora DS xxM2 switch the left LED is blue and the right LED is off which indicates that a 2 Gbit HBA port is logged in to the switch port HBA documentation 2 Storage System Set Base UDID Set the Base UDID UUID on screen for the storage system If necessary you can determine the available UDID ranges for the server or cluster with the following command wwidmgr show wwid Host connectivity guide for Tru64 UNIX and Tru64 UNIX documentation EMC Installation Roadmap for CxX Series and FC Series Storage Systems Tru64 UNIX Installation Checklist Task With Access Logix Reference Document 3 Switches Q Zone the switche
135. a if they do not have failover data if they do not have failover software or if all paths to an SP software or if all paths to an SP are down are down 6 Server Q Cable the HBA ports to the switch L Cable the HBA ports to the switch Storage system setup Cable HBAs to connected to the storage system connected to the storage system guide switches or or to SP ports or to SP ports slorage system Q Checkpoint For a SAN verify Q Checkpoint For a SAN verify Switch documentation the HBA connections to the switch by checking the LED s for the switch port connected to each additional HBA port For a 1 Gbit switch LED is green which indicates that the HBA port is logged in to the switch port For a 2 Gbit switch One of the following The left LED is green and the right LED is off which indicates that a 1 Gbit SP port is logged in to the switch port e Fora DS xxB2 switch both LEDs are green which indicates that a 2 Gbit HBA port is logged in to the switch port Fora DS xxM2 switch the left LED is blue and the right LED is off which indicates that a 2 Gbit HBA port is logged in to the switch port the HBA connections to the switch by checking the LED s for the switch port connected to each additional HBA port For a 1 Gbit switch LED is green which indicates that the HBA port is logged in to the switch port For a 2 Gbit switch One of the following The left LED is green an
136. a module or reboot the server if the driver is static to the server if the driver is static to the kernel so that Linux recognizes kernel so that Linux recognizes the LUNs the LUNs Now the LUNs in the Storage Now the LUNs look like any other Group look like any other disks in disks in the server the server Q Checkpoint Make sure all LUNs L Checkpoint Make sure all LUNs Linux documentation have entries in the have entries in the Iproc scsi scsi file and in the Iproc scsi scsi file and in the directory for the HBAs in the directory for the HBAs in the proc scsi directory proc scsi directory If all LUN entries are missing from If all LUN entries are missing from the file verify the zoning If only the file verify the zoning If only some LUNs are missing use some LUNs are missing use Navisphere Manager to check Navisphere Manager to check that the LUNs are assigned to the that the LUNs are assigned to the server s Storage Group server s Storage Group For an FC4500 storage system For an FC4500 storage system Storage system setup Q Disconnectthe computer fromthe L Disconnect the computer from the guide serial port on the storage system serial port on the storage system 13 Server Q Make sure you have 128 sd and Q Make sure you have 128 sd and PowerPath for Linux Prepare Server sg devices in the dev directory sg devices in the dev directory installation guide for PowerPath Q Ensure that the PowerPath driver s majo
137. aaee a aE 1 4 PowerPath Checklist New AIX Server and New Storage DAE n a EE ste A E 1 6 PowerPath Checklist New AIX Server and Existing Storage SV SECM A E E 1 12 PowerPath Checklist Existing AIX Server and New Storage DAEA n soit tas chs E EA 1 22 PowerPath Checklist Existing AIX Server and Existing Storage DAE a a EE E E 1 29 Chapter 2 HP UX Installation Checklist PowerPath Configurations for HP UX ssssssssrsessssissssrirsieseseeess 2 2 Required Host Software Revisions cccccccceseeseseetetesees 2 3 Prerequisites eeina eiia EE EEEa 2 3 Documentation esiis enseia Ra r Eas ESE ia 2 4 PowerPath Checklist New HP UX Server and New Storage DY SECM POPER E A E E E sie nut 2 7 PowerPath Checklist New HP UX Server and Existing Storage DV SECM ea e EE EET 2 13 PowerPath Checklist Existing HP UX Server and New Storage AE S a a PE N E E A 2 26 PowerPath Checklist Existing HP UX Server and Existing Storage Syste sssrin enen rE E RETES EEEE 2 33 DMP Configurations for HP UX ss sssssssessssessesrerrssrissesrerrersesses 2 45 EMC Installation Roadmap for CX Series and FC Series Storage Systems EE Chapter 3 Required Host Software Revisions cccceseeeeeeeeeees 2 46 PHETEQUISIEES t0 scssesccrecssesesterstencsvessesaesesnescseassonssssunsetesatinsectes 2 46 Documentation ccccccccsccccsssceessseecsssececsssecesseeecneseceeseeessaes 2 47 DMP Checklist New HP UX Ser
138. add the following two lines to the bottom of the file after the last fi character etc powermt set volume_open_policy firstpath echo PowerPath powermt set volume_open_policy firstpath On the next reboot the first path policy used by CLARIION storage systems will take effect For a server with VERITAS VxVM V3 2 or above Q Issue the following command vxddladm addjbod vid DGC pagecode 0x83 offset 8 length 16 You need to issue this command just once and it will take effect on the next reboot EMC manual on installing and configuring EMP power devices with Solaris applications You are now ready to set up any optional software such as Snap View or MirrorView on the storage system EMC Installation Roadmap for CxX Series and FC Series Storage Systems Solaris Installation Checklists PowerPath Checklist Existing Solaris Server and New Storage System Tasks highlighted with grey in the checklist should be performed before the service provider arrives except for the removal of ATF or CDE which you can have done by EMC Professional Services AN CAUTION EMC no longer supports ATF or CDE Before you transition your server from ATF or CDE to PowerPath you must Back up your server configurations e Back up data on all storage systems connected to the server Remove ATF or CDE which EMC recommends that EMC Professional Services do especially if your server configuration is comple
139. administrator s guide and Navisphere Manager online help 10 Set Properties for Use the following the following Navisphere CLI commands to set the Navisphere CLI PowerPath following default storage system properties reference navicli h hostname systemtype config 3 navicli h hostname failovermode 1 navicli h hostname arraycommpath 1 navicli h hostname unitserialnumber lun only for server in a Sun Cluster it must left at the default setting for all other cases where hostname is the IP address or network name of an SP in the storage system PowerPath Checklist Existing Solaris Server and New Storage System Solaris Installation Checklists 5 27 Solaris Installation Checklists Task With Access Logix Reference Document 11 Server Cable additional HBAs to switches or storage system Q Cable any additional HBA ports to the switch connected to the storage system or to SP ports Q Checkpoint For a SAN verify the HBA connections to the switch by checking the LED s for the switch port connected to each additional HBA port For a 1 Gbit switch LED is green which indicates that the HBA port is logged in to the switch port For a 2 Gigabit switch One of the following The left LED is green and the right LED is off which indicates that a 1 Gbit SP port is logged in to the switch port For a DS xxB2 switch both LEDs are green which indicates that a 2 Gbit HBA port
140. age systems Version 3 0 5 or higher e For CX300 CX500 and CX700 storage systems Version 3 0 6 or higher e For CX500i storage systems Version 4 3 1 or higher Refer to the EMC Support Matrix and the EMC PowerPath for Windows on the Powerlink website http powerlink emc com for the specific revision required for your Windows Server 2003 version Windows 2000 PowerPath e For CX200 CX400 CX600 and FC4700 Series storage systems Version 3 0 0 or higher e For CX300 CX500 and CX700 storage systems Version 3 0 5 or higher e For CX500i storage systems Version 4 3 1 or higher e For FC4500 storage systems Version 3 0 0 with Patch 3 0 1 or higher Refer to the EMC Support Matrix and the EMC PowerPath for Windows on the Powerlink website http powerlink emc com for the specific revision required for your Windows 2000 version PowerPath Configurations for Windows 7 3 Windows Installation Checklists 7 4 Prerequisites You must have a host that is e Running an operating system that can support the Navisphere Manager 6 X browser based client For an up to date list of such operating systems refer to the Navisphere Manager 6 X release notes on http powerlink emc com e Ona network that is connected to the storage system server and that you will connect to the SP management ports in the storage system For most configurations you must also have a host that is e Running Navisphere 6 X CL
141. age system s serial port the storage system s serial port reference use the following Navisphere CLI use the following Navisphere CLI commands to set the following command to determine the storage system properties for the default storage system type server s HBA ports initiators navicli np d device navicli np d device systemtype storagegroup sethost host where servername type 3 San BO device is the name of the navicli np d device computer port connected to the storagegroup sethost host storage system serial port for servername failovermode 1 example com navicli np d device If the default storage system storagegroup sethost host system type is not 3 CLARION servername arraycommpath 1 Open use the following where Navisphere CLI command to set device is the name of the no computer port connected to the navicli np d device storage system serial port for systemtype config 3 example comi CAUTION The above command servername is the name of the reboots both SPs at the same server with the HBAs time Q From the computer connected to the storage system s serial port use the following Navisphere CLI commands to set the following default storage system properties navicli np d device failovermode 1 navicli np d device arraycommpath 1 where device is the name of the computer port connected to the storage system serial port for example com EMC Installation Roadmap for CxX
142. age system properties for the server s existing HBA existing ports initiators navicli np d device storagegroup sethost host servername failovermode 1 navicli np d device storagegroup sethost host servername arraycommpath 1 where device is the name of the computer port connected to the storage system serial port for example com1 servername is the name of the server with the HBAs Q Use the following Navisphere CLI commands to set the following default storage system properties navicli np d device failovermode 1 navicli np d device arraycommpath 1 where device is the name of the computer port connected to the storage system serial port for example com Navisphere CLI reference Storage system setup guide and Navisphere CLI reference EMC Installation Roadmap for CxX Series and FC Series Storage Systems HP UX Installation Checklist Task With Access Logix Without Access Logix Reference Document 14 Server Q Make sure that each HBA sees Verify that each HBA sees only HP UX documentation Make target SPs only the targets SPs to which it the targets SPs to which it is available is zoned with the following HP UX zoned with the HP UX following commands ioscan fnC disk insf e Verify that HP UX sees device entries for all LUNS with the following HP UX command ioscan fnC disk Log in as root and restart the Navisphere Host Agent with the foll
143. ager to set general storage system Configure properties Q Use Navisphere Manager to create additional RAID Groups if desired bind LUNs and assign the LUNs to the Storage Group 13 Storage System Q Plan your monitoring configuration Navisphere Manager administrator s Set up Event Monitor guide and online help Q Use Navisphere Manager to set user options create templates and set up your monitoring configuration Checklist New Tru 4 UNIX Server and New Storage System With Boot Disk 6 9 Tru64 UNIX Installation Checklist Task With Access Logix Reference Document 14 Server Q After the binding of all LUNs is completed scan for new Host connectivity guide for Tru64 UNIX Make LUNs available LUNs with the following command and Tru64 UNIX documentation to Tru64 UNIX hwmgr scan scsi Q Checkpoint Verify that all LUNs in the Storage Group are visible to the server with the following command hwmgr show scsi Q Create partition tables and the appropriate utilities for the file systems you will be using with the disklabel command You are now ready to set up any optional software such as Snap View or MirrorView on the storage system EMC Installation Roadmap for CxX Series and FC Series Storage Systems 7 Windows Installation Checklists This chapter contains checklists of the tasks required to install an CLARiiON system in a configuration with a Wi
144. allation Roadmap for CxX Series and FC Series Storage Systems Solaris Installation Checklists DMP Configurations for Solaris Read this section if you are installing a Solaris VERITAS DMP configuration with a new server and a new storage system A new server and a new storage system are defined as follows new server A server running Solaris and not connected to any storage system new storage system A CX300 CX500 or CX700 storage system that has factory default settings and has never been connected to a server Topics relating to the checklist for Solaris DMP configurations are Required Host Software Revisions ccccecceescceneesesnsneenees 5 45 Prerequisites unineme inserir aois n ass a aa iseit 5 45 Documentation cccccccecccessessssesseseescseseesenseecssseneeessesssesesesseenees 5 46 DMP Checklist New Solaris Server and New Storage System5 48 Required Host Solaris operating system revision and patches listed in the EMC Software Revisions Support Matrix on the Powerlink website http powerlink emc com e HBA driver revision listed in the EMC Support Matrix on the Powerlink website http powerlink emc com VxVM 3 2 update 2 or higher Prerequisites e You have installed the storage systems and for FC4700 storage systems initialized them see storage system initialization guide You have set up storage system security see Security administrator s guide and Navispher
145. and New Storage System AIX Installation Checklists 1 23 AIX Installation Checklists Task With Access Logix Reference Document 7 Server Q Make sure the HBA driver parameters are set to the values required for Host connectivity guide Set HBA driver CLARiiON and PowerPath parameters CAUTION Using improper settings can cause erratic failover behavior such as greatly increased I O delays 8 Server Q Insert the PowerPath installation CD and mount it PowerPath Release Not d PowerPath Install PowerPath Install PowerPath from the command line or using SMIT or UN IAR and administrator s guide Q Register PowerPath Q Install any PowerPath patches from the Software downloads page on the EMC Powerlink website http powerlink emc com 9 Storage System Install the storage system in the cabinet if not already installed Rails and cabinet Install documentation 10 Storage System Install the Navisphere Initialization Utility on a non AlX host on the same Storage system setup Initialize and subnet as the storage system management ports guide ees oo Q Use the Navisphere Initialization Utility to initialize the storage system enabler Q Ifyou have SAN Copy SnapView and or MirrorView software install their Navisphere Manager enablers administrator s guide and online help 11 Storage System Connect the storage system to the switch or HBA ports Storage system setup Cable to switch guide or server
146. and New Storage System 1 7 AIX Installation Checklists Task With Access Logix Reference Document 9 Storage System Q Install the Navisphere Initialization Utility on a non AlX host on the same Storage system setup Initialize and subnet as the storage system management ports guide shear were Q Use the Navisphere Initialization Utility to initialize the storage system Q If you have SAN Copy SnapView and or MirrorView software install their Navisphere Manager enablers administrator s guide and online help 10 Storage System Q Connect the storage system to the switch or HBA ports Storage system setup Cable guide Q Checkpoint For a SAN verify the storage system connections to the Switch documentation switch by checking the LED s for the switch port connected to each SP port For a 1 Gbit switch LED is green which indicates that the SP is logged in to the switch port For a 2 Gbit switch One of the following The left LED is green and the right LED is off which indicates that a 1 Gbit SP port is logged in to the switch port e For a DS xxB2 switch both LEDs are green which indicates that a 2 Gbit HBA port is logged in to the switch port ForaDS xxM2 switch the left LED is blue and the right LED is off which indicates that a 2 Gbit HBA port is logged in to the switch port Q Cable each SP to the LAN connected to the hosts from which you will Storage system setup manage the storage system
147. and Q Checkpoint For a SAN verify the storage system connections to the Switch documentation LAN switch by checking the LED s for the switch port connected to each SP port For a 1 Gbit switch LED is green which indicates that the SP is logged in to the switch port For a 2 Gbit switch One of the following The left LED is green and the right LED is off which indicates that a 1 Gbit SP port is logged in to the switch port For a DS xxB2 switch both LEDs are green which indicates that a 2 Gbit HBA port is logged in to the switch port Fora DS xxM2 switch the left LED is blue and the right LED is off which indicates that a 2 Gbit HBA port is logged in to the switch port Q Cable each SP to the LAN connected to the hosts from which you will Storage system setup manage the storage system guide EMC Installation Roadmap for CX Series and FC Series Storage Systems AIX Installation Checklists Task With Access Logix Reference Document 12 Storage System L Use Navisphere Manager to define a global administrator and domain if Navisphere security Set up security not already defined and any additional users administrator s guide and Navisphere Manager online help 13 Storage System Use the following Navisphere CLI commands to set the storage system s Navisphere CLI Set properties for and array commpath properties reference PowerPath navicli h hostname systemtype config 3 na
148. and the CX Series Server Install Host Navisphere CLI Software for Linux Agent or Server Installation Guide SHINY Q If you installed the Host Agent edit the agent config file to add the following entry if it does not already exist device auto auto Without EMC Failover Software Checklist New Linux Server and New Storage System Linux Installation Checklist Linux Installation Checklist Task With Access Logix Reference Document 5 Storage System Set up security Q For Navisphere 6 X use Navisphere Manager to define a global administrator and domain if not already defined and any additional users Navisphere security administrator s guide and Navisphere Manager online help 6 Storage System Set properties Use the following Navisphere CLI commands to set the default failover mode and array commpath properties navicli h hostname failovermode 0 navicli h hostname arraycommpath 0 where hostname is the IP address or network name of an SP in the storage system Navisphere CLI reference 7 Storage System Configure Use Navisphere Manager to set general storage system properties Use Navisphere Manager to create RAID Groups bind LUNs create Storage Groups and assign LUNs to Storage Groups Use Navisphere Manager to connect the server to a Storage Group Reload the driver if the driver is loaded as a module or reboot the server if the driver is static to the kernel so that
149. and verify that e The state of the uncabled e The state of the uncabled path s becomes dead path s becomes dead 1 O continues to the remaining 1 O continues to the remaining path s to the LUN indicating path s to the LUN indicating that the path failover was that the path failover was successful and PowerPath is successful and PowerPath is working properly working properly Q Reconnect the cable that you Q Reconnect the cable that you disconnected from the HBA disconnected from the HBA Q If you did not follow the above Q If you did not follow the above steps exactly and caused any steps exactly and caused any LUNs to trespass restore the LUNs to trespass restore the LUNs to their original SP with the LUNs to their original SP with the following PowerPath command following PowerPath command powermt restore powermt restore 15 Server Q Bring any applications that you Q Bring any applications that you PowerPath for Unix Applications shut down such as clustering or shut down such as clustering or installation and asin databases back online and databases back online and administrator s guide configure for PowerPath if required configure for PowerPath if required PowerPath Checklist Existing Solaris Server and Existing Storage System Solaris Installation Checklists 5 43 Solaris Installation Checklists Task With Access Logix Without Access Logix Reference Docu
150. ands to set the following storage system properties for the server s existing HBA existing ports initiators navicli h hostname storagegroup sethost host servername ailovermode 1 navicli h hostname storagegroup setpath host servername arraycommpath 1 where hostname is the IP address or network name of an SP in the storage system servername is the server s name or network address For a server with unregistered HBAs Perform this task either e from an attached host or a host networked to an attached host or e from a laptop connected to the storage system as described in the storage system initialization or setup guide Q Use the following Navisphere CLI commands to set the following default storage system properties navicli h hostname failovermode 1 navicli h hostname arraycommpath 1 where hostname is the IP address or network name of an SP in the storage system Go step 9 Q Use the following Navisphere CLI commands to set the following storage system properties navicli h hostname failovermode 1 navicli h hostname arraycommpath 1 where hostname is the IP address or network name of an SP in the storage system Go to step 9 EMC Installation Roadmap for CX Series and FC Series Storage Systems Task With Access Logix Without Access Logix Reference Document FC4500 Storage System Set properties for PowerPath For a server with reg
151. apView MirrorView and MirrorView A if you have this software The following documents will help you with this planning EMC Fibre Channel Storage System CX200 Series Configuration Planning Guide P N 014003115 EMC CLARiiON CX300 CX500 CX500i and CX700 Storage Systems Configuration Planning Guide P N 300 001 273 EMC Cx400 Series and CX600 Series Storage Systems Configuration Planning Guide P N 014003113 EMC Fibre Channel Storage System Model FC4700 2 Configuration Planning Guide P N 014003087 EMC Fibre Channel Storage System Model FC4700 Configuration Planning Guide P N 014003016 EMC Fibre Channel Storage System Model FC4500 FC5300 and FC5700 Configuration Planning Guide P N 014003039 Documentation Each checklist refers to some or all of the documents listed below We recommend that you load these documents on your service laptop or for an FC4500 or FC4700 on the computer you will connect to the storage system before starting the installation Documentation that ships with HBA and HBA driver This documentation is also available from the following website For Qlogic HBAs and drivers http www qlogic com support drivers_software asp and select EMC in the OEM approved Drivers Firmware list at the bottom of the page Switches and switch management software Red Hat Linux operating system PowerPath Version 4 3 Product Guide P N 300 001 673 or PowerPath Version 3 0 Product Guide P N 300
152. at The state of the uncabled path s becomes dead 1 O continues to the remaining path s to the LUN indicating that the path failover was successful and PowerPath is working properly m Reconnect the cable that you disconnected from the HBA Q If you did not follow the previous steps exactly and caused any LUNs to PowerPath product trespass restore the LUNs to their original state with the following guide PowerPath command powermt restore You are now ready to set up any optional software such as SnapView or MirrorView on the storage system 1 28 EMC Installation Roadmap for CxX Series and FC Series Storage Systems AIX Installation Checklists PowerPath Checklist Existing AIX Server and Existing Storage System This checklist assumes that the existing AIX server and existing storage system are already connected in a SAN or direct attach configuration Tasks highlighted with grey in the checklist should be performed before the service provider arrives except for the removal of ATF or CDE which you can have done by EMC Professional Services AN CAUTION EMC no longer supports ATF or CDE Before you transition your server from ATF or CDE to PowerPath you must Back up your server configurations e Back up data on all storage systems connected to the server Remove ATF or CDE which EMC recommends that EMC Professional Services do especially if your server configu
153. ath properties for the server s HBA ports initiators navicli h hostname systemtype config 3 navicli h hostname failovermode 1 navicli h hostname arraycommpath 1 where hostname is the IP address or network name of an SP in the storage system Note Setting the array commpath property to 1 enabled creates LUNZ devices or Navisphere CLI reference AIX Installation Checklists PowerPath Checklist New AIX Server and Existing Storage System AIX Installation Checklists Task With Access Logix Without Access Logix Reference Document 9 Server Q Cable the HBA ports to the switch Cable the HBA ports to the switch Storage system setup Cable to switches connected to the storage system connected to the storage system guide or storage or to SP ports or to SP ports system l l Q Execute the following AIX Q Execute the following AIX AIX documentation command command cfgmgr cfgmgr QC Checkpoint Fora SAN verify L Checkpoint Fora SAN verify Switch documentation the HBA connection to the switch the HBA connection to the switch by checking the LED s for the by checking the LED s for the switch port connected to the HBA switch port connected to the HBA port port For a 1 Gbit switch LED is For a 1 Gbit switch LED is green which indicates that the green which indicates that the HBA is logged in to the switch HBA is logged in to the switch port port For a 2
154. ating partitions on or Windows available to them them documentation Windows 20 Windows Server L If you want applications to access N A CX Series Server 2003 Server SnapView functionality on the Software for Windows Install optional storage system using the VSS Installation Guide ii framework or other APIs Install CLARION VSS s provider the optional CLARiiON VSS provider on the server Note that Navisphere CLI must be installed on the server 21 Server If you have a PowerPath license key If you have a PowerPath license key PowerPath product Test PowerPath if your PowerPath license key is not _ If your PowerPath license key is not guide with a license registered the load balancing policy is registered the load balancing policy is key restricted to basic failover restricted to basic failover L View the LUNs available to the server using the following PowerPath command powermt display dev all class clariion L Choose one available LUN to receive I O for the test Q View the paths to the chosen LUN using the following PowerPath command powermt display dev x every 2 where x is a pseudo device that represents the chosen LUN Start I O to the LUN Q Identify the HBA or NIC sending 1 0 to LUN by viewing the output of the powermt display dev x every 2 command and disconnect the cable to that HBA or NIC 0 View the LUNs available to the server using the following PowerPath command
155. ation Start I O to the VERITAS Volume Identify the CLARiiON devices under the Volume with vxprint v Choose one of the CLARiiON devices and determine all its paths with vxdisk list device or vxdmpadm getsubpaths dmpnodename device where device is the name of the CLARIION device VERITAS Volume Manager documentation DMP Checklist New Solaris Server and New Storage System Solaris Installation Checklists Q Disconnect the path to that SP Q Verify that the path to the chosen CLARIION device is disabled with vxdisk list device or vxdmpadm getsubpaths dmpnodename cevice where device is the name of the CLARIION device Q Verify that 1 0 is still running with iostat xn Task With Access Logix Reference Document 19 Server Q Determine the controller through which I O is going with VERITAS Volume Verify DMP iostat xn Manager documentation Operation cont Q Determine the HBA and SP to which that controller corresponds A You are now ready to set up any optional software such as Snap View or MirrorView on the storage system CAUTION If you want to install any new software or upgrade any existing software on a storage system after DMP is installed and running you should use the Navisphere Manager Software Installation Wizard If this wizard is not supported for your storage system be sure to refer to the Special NDU Procedure in the VERITAS Volume Manager sectio
156. ation Checklist 3 29 Linux Installation Checklist 3 30 Task With Access Logix Without Access Logix Reference Document 4 Storage System Q If currently installed Q If currently installed Navisphere Manager Update software storage system software is not at storage system software is not at administrator s guide the required minimum revision the required minimum revision and online help update it update it CAUTION During the software CAUTION During the software update hosts connected to the update hosts connected to the storage system will lose access storage system will lose access to data if they do not have failover to data if they do not have failover software or if all paths to an SP software or if all paths to an SP are down are down For an FC4500 storage system go to For an FC4500 storage system go to step 6 step 6 5 CX200 CX300 For new or replacement HBAs For any HBAs Navisphere CLI CX400 CX500 reference CX600 CX700 or FC4700 Series Storage System Set properties for PowerPath Q Use the following Navisphere CLI command to determine the default storage system type navicli h hostname systemtype where hostname is the IP address or network name of an SP in the storage system If the default storage system system type is not 3 CLARIION Open use the following Navisphere CLI command to set it to 3 navicli h hostname systemtype config 3 CAUTION The above command re
157. attach with CX200 For direct attach Storage system setup Cable to Fibre pat pia pera X600 or Q Cable the server to the storage guide Channel ge sy system so only a maximum of switches Q Cable the server to the storage one path exists from the server to network or system so only a maximum of each SP storage system one path exists from the server to F data ports cont each SP This means that for a multiple This means that for a multiple HBA port server you cable just one HBA port to one SP You will cable additional HBA ports to the SPs after you set up the boot disk For a network with a CX500i storage system Q Cable the server to the network connected to the storage system data ports o only a maximum of one path exists from the server to each SP This means that for a multiple HBA port server you cable just one HBA port to one SP You will cable additional HBA ports to the SPs after you set up the boot disk HBA port server you cable just one HBA port to one SP You will cable additional HBA ports to the SPs after you set up the boot disk N A 5 Storage System Configure Q If the server will use an existing Storage Group use Navisphere Manager to connect the server to the Storage Group Q Ifthe server will use a new Storage Group use Navisphere Manager to create RAID Groups bind LUNs create the Storage Group and assign LUNs to the Storage Group CAUTION The RAID Group for the b
158. atures refer to your product release notes If a product does not function properly or does not function as described in this roadmap please contact your EMC representative This roadmap is intended for use by system administrators and or service personnel during installation of CLARiiON Fibre Channel storage systems Readers of this roadmap should be familiar with the following topics The operating system running on the server that you are installing How the operating system handles the device names of physical disks LUNs EMC Installation Roadmap for Cx Series and FC Series Storage Systems vii Organization Chapter 1 Installation checklist for an AIX server with EMC PowerPath software Chapter 2 Installation checklist for an HP UX server with and without EMC PowerPath or VERITAS DMP Chapter 3 Installation checklist for a Linux server with and without EMC PowerPath or VERITAS DMP Chapter 4 Installation checklist for a NetWare server with EMC PowerPath software Chapter 5 Installation checklists for a Solaris server with EMC PowerPath or VERITAS DMP software Chapter 6 Installation checklist for a Tru64 UNIX server Chapter 7 Installation checklists for a Microsoft Windows Server 2003 or Windows 2000 server with EMC PowerPath or VERITAS DMP software Appendix A Reviews the EMC process for detecting and resolving software problems and provides essential questions that you should answer
159. bit Disk Processor Enclosure DPE2 Setup and Cabling Guide P N 300 001 275 rev A01 and EMC CLARION CX300 CX500 and CX700 Storage Systems Initialization Guide P N 300 001 272 EMC Storage Processor Enclosure SPE CX600 Series Setup and Cabling Guide P N 014003078 and EMC Storage Systems CX400 Series and CX600 Series Initialization Guide P N 014003112 EMC CLARiiON CX700 Storage Processor Enclosure SPE Setup Guide P N 300 001 274 rev A02 or higher or EMC CLARiiON CX700 Storage Processor Enclosure SPE Setup and Cabling Guide P N 300 001 274 rev A01 and EMC CLARiiON CX300 CX500 and CX700 Storage Systems Initialization Guide P N 300 001 272 EMC CLARiiON 2 Gigabit Disk Array Enclosure DAE2 Setup and Cabling Guide P N 014003104 FC4700 2 Setup Guide P N 0140373 EMC Navisphere Manager Administrator s Guide P N 069001125 EMC Navisphere Security Administrator s Guide P N 069001124 EMC Host Connectivity Guide for IBM AIX P N 300 000 608 PowerPath Configurations for AIX 1 5 AIX Installation Checklists PowerPath Checklist New AIX Server and New Storage System Tasks highlighted with grey in the checklist should be completed before the service provider arrives Task With Access Logix Reference Document 1 Server Q Install HBAs HBA documentation Install HBAs and CAUTION Do not connect cables to the HBAs until you are told to do so driver later in this pro
160. boots both SPs at the same time Q Use the following Navisphere CLI command to determine the default storage system type navicli h hostname systemtype where hostname is the IP address or network name of an SP in the storage system If the default storage system system type is not 3 CLARION Open use the following Navisphere CLI command to set it to 3 navicli h hostname systemtype config 3 CAUTION The above command reboots both SPs at the same time EMC Installation Roadmap for CX Series and FC Series Storage Systems Linux Installation Checklist Task With Access Logix Without Access Logix Reference Document 5 CX200 CX300 For new or replacement HBAs For any HBAs cont Navisphere CLI CX400 CX500 cont Q Use the following Navisphere CLI reference CX600 CX700 P or FC4700 Series Q Use the following Navisphere CLI commands to set the following Storage System commands to set the following default storage system g ys default storage system properties Set properties for properties PENN PowerPath navicli h hostname cont navicli h hostname failovermode 1 falloyermode 1 navicli h hostname navicli h hostname arraycommpath 1 arraycommpath 1 where hostname is the IP where hostname is the IP address or network name of an address or network name of an SP in the storage system SP in the storage system For existing HBAs Navisphere Manager administrator s guide An existing HBA
161. bove entry will set the initiator type for the HBAs to auto trespass when Host Agent is restarted later in this procedure Edit any other entries as desired CX Series Server Software for HP UX Installation Guide 6 Storage System Set up security Q For Navisphere 6 X use Navisphere Manager to define a global administrator and domain if not already defined and any additional users Navisphere security administrator s guide and Navisphere Manager online help EMC Installation Roadmap for CxX Series and FC Series Storage Systems Task With Access Logix Reference Document 7 Storage System Set properties Q Use the following Navisphere CLI commands to set the default failover mode and array commpath properties with the following commands navicli h hostname failovermode 0 navicli h hostname arraycommpath 1 where hostname is the IP address or network name of an SP in the storage system Navisphere CLI reference 8 Storage System Use Navisphere Manager to set general storage system properties Navisphere Manager fi l administrator s guide Contigure Use Navisphere Manager to create RAID Groups bind LUNs create and online help Storage Groups and assign LUNs to Storage Groups Use Navisphere Manager to connect the server to a Storage Group 9 Server Log in as root and restart the Navisphere Host Agent with the following CX Series Server Make LUNs HP UX commands
162. cable that you disconnected from the HBA If you did not follow the above steps exactly and caused any LUNs to trespass restore the LUNs to their original SP with the following PowerPath command powermt restore AIX documentation PowerPath product guide You are now ready to set up any optional software such as Snap View or MirrorView on the storage system PowerPath Checklist New AIX Server and New Storage System AIX Installation Checklists PowerPath Checklist New AIX Server and Existing Storage System Tasks highlighted with grey in the checklist should be completed before the service provider arrives Task With Access Logix Without Access Logix Reference Document 1 Server Q Install HBAs Q Install HBAs HBA documentation Install HBAs and CAUTION Do not connect cables CAUTION Do not connect cables driver to the HBAs until you are told to to the HBAs until you are told to do so later in this procedure do so later in this procedure Q Install HBA driver Q Install HBA driver Q Execute the following command Q Execute the following command AIX documentation cfgmgr cfgmgr 2 Server Set the HBA driver parameters to L Set the HBA driver parameters to Host connectivity guide Set HBA driver the values required for CLARiiON the values required for CLARiiON parameters and PowerPath and PowerPath CAUTION Using improper CAUTION Using improper settings can cause erratic failo
163. ccess Logix Reference Document 9 Storage System Q Connect the storage system to the switch or HBA ports Storage system setup le to switch guide pea a P Q Checkpoint For a SAN verify the storage system connections to the switch by checking the LED s for the switch port connected to each SP port For a 1 Gbit switch LED is green which indicates that the SP is logged in to the switch port For a 2 Gbit switch One of the following The left LED is green and the right LED is off which indicates that a 1 Gbit SP port is logged in to the switch port e Fora DS xxB2 switch both LEDs are green which indicates that a 2 Gbit HBA port is logged in to the switch port ForaDS xxM2 switch the left LED is blue and the right LED is off which indicates that a 2 Gbit HBA port is logged in to the switch port Q Cable each SP to the LAN connected to the hosts from which you will Storage system setup manage the storage system guide 10 Storage System Q Use Navisphere Manager to define a global administrator and domain if Navisphere security Set up security not already defined and any additional users administrator s guide and Navisphere Manager online help 11 Storage System Q Use the following Navisphere CLI commands to set the storage system Navisphere CLI Set properties for properties reference PowerPath navicli h hostname failovermode 1 navicli h hostname arraycommpath 1 where hostname is the IP address or network name of an SP in the stora
164. cedure Q Install HBA driver Q Execute the following command AIX documentation cfgmgr 2 Server Set the HBA driver parameters to the values required for CLARION and Host connectivity guide Set HBA driver PowerPath parameters CAUTION Using improper settings can cause erratic failover behavior such as greatly increased I O delays 3 Server Q Insert the AIX Utilities Kit CD and mount it AIX utilities administrator s guide Sats ia Q Install EMC ODM Support using SMIT or the command line software e Note The EMC ODM Support package is available on the ftp site ftp ftp emc com pub elab aix ODM_DEFINITIONS 4 Server Q Install the Navisphere Host Agent or Navisphere Server Utility and the CX Series Server Install Host Navisphere CLI Software for AIX Agent or Server Installation Guide a Q If you installed the Host Agent edit the Navisphere Host Agent configuration file agent config file as follows e Add the following entry if it does not already exist device auto auto e Add at least one privileged user 5 Server Q Ifthe server will be a SnapView production or secondary host install the CX Series Server Install admsnap admsnap utility Software for AIX installation Guide EMC Installation Roadmap for CX Series and FC Series Storage Systems AIX Installation Checklists Task With Access Logix Reference Document 6 Server L Insert the PowerPath installation CD and mount it PowerPath Release Install Notes and PowerPath Pow
165. ces backto Q Move cluster resources back to the the server server 16 Server Q Save the server s PowerPath Q Save the server s PowerPath PowerPath product Save PowerPath configuration with the following configuration with the following guide configuration PowerPath command PowerPath command powermt save powermt save This command creates the This command creates the powermt ctm configuration file powermt ctm configuration file 17 Server If you have a PowerPath license key If you have a PowerPath license key NetWare Test PowerPath f your PowerPath license key is not If your PowerPath license key is not out with a license registered the load balancing policy is registered the load balancing policy is key restricted to basic failover restricted to basic failover Q Stop all applications accessing the storage system and disable user logins to the server 0 View the LUNs available to the server using the following PowerPath command powermt display dev all class clariion Q Choose one available LUN to receive I O for the test L View the paths to the chosen LUN using the following PowerPath command powermt display dev x every 2 where x is a pseudo device that represents the chosen LUN 0 Start 1 0 to the LUN Q Stop all applications accessing the storage system and disable user logins to the server 0 View the LUNs available to the server using the following PowerPath command powermt disp
166. ch as SnapView or MirrorView on the storage system PowerPath Checklist New Windows Server and New Storage System 7 13 Windows Installation Checklists 7 14 PowerPath Checklist New Windows Server and Existing Storage System Without Boot Disk This checklist is for an existing storage system that will not contain a Windows Server 2003 or Windows 2000 boot disk If you want the existing storage system to contain a boot disk use the procedure that starts on 7 25 Tasks highlighted with grey in the checklist should be completed before the service provider arrives The Without Access Logix column does not apply to CX300 CX500 CX500i and CX700 storage systems because they ship from the factory with the Access Logix enabler installed Task With Access Logix Without Access Logix Reference Document 1 Server Q Install HBAs or NICs Q Install HBAs HBA or NIC Install HBAs or documentation for NICs and driver Install HBA or NIC driver Q Install HBA driver HBAs see URL on 7 5 2 Server with For NICs N A an SOE Q Download and install Microsoft y iSCSI Software Initiator Q Use the appropriate Microsoft Microsoft documentation network tool for example Start gt Settings gt Network Connections to assign the network parameters IP address subnet mask and gateway for each NIC For iSCSI HBAs QLogic SANsurfer Q Download and install QLogic Sean SANsurfer Q Use SANsurfe
167. create and online help Storage Groups and assign LUNs to Storage Groups Q Use Navisphere Manager to connect the server to a Storage Group Q Reboot the server so Windows Server 2003 or Windows_2000 recognizes Windows documentation the LUNs Now the LUNs in the Storage Group look like any other disks in the server Q Checkpoint Use one of the following ways to verify that PowerPath sees PowerPath product all the paths to the LUNs guide e PowerPath Administrator Start gt Programs gt EMC gt PowerPath Administrator e PowerPath command powermt display dev all class clariion If PowerPath does not see the LUNs e Verify the server s connection to the Storage Group e Verify that you registered your PowerPath license key if you have one e Verify that the storage system properties are as defined in step 15 20 Storage System Q Plan your monitoring configuration Navisphere Manager t up Event administrator s guide aa oon Q Use Navisphere Manager to set user options create templates and set up and online help your monitoring configuration 21 CX500i Storage Q Use Navisphere Manager to configure CHAP on the storage system but Storage system setup System Configure optional CHAP security do not enable it yet guide and Manager online help PowerPath Checklist New Windows Server and New Storage System Windows Installation Checklists 7 11 Windows Installation Checklists 7 12 Task
168. ct to SPs in CX300 CX400 CX500 Cx600 CX700 or FC4700 Series storage system For an FC4500 storage system connected to a server on which you will install PowerPath you must have a computer that you can connect to the storage system This computer must run e Windows 2000 e Navisphere Host Agent and CLI version 6 1 or higher PowerPath Configurations for Solaris 5 3 Solaris Installation Checklists You must have planned your LUNs and RAID Groups and Documentation Storage Groups if you have Access Logix Be sure to consider requirements for SAN Copy SnapView MirrorView and MirrorView A if you have this software The following documents will help you with this planning e EMC CLARiiON CX300 CX500 CX500i and CX700 Storage Systems Configuration Planning Guide P N 300 001 273 e EMC CX400 Series and CX600 Series Storage Systems Configuration Planning Guide P N 014003113 e EMC Fibre Channel Storage System Model FC4700 2 Configuration Planning Guide P N 014003087 e EMC Fibre Channel Storage System Model FC4500 FC5300 and FC5700 Configuration Planning Guide P N 014003039 Each checklist refers to some or all of the documents listed below We recommend that you load these documents on your service laptop or for an FC4500 or FC4700 on the computer you will connect to the storage system before starting the installation Documentation that ships with the HBA and HBA driver This documentation i
169. cument 12 Storage System Q Checkpoint Verify that Q Checkpoint Verify that PowerPath product Configure cont PowerPath sees all the paths to PowerPath sees all the paths to guide the LUNs with the following the LUNs with the following PowerPath command PowerPath command powermt display dev all powermt display dev all class clariion class clariion If PowerPath does not see the If PowerPath does not see the LUNs LUNs e Verify the server s connection e Verify that you registered your to the Storage Group PowerPath license key if you e Verify that you registered your neve One PowerPath license key if you e Verify that the storage system have one properties are as defined in step 10 e Verify that the storage system properties are as defined in step 10 For an FC4500 storage system For an FC4500 storage system Storage system setup Q Disconnect the computer from Q Disconnect the computer from guide the serial port on the storage the serial port on the storage system system 13 Storage System Q Plan your monitoring Q Plan your monitoring Navisphere Manager Set up Event configuration configuration administrator s guide Monitor and online help Q Use Navisphere Manager to set Q Use Navisphere Manager to set user options create templates user options create templates and set up your monitoring and set up your monitoring configuration configuration 14 Server Q Ifthe storage system has any Q Ifthe storage system has any NetWare d
170. d then Removing ATF or CDE Remove ATF or before continuing either remove it before continuing either remove it CDE yourself see caution before this yourself see caution before this checklist or arrange to have EMC checklist or arrange to have EMC Professional Services remove it Professional Services remove it 4 Server Q Remove the DiskArray software Q Remove the DiskArray software AIX utilities Install EMC ODM CAUTION Do not reboot the CAUTION Do not reboot the 24ministrator s guide Support software server server Q Disconnect any non FC4700 or Q Disconnect any non FC4700 or non CX Series storage systems non CX Series storage systems PowerPath does not support PowerPath does not support these storage systems these storage systems Q Insert the AIX Utilities Kit CD and Q Insert the AIX Utilities Kit CD and mount it mount it Q Install ODM using SMIT or ODM Q Install ODM using SMIT or ODM or the command line Note The EMC ODM Support package is available on the ftp site ftp ftp emc com pub elab aix ODM_D EFINITIONS L Reboot the server or the command line Note The EMC ODM Support package is available on the ftp site ftp ftp emc com pub elab aix ODM_D EFINITIONS L Reboot the server EMC Installation Roadmap for CX Series and FC Series Storage Systems Task With Access Logix Without Access Logix Reference Document 5 Server Note PowerPath requires IBM PCI No
171. d PowerPath and PowerPath documentation see For an Emulex HBA driver be For an Emulex HBA driver be URL on page 5 4 sure to set the following parameter no device delay 0 CAUTION Using improper settings can cause erratic failover behavior such as greatly increased I O delays sure to set the following parameter no device delay 0 CAUTION Using improper settings can cause erratic failover behavior such as greatly increased I O delays For JNI HBAs Solaris utilities administrator guide PowerPath Checklist Existing Solaris Server and Existing Storage System Solaris Installation Checklists 5 33 Solaris Installation Checklists 5 34 Task With Access Logix Without Access Logix Reference Document 5 Storage System L If currently installed Q If currently installed Navisphere Manager Update software storage system software is not at storage system software is not at administrator s guide the required minimum revision the required minimum revision and online help update it update it CAUTION During the software CAUTION During the software update hosts connected to the update hosts connected to the storage system will lose access to storage system will lose access to data if they do not have failover data if they do not have failover software or if all paths to an SP software or if all paths to an SP are down are down For an FC4500 storage system go to For an FC4500
172. d existing storage system are already connected in a SAN or direct attach configuration Tasks highlighted with grey in the checklist should be performed before the service provider arrives except for the removal of ATF or CDE which you can have done by EMC Professional Services AN CAUTION EMC no longer supports ATF or CDE Before you transition your server from ATF or CDE to PowerPath you must Back up your server configurations Back up data on all storage systems connected to the server Remove ATF or CDE which EMC recommends that EMC Professional Services do especially if your server configuration is complex If you want to remove it yourself you must use the procedure in the Removing ATF or CDE Software Before Installing Other Failover Software document P N 069001173 which is on the Powerlink website with this roadmap Simply removing ATF or CDE using the uninstall procedure in the NetWare ATF administrator s guide or the NetWare utilities administrator s guide may not return the server to its original state and may result in lost data If you are transitioning a NetWare Cluster Service configuration from ATF or CDE to PowerPath perform the procedure in the checklist on each node in succession While you perform the procedure on one node you can leave the cluster services active on the other node provided failure in a path to the storage system does not occur EMC Installation Roadmap for CX Series and
173. d in step 3 e the storage system properties are set as defined in step 11 Q If PowerPath can see all the path to the LUNs save the PowerPath configuration with the following command powermt save The PowerPath configuration is saved in the following file etc powermt custom 18 Server If you have a PowerPath license key PowerPath product Test PowerPath Note If your PowerPath license key is not registered the load balancing policy is guide Ani a license _ restricted to basic failover e y Q Stop all applications accessing the storage system and disable user logins to the server Q View the LUNs available to the server using the following PowerPath command powermt display dev all class clariion Q Choose one available LUN to receive I O for the test CL View the paths to the chosen LUN using the following PowerPath command powermt display dev x every 2 where x is a device that represents the chosen LUN L Start I O to the LUN Q Identify the HBA sending I O to LUN by viewing the output of the powermt display dev x every 2 command and disconnect the cable to that HBA PowerPath Checklist New HP UX Server and New Storage System Ea HP UX Installation Checklist Task With Access Logix Reference Document 18 Server Q View the output of the powermt display dev x every 2 command and Test PowerPath verify that with a license The state of the uncabled paths becomes dead
174. d the right LED is off which indicates that a 1 Gbit SP port is logged in to the switch port e For aDS xxB2 switch both LEDs are green which indicates that a 2 Gbit HBA port is logged in to the switch port Fora DS xxM2 switch the left LED is blue and the right LED is off which indicates that a 2 Gbit HBA port is logged in to the switch port Switch documentation EMC Installation Roadmap for CX Series and FC Series Storage Systems Task With Access Logix Without Access Logix Reference Document 7 Switches For a SAN For a SAN Switch management Zone Q Zone the switches to providea L Zone the switches to provide a Seen enn path from each additional HBA path from each additional HBA port host initiator to the SPs port host initiator to the SPs Q Checkpoint Use switch QC Checkpoint Use switch management software to verify management software to verify the switch connections to the the switch connections to the storage system storage system 8 Server Q Restart the Navisphere Host N A CX Series Server Register HBAs Agent or run the Navisphere Software for Linux Server Utility Q To make LUNZs visible to the HBAs either reload the HBA driver or reboot the server Q Checkpoint Use Navisphere Manager s Connectivity Status dialog box to verify that each HBA is registered with the storage system For an FC4500 storage system go to step 10 To make LUNZs visible to the HB
175. d to do so later in this procedure do so later in this procedure 2 Server Q If ATF or CDE is installed then Q If ATF or CDE is installed then Removing ATF or CDE Remove ATF or before continuing either remove it before continuing either remove it CDE yourself see caution before this yourself see caution before this checklist or arrange to have EMC checklist or arrange to have EMC Professional Services remove it Professional Services remove it 3 Server Q If the following software is Q If the following software is For Emulex or QLogic Update Software currently installed and not at the currently installed and not at the driver HBA required minimum revision required minimum revision documentation see page 5 3 update it page 5 3 update it URL on page 5 4 e HBA driver save the persistent e HBA driver save the persistent For JNI driver Solaris bindings as you will need to bindings as you will need to utilities administrator add them to the new driver add them to the new driver guide e Navisphere Host Agent e Navisphere Host Agent CX Series Server Software for Solaris SUMED Installation Guide 4 Server Q Make sure the HBA driver QC Make sure the HBA driver Solaris host connectivity Set HBA driver parameters except for the parameters except for the guide arameters persistent bindings are set to the persistent bindings are set to the p values required for CLARION values required for CLARION Foy Emulex or Seale an
176. d to set the default Navisphere CLI reference Set the storage system arraycommpath property with the following command arraycommpath navicli h sp arraycommpath 1 mode where sp is the IP address or network name of the SP in the storage system EMC Installation Roadmap for CX Series and FC Series Storage Systems Task With Access Logix Reference Document 7 Switch Q Verify that the servers and SPs are connected to the switch Documentation that ships Connect servers with the switches and SPs 8 Switch For a SAN Documentation that ships Zone switches Q Zone switches with the switches This provides a path from the host initiator to the SP You will need to know the WWPN of the host initiators available in the switch s name server table Q Reboot the server using the reboot command to load the drivers and perform a login of the host initiators and SPs to the fabric ports on the switch Q Checkpoint Use switch management software to verify that the HBAs and storage systems are logged in to the switch as fabric ports and to verify that each HBA sees only the targets SPs to which it is zoned 9 Server Q Add persistent bindings to the HBA driver configuration file HBA documentation see Add persistent URL on Page 3 40 bindings 10 Storage System Before you connect the server to a storage group use the Connectivity Navisphere Manager Verify host Status dialog in Navisphere Manage
177. de and online help PowerPath Checklist Existing Linux Server and New Storage System Linux Installation Checklist 3 23 Linux Installation Checklist 3 24 Task With Access Logix Reference Document 6 Storage System Connect the storage system to the switch or HBA ports Storage system setup Cable to switch guide ae ang Q Checkpoint For a SAN verify the storage system connections to the Switch documentation switch by checking the LED s for the switch port connected to each SP port For a 1 Gbit switch LED is green which indicates that the SP is logged in to the switch port For a 2 Gbit switch One of the following The left LED is green and the right LED is off which indicates that a 1 Gbit SP port is logged in to the switch port e For a DS xxB2 switch both LEDs are green which indicates that a 2 Gbit HBA port is logged in to the switch port For a DS xxM2 switch the left LED is blue and the right LED is off which indicates that a 2 Gbit HBA port is logged in to the switch port Q Cable each SP to the LAN connected to the hosts from which you will Storage system setup manage the storage system guide 7 Storage System Q Use Navisphere Manager to define a global administrator and domain if Navisphere security Set up security not already defined and any additional users administrator s guide and Navisphere Manager online help 8 Storage System Q Use the following Navisphere CLI
178. e com 12 Server Make target SPs available Add persistent bindings to the HBA driver configuration file Edit the kernel drv sd conf file to add any additional LUNs you will bind and their targets Reboot the server using the reboot r command so the HBA can see the targets SPs Checkpoint Verify that each HBA sees only the targets SPs to which it is zoned m Add persistent bindings to the HBA driver configuration file Edit the kernel drv sd conf file to add any additional LUNs you will bind and their targets Reboot the server using the reboot r command so the HBA can see the targets SPs Checkpoint Verify that each HBA sees only the targets SPs to which it is zoned Solaris utilities kit administrator s guide Solaris driver conf man page Solaris documentation EMC Installation Roadmap for CxX Series and FC Series Storage Systems Solaris Installation Checklists Task With Access Logix Without Access Logix Reference Document 12 Server QC Checkpoint Use the inquiry Q Checkpoint Use the inquiry Solaris documentation Make target SPs option of the format command to option of the format command to available cont verify the paths to the storage verify the paths to the storage system Alternate paths will have a device with an ID of drive type unknown Note The format command will display n 1 device entries for each LUN whe
179. e failovermode 1 navicli h hostname arraycommpath 1 where hostname is the IP address or network name of an SP in the storage system For an FC4500 storage system go to step 11 Navisphere Manager administrator s guide and online help and Navisphere CLI reference Navisphere CLI reference EMC Installation Roadmap for CxX Series and FC Series Storage Systems Task With Access Logix Without Access Logix Reference Document 10 C4500 Storage 0 Connect a computer to the serial L Connect a computer to the serial Storage system setup System port on the storage system port on the storage system guide t properties for retin e Q From the computer connected to L From the computer connected to Navisphere CLI the storage system s serial port the storage system s serial port reference use the following Navisphere CLI use the following Navisphere CLI commands to set the following command to determine the storage system properties for the default storage system type here ae HBA existing navicli np d device P i systemtype navicli np d device where device is the name of the storagegroup sethost host servername type 3 computer port connected to the yP storage system serial port for navicli np d device example com1 See atona Tte dett saragem system type is not 3 CLARiiON navicli np d device Open use the following storagegroup sethost host Navisphere CLI command to set it serverna
180. e the LUNZ device Q Execute the following AIX Q Execute the following AIX command command emc_cfgmg sh emc_cfgmg sh PowerPath Checklist Existing AIX Server and Existing Storage System 1 37 AIX Installation Checklists 1 38 Task With Access Logix Without Access Logix Reference Document 14 Server Q If you replaced HBAs or added Navisphere Manager Configure additional HBAs use Navisphere administrator s guide devices Manager to disconnect and then and online help reconnect the server and its Storage Group Execute the following command emc_cfgmgr sh Execute the following PowerPath command powermt config Checkpoint Verify that the server sees hdiskpower devices for the LUNs Checkpoint Verify that PowerPath sees all the paths to the LUNs with the following PowerPath command powermt display dev all class clariion If PowerPath does not see the LUNs e Verify the server s connection to the Storage Group e Verify that you registered your PowerPath license key if you have one e Verify that the storage system properties are as defined in step 9 m Execute the following command emc_cfgmgr sh Execute the following PowerPath command powermt config Checkpoint Verify that the server sees hdiskpower devices for the LUNS Checkpoint Verify that PowerPath sees all the paths to the LUNs with the following PowerPath command powe
181. e Manager Manager s Connectivity Status administrator s guide dialog box to verify that each HBA and online help is registered with the storage system 12 Server Q Use Navisphere Manager to N A Navisphere Manager Make LUNs disconnect and then reconnect administrator s guide available to the server and its Storage Group and online help additional HBAs CL Reboot the server to scan for new Reboot the server to scan for new LUNs LUNs Q Checkpoint Make sure all LUNs Checkpoint Make sure all LUNs Linux documentation have entries in the have entries in the proc scsi scsi directory and in proc scsi scsi directory and in the file for the HBAs in the the file for the HBAs in the proc scsi directory proc scsi directory If any LUN entries are missing If any LUN entries are missing from the file verify the zoning from the file verify the zoning For an FC4500 storage system For an FC4500 storage system Storage system setup Q Disconnect the computer from Q Disconnect the computer from guide the serial port on the storage the serial port on the storage system system 13 Server CL Make sure you have 128 sdand Make sure you have 128 sd and PowerPath for Linux Prepare Server sg devices in the dev directory sg devices in the dev directory installation for PowerPath Q Ensure that the PowerPath driver s major numbers 232 239 are not already in use QC Manually unload the Navisphere Host Agent or Navisphere Se
182. e Manager online help e You have installed any switches and connected the storage system SPs to switch ports see switch documentation e You have installed Navisphere Manager DMP Configurations for Solaris Ea Solaris Installation Checklists Documentation You have a host that is e Running an operating system that can support the Navisphere Manager 6 X browser based client For an up to date list of such operating systems refer to the Navisphere Manager 6 X release notes on http powerlink emc com e Ona network that is connected to the storage system server that you will connect to the SPs in the storage system You must have planned your LUNs and RAID Groups and Storage Groups if you have Access Logix Be sure to consider requirements for SAN Copy SnapView MirrorView and MirrorView A if you have this software The EMC CLARiiON CX300 CX500 CX500i and CX700 Storage Systems Configuration Planning Guide P N 300 001 273 will help you with this planning This checklist refers to some or all of the documents listed below We recommend that you load these documents on your service laptop before starting the installation Documentation that ships with the HBA and HBA driver This documentation is also available from the following websites For Emulex HBAs and drivers http www emulex com ts docoem framemc htm For QLogic HBAs and drivers http www qlogic com support drivers_soft
183. e dated near the time the error occurred Results from tests that you have run Other related system output Other information that may help solve the problem A 6 EMC Installation Roadmap for CX Series and FC Series Storage Systems Customer Support Sending Problem Documentation Use one of the following methods to send documentation of the problem to the EMC Customer Support Center E mail FIP US mail to the following address EMC Customer Support Center 171 South Street Hopkinton MA 01748 9103 If the problem was assigned a number or a specific support representative please include that information in the address as well Sending Problem Documentation A 7 Customer Support A 8 EMC Installation Roadmap for CX Series and FC Series Storage Systems
184. e following PowerPath command powermt display dev all class clariion 0 Choose one available LUN to receive I O for the test QO Stop all applications accessing the storage system and disable user logins to the server Q View the LUNs available to the server using the following PowerPath command powermt display dev all class clariion 0 Choose one available LUN to receive I O for the test PowerPath product guide EMC Installation Roadmap for CxX Series and FC Series Storage Systems HP UX Installation Checklist Task With Access Logix Without Access Logix Reference Document 19 Server Q View the paths to the chosen LUN L View the paths to the chosen LUN PowerPath product Test PowerPath using the following PowerPath using the following PowerPath guide with a license command command key cont powermt display dev x every 2 powermt display dev x every 2 where x is a device that where xis a device that represents the chosen LUN represents the chosen LUN Q Start I O to the LUN Q Start I O to the LUN Q Identify the HBA sending O to Q Identify the HBA sending I O to LUN by viewing the output of the LUN by viewing the output of the powermt display dev x every 2 powermt display dev x every 2 command and disconnect the command and disconnect the cable to that HBA cable to that HBA Q View the output of the powermt L View the output of the powermt display dev x every 2 displa
185. e server from Services on the driver VERITAS website Q Inthe directory where you downloaded the driver double click the install cmd file to install the driver Q Reboot Windows 11 Server Q Use VERITAS Enterprise Administrator to turn off Exclude in the array VERITAS Volume Add storage settings menu for a LUN s path for the storage system Manager documentation system to DMP management DMP Checklist New Windows Server and New Storage System Windows Installation Checklists 7 61 Windows Installation Checklists 7 62 Task With Access Logix Reference Document 12 Switch For a SAN Documentation that Zone switches Zone switches so that all desired paths exists between a server and the ships withthe switches additional paths storage system from server to f a gt storage system You will need to know the WWPN of the host initiators available in the switch s name server table Q Checkpoint Use switch management software to verify that the HBAs and storage system are logged in to the switch as fabric ports and to verify that each HBA sees only the targets SPs to which it is zoned 13 Storage System L Use the Connectivity Status dialog in Navisphere Manager to register the Navisphere Manager Register additional host initiators with the storage system administrator s guide additional host and online help initiators 14 Storage System Use Navisphere Manager to disconnect a
186. e storage system properties are as defined in step 7 or 8 Q Checkpoint Use Disk Management to verify each path to the storage system Windows installation and administrator s guide PowerPath product guide Windows documentation PowerPath Checklist Existing Windows Server and Existing Storage System Windows Installation Checklists 7 51 Windows Installation Checklists 7 52 Task With Access Logix Without Access Logix Reference Document 10 Server For any storage system excepta For any storage system excepta Storage system setup Cable additional CX500i CX500i guide HBAs tor NICs to Cable any additional HBA ports to the Q Cable an additional HBA ports to Fibre Channel Fibre Channel switch connected to the the Fibre Channel switch switches storage system or to the connected to the storage system network or storage system Fibre Channel data or to the storage system Fibre storage system ports Channel data ports data ports Q Checkpoint For a SAN verify the HBA connections to the switch by checking the LED s for the switch port connected to each HBA port For a 1 Gbit switch LED is green which indicates that the HBA port is logged in to the switch port For a 2 Gbit switch One of the following The left LED is green and the right LED is off which indicates that a 1 Gbit SP port is logged in to the switch port e For aDS xxB2 switch both L
187. ee any logical disks LUNs in the storage system at this point because the storage system has not been connected Install any PowerPath patches from the Software downloads page on the EMC Powerlink website http powerlink emc com Windows installation and administrator s guide PowerPath Checklist New Windows Server and New Storage System Windows Installation Checklists 7 7 Windows Installation Checklists 7 8 Task With Access Logix Reference Document 5 Server Q Install the Navisphere Host Agent or Navisphere Server Utility and the CX Series Server Install Host Navisphere CLI Software for Windows installation guide ce pavers Q For aCx500i storage system Reboot server either after the Host Agent installation is complete or when the Server Utility dialog prompts you to reboot If you do not reboot before you run the Microsoft iSCSI Software Initiator to configure iSCSI NIC initiators the initiators will not log in to the storage system 6 Server Q If the server will be a SnapView production or secondary host install the CX Series Server Install admsnap admsnap utility Software for Windows and or admhost installation guide Q If the server has LUNs that will participate in a SAN Copy session install the admhost utility 7 Fibre Channel Switches Install For a Fibre Channel SAN Q Install Fibre Channel switches if not already installed Q Connect a cable from each host HBA po
188. efer to the Navisphere Manager 6 X release notes on http powerlink emc com e Ona network that is connected to the storage system servers and that will be connected to the SPs in the storage system EMC Installation Roadmap for CxX Series and FC Series Storage Systems HP UX Installation Checklist You must have planned your LUNs and RAID Groups and Storage Groups if you have Access Logix Be sure to consider requirements for SnapView SAN Copy MirrorView and MirrorView A if you have this software The EMC CLARiiON CX300 CX500 CX500i and CX700 Storage Systems Configuration Planning Guide P N 300 001 273 will help you with this planning Documentation This checklist refers to some or all of the documents listed below We recommend that you load these documents on your service laptop before starting the installation Documentation that ships with e HBA and HBA driver e Switches e HP UX operating system e VERITAS Volume Manager EMC Navisphere Host Agent and CLI for HP UX Version 6 X Installation Guide P N 069001146 or EMC CX Series Server Software for HP UX Installation Guide P N 300 002 043 EMC Navisphere Manager Administrator s Guide P N 069001125 EMC Navisphere Security Administrator s Guide P N 069001124 EMC Host Connectivity Guide for HP UX P N 300 000 614 DMP Configurations for HP UX 2 47 HP UX Installation Checklist DMP Checklist New HP UX Server and New Storage System
189. em Tasks highlighted with grey in the checklist should be completed before the service provider arrives The Without Access Logix column does not apply to CX300 CX500 and CX700 storage systems because they ship from the factory with the Access Logix enabler installed Task With Access Logix Without Access Logix Reference Document 1 Server Q Install HBAs Q Install HBAs HBA documentation Install HBAs and CAUTION Do not connect cables CAUTION Do not connect cables 8 URL on page 4 4 driver to the HBAs until you are told to to the HBAs until you are told to do so later in this procedure do so later in this procedure Q Verify HBA BIOS settings Q Install HBA driver Q Install HBA driver 2 Server Q Setthe HBA driver parameters to L Set the HBA driver parameters to Host connectivity guide Set HBA driver the values required for CLARiiON the values required for CLARiiON and HBA documentation parameters and PowerPath and PowerPath see URL on page 4 4 CAUTION Using improper CAUTION Using improper settings can cause erratic failover settings can cause erratic failover behavior such as greatly behavior such as greatly increased I O delays increased I O delays 3 Server L Make sure the SCSISAN CDM Q Make sure the SCSISAN CDM NetWare documentation Install PowerPath module is not installed module is not installed Q Install PowerPath Note After PowerPath is installed on a NetWare 6 server a device named EMC PowerPath C
190. entation Install PowerPath install PowerPath PowerPath release ae notes and PowerPath for Note After PowerPath is installed on a NetWare 6 server a device named NetWare installation and EMC PowerPath Control Device appears under ConsoleOne gt Tools gt administrator s guide Disk Management gt Devices This device is always inactive and is PowerPath product unavailable for I O guide CAUTION If you use the server ns command to bring up NetWare you PowerPath product must either load the PowerPath driver manually or remove all redundant guide paths Failure to do so may result in LUN corruption Q Install any PowerPath patches from the Software downloads page on the EMC Powerlink website http powerlink emc com 4 Server Q Install the Navisphere Host Agent or Navisphere Server Utility and the CX Series Server Install Host Navisphere CLI Software for NetWare Agent or Server Installation Guide Utility 5 Server Q Ifthe server will be a SnapView production or secondary host install the Install admsnap admsnap utility PowerPath Checklist New NetWare Server and New Storage System NetWare Installation Checklists 4 7 NetWare Installation Checklists Task With Access Logix Reference Document 6 Switches For a SAN Rails cabinet and Install switch documentation Q Install switches if not already installed Q Connect a cable from each host HBA port to a switch port Q Checkpoint Ve
191. entation QO Inthe list of disks double click a disk you know belongs to the CLARiiON storage system L Click the disks tab to verify there are the expected number of Primary and Secondary paths Q Verify that it displays the correct number of paths with vxdisk list device where device is the name of the disk you selected 16 Server Q Start I O to the VERITAS Volume VERITAS Volume Verify DMP Manager Oparaiion Q Identify the CLARiiON devices under the Volume with documentation vxprint v Q Choose one of the CLARIION devices and determine all its paths with vxdisk list device or vxdmpadm getsubpaths dmpnodename device where device is the name of the CLARiiON device Q Determine the control through which I O is going with HP UX documentation iostat xn Q Determine the controller through which I O is going with iostat xn Q Determine the HBA and SP to which that controller corresponds Q Disconnect the path to that SP Q Verify that the path to the chosen CLARiiON device is disabled with vxdisk list device or vxdmpadm getsubpaths dmpnodename dcevice where device is the name of the CLARiiON device DMP Checklist New HP UX Server and New Storage System HP UX Installation Checklist Task With Access Logix Reference Document 16 Server Q Verify that 1 0 is still running with HP UX documentation Verify DMP iostat xn Operation cont EMC Installation Roadmap for CX Series and FC Series
192. er Q Install the HBAs HBA documentation Install HBAs see URL on page 3 48 PER ae Q Connect a cable from each host HBA port to a switch port or an SP port Q Boot host Q Install the HBA driver 2 Server QO Fora Qlogic HBA set the SAN Topology value in the HBA BIOS Host connectivity guide Set the HBA and HBA documentation i Q Checkpoint For a SAN verify the server connections to the switch by see URL on page 3 48 ma hecking the LED s for the switch port connected to each HBA oe parameters checking the LED s for the switch port connected to eac For 1 Gbit switch LED is green which indicates that the HBA is logged in to the switch port For a 2 Gbit switch One of the following Host connectivity guide phen and HBA documentation e The left LED is green and the right LED is off which indicates that a 1 Gbit SP port is logged in to the switch port see URL on page 3 48 For a DS xxB2 switch both LEDs are green which indicates that a 2 Gbit HBA port is logged in to the switch port Fora DS xxM2 switch the left LED is blue and the right LED is off which indicates that a 2 Gbit HBA port is logged in to the switch port 3 Switches Q Zone the switches to provide a path from each host initiator to an SP Switch management Zone documentation Q Reboot the server Q Checkpoint Verify that each HBA sees only the targets SPs to which it is zoned 4 Server Q Install the Navisphere Host Agent or Navisphere Server Utility
193. er to register the remaining connections for each HBA with the following Initiator Record properties Property Value Initiator Type Compaq Tru64 ArrayCommPath Selected Failover Mode 0 Unit Serial Number Array Q Reconnect the server to the Storage Group containing EMC Installation Roadmap for CxX Series and FC Series Storage Systems Tru64 UNIX Installation Checklist Task With Access Logix Reference Document 10 Server Q Atthe SRM console execute the init command Host connectivity guide for Tru64 UNIX Update SRM Console and Tru64 UNIX documentation for Boot LUN Q Execute the following command wwidmgr quickset udid udid num where udid num is the UDID number of the boot LUN At the SRM console execute the init command again Checkpoint Verify that the boot LUN is visible with the following command show device Only one entry for the LUN should appear in the device list for each path between the server and the storage system Q Set the boot LUN as default boot device with the following command set bootdef_dev being sure to include all paths to the boot LUN Q Boot the server with the following command boot 11 Storage System Q For Navisphere 6 X use Navisphere Manager to define Navisphere security administrator s Set up security a global administrator if not already defined and any guide and Navisphere Manager online additional users help 12 Storage System Q Use Navisphere Man
194. erPath Q Install PowerPath using SMIT or from the command line for UNIX installation and administrator s guide Q Register PowerPath Q Install any PowerPath patches from the Software downloads page on the EMC Powerlink website http powerlink emc com 7 Switches For a SAN Rails cabinet and Install Q Install switches if not already installed switch documentation Q Connect a cable from each host HBA port to a switch port Q On the server AIX documentation e Download emc_cfgmgr sh from ftp ftp emc com pub elab powerpath aix e Execute the following commands cfgmgr Q Checkpoint Verify the HBA connection to the switch by checking the Switch documentation LED s for the switch port connected to the HBA port For a 1 Gbit switch LED is green which indicates that the HBA is logged in to the switch port For a 2 Gbit switch One of the following The left LED is green and the right LED is off which indicates that a 1 Gbit SP port is logged in to the switch port e For aDS xxB2 switch both LEDs are green which indicates that a 2 Gbit HBA port is logged in to the switch port ForaDS xxM2 switch the left LED is blue and the right LED is off which indicates that a 2 Gbit HBA port is logged in to the switch port 8 Storage System Q Install the storage system in the cabinet if not already installed Rails and cabinet Install documentation PowerPath Checklist New AIX Server
195. ere CLI commands to set the following default storage system properties to the values for PowerPath navicli h hostname systemtype config 3 navicli h hostname failovermode 1 navicli h hostname arraycommpath 1 navicli h hostname unitserialnumber lun only for server in a Sun Cluster it must left at the default setting for all other cases where hostname is the IP address or network name of an SP in the storage system Navisphere CLI reference 12 Switches Zone For a SAN Q Zone the switches to provide a path from each HBA port host initiator to the appropriate SPs Q If SAN Copy MirrorView or MirrorView A is installed create any required zones Q Checkpoint Use switch management software to verify the switch connections to the storage system Switch management documentation 5 10 EMC Installation Roadmap for CxX Series and FC Series Storage Systems Solaris Installation Checklists Task With Access Logix Reference Document 13 Server Q Add persistent bindings to the HBA driver configuration file Solaris utilities kit Make target SPs administrator s guide available f RRE Q Edit the kernel drv sd conf file to add LUNs and their targets Solaris driver conf man page Q Reboot the server using the reboot r command so the HBA can see the targets SPs Q Checkpoint Verify that each HBA sees only the targets SPs to which it Solaris documentation
196. erver Q Edit the Navisphere Host Agent CX Series Server Set configuration file agent config to Software for HP UX storage system comment the OptionsSupported Installation Guide type Autotrespass entry as follows OptionsSupported Autotrespass The above entry will set the initiator type for the HBAs to no auto trespass when Host Agent is restarted in the next step Q Login as root and restart the Navisphere Host Agent with the following HP UX commands sbin init d agent stop sbin init d agent start For an FC4500 storage system go to step 8 Log in as root and restart the Navisphere Host Agent with the following HP UX commands sbin init d agent stop sbin init d agent start From the server use the following Navisphere CLI command to set the system type to no auto trespass For a CX400 CX600 or FC4700 Series storage system navicli h hostname systemtype config a where hostname is the IP address or network name of an SP in the storage system Navisphere CLI reference EMC Installation Roadmap for CX Series and FC Series Storage Systems Task With Access Logix Without Access Logix Reference Document 6 Server For a FC4500 storage system Navisphere CLI Set navicli d device systemtype reference storage system config a type cont where device is the storage system s name For an FC4500 storage system go to step 8 7 CX300 CX400 For a server with registered H
197. erver Q Install the Navisphere Host Agent Install the Navisphere Host Agent CX Series Server Install Host or Navisphere Server Utility and or Navisphere Server Utility and Software for AIX Agent or Server the Navisphere CLI the Navisphere CLI Installation Guide oy Q If you installed the Host Agent Q If you installed the Host Agent edit the Navisphere Host Agent edit the Navisphere Host Agent configuration file agent config configuration file agent config file as follows file as follows e Add the following entry if it Add the following entry if it does not already exist does not already exist device auto auto device auto auto Add atleast one privileged Add at least one privileged user user 6 Server Q Ifthe server willbe a SnapView N A CX Series Server Install admsnap production or secondary host Software for AIX install the admsnap utility Installation Guide PowerPath Checklist New AIX Server and Existing Storage System AIX Installation Checklists 1 13 AIX Installation Checklists Task With Access Logix Without Access Logix Reference Document 7 Storage System Update software m If the following software is currently installed and not at the required minimum revision update it e Access Logix e Navisphere SP Agent e Navisphere Storage Management Server Software e Navisphere Manager UI SAN Copy driver and UI SnapView driver and UI
198. erver will use a new Storage Group Q Use Navisphere Manager to create RAID Groups bind LUNs create the Storage Group and assign LUNs to the Storage Group Q Use Navisphere Manager to connect the server to the new Storage Group connect the server to the Storage Q Checkpoint Verify that HP UX QC Checkpoint Verify that HP UX can recognize these LUNs with the following HP UX commands ioscan fnC disk insf e Navisphere Manager administrator s guide and online help HP UX documentation Navisphere Manager administrator s guide and online help EMC Installation Roadmap for CX Series and FC Series Storage Systems HP UX Installation Checklist Task With Access Logix Without Access Logix Reference Document 16 Server Q Login as root and restart the Q Log in as root and restart the CX Series Server Make new LUNs Navisphere Host Agent with the Navisphere Host Agent with the Software for HP UX visible following HP UX commands following HP UX commands Installation Guide sbin init d agent stop sbin init d agent stop sbin init d agent start sbin init d agent start Now the LUNs in the Storage Now the LUNs look like any other Group look like any other disks in disks in the server the server QC Checkpoint Verify that HP UX Q Checkpoint Verify that HP UX HP UX documentation can recognize these LUNs with can recognize these LUNs with the following HP UX commands the follow
199. es and FC Series Storage Systems 2 HP UX Installation Checklist This chapter contains a checklist of the tasks required to install CLARiiON storage in a configuration with PowerPath VERITAS DMP or with no EMC failover software Topics are PowerPath Configurations for HP UX ccccceeteeseeteteteeneeees 2 2 DMP Configurations for HP UX cece eeeseseeeeneseeees 2 45 Configurations for HP UX Without EMC Failover Software 2 53 HP UX Installation Checklist GE HP UX Installation Checklist PowerPath Configurations for HP UX Read this section if you are installing an HP UX PowerPath configuration with a new or existing server and a new or existing storage system A new and existing server and a new and existing storage system are defined as follows new server A server running HP UX and not connected to any storage system existing server A server running HP UX that is already connected to one or more storage systems new storage system A CX300 CX500 or CX700 storage system that has the factory default settings and has never been connected to a server existing storage system A CX300 CX400 CX500 CX600 CX700 FC4500 or FC4700 Series storage system that is already connected to one or more servers and is in an EMC Navisphere domain All CLARiiON storage systems connected to the server must be CX300 CX400 CX500 CX600 CX700 FC4500 or FC4700 Series storage sys
200. esseescsabsceesantesatees DOCUMENTAHON 1 055 ccccecssescecesscesssesssssevatsonsssenesneedssavsacesseessastes DMP Checklist New Windows Server and New Storage DYSLCMM EEES E E E Using Windows DMP ss ss sssssssssssssstssesesitsrtssstenteesneentesntentes Appendix A Customer Support Overview of Detecting and Resolving Problems Troubleshooting the Problem sn se sssssssrssssssstssnsesrtssssestesntesntesne Before Calling the Customer Support Center Documenting the Problem s sssssessssssssttsssssstssnserrtssstesttesneentesee Reporting a New Problem ss ssssssstsssissrissssstssnsettssnnestesntenntene Sending Problem Documentation ss sssssessesitssrseritssssestsntesntee EMC Installation Roadmap for CX Series and FC Series Storage Systems Audience Preface This manual contains checklists of the tasks required to install an EMC CxX Series or FC4700 Series storage system in a configuration with a server running the AIX HP UX IRIX Linux Novell NetWare Solaris Tru64 UNIX Windows Server 2003 or Windows 2000 operating system As part of an effort to improve and enhance the performance and capabilities of its product line EMC from time to time releases revisions of its hardware and software Therefore some functions described in this roadmap may not be supported by all revisions of the software or hardware currently in use For the most up to date information on product fe
201. essor Enclosure DPE2 Setup and Cabling Guide P N 300 001 275 rev A01 and EMC CLARION CX300 CX500 and CX700 Storage Systems Initialization Guide P N 300 001 272 EMC Storage Processor Enclosure SPE CX600 Series Setup and Cabling Guide P N 014003078 and EMC Storage Systems CX400 Series and CX600 Series Initialization Guide P N 014003112 EMC CLARiiON CX700 Storage Processor Enclosure SPE Setup Guide P N 300 001 274 rev A02 or higher or EMC CLARiiON CX700 Storage Processor Enclosure SPE Setup and Cabling Guide P N 300 001 274 rev A01 and EMC CLARiiON CX300 CX500 and CX700 Storage Systems Initialization Guide P N 300 001 272 EMC 2 Gigabit Disk Array Enclosure DAE2 Setup and Cabling Guide P N 014003104 EMC Installation Roadmap for CX Series and FC Series Storage Systems Solaris Installation Checklists FC4500 Setup Guide P N 014003102 revision A03 or higher FC4700 2 Setup Guide P N 014003073 EMC Navisphere Manager Administrator s Guide P N 069001125 EMC Navisphere Security Administrator s Guide P N 069001124 EMC Host Connectivity Guide for Sun Solaris P N 300 000 607 PowerPath Configurations for Solaris 5 7 Solaris Installation Checklists PowerPath Checklist New Solaris Server and New Storage System Tasks highlighted with grey in the checklist should be completed before the service provider arrives Task With Access Logix Reference Docume
202. et volume_open_policy firstpath On the next reboot the first path policy used by CLARIION storage systems will take effect For a server with VERITAS VxVM V3 2 or above Q Issue the following command vxddladm addjbod vid DGC pagecode 0x83 offset 8 length 16 You need to issue this command just once and it will take effect on the next reboot You are now ready to set up any optional software such as SnapView or MirrorView on the storage system PowerPath Checklist New Solaris Server and New Storage System 5 13 Solaris Installation Checklists PowerPath Checklist New Solaris Server and Existing Storage is installed and the switches are zoned For an Emulex HBA driver be sure to set the following parameter no device delay 0 CAUTION Using improper settings can cause erratic failover behavior such as greatly increased I O delays is installed and the switches are zoned For an Emulex HBA driver be sure to set the following parameter no device delay 0 CAUTION Using improper settings can cause erratic failover behavior such as greatly increased I O delays System Tasks highlighted with grey in the checklist should be completed before the service provider arrives The Without Access Logix column does not apply to CX300 CX500 and CX700 storage systems because they ship from the factory with the Access Logix enabler installed Task With Access Log
203. ev x every 2 command and verify that e The state of the uncabled path s becomes dead 1 0 continues to the remaining path s to the LUN indicating that the failover path was successful and PowerPath is working properly Reconnect the cable that you disconnected from the HBA PowerPath Checklist New Linux Server and Existing Storage System Linux Installation Checklist 3 21 Linux Installation Checklist Task With Access Logix Without Access Logix Reference Document 16 Server Q Ifyou caused any LUNs to Q Ifyou caused any LUNs to PowerPath product Test PowerPath trespass restore the LUNs to trespass restore the LUNs to guide with a license key their original SP with the following their original SP with the following cont PowerPath command PowerPath command powermt restore powermt restore You are now ready to set up any optional software such as SnapView or MirrorView on the storage system 3 22 EMC Installation Roadmap for CxX Series and FC Series Storage Systems PowerPath Checklist Existing Linux Server and New Storage System Complete the tasks highlighted with grey in the checklist before the service provider arrives Task With Access Logix Reference Document 1 Server Q Ifyou need additional HBAs to provide more paths to the storage system HBA documentation Install additional install these HBAs see URL on page 3 4 HBAs C
204. ew the LUNs available to the server using the following PowerPath PowerPath product command guide powermt display dev all class clariion m Choose one available LUN to receive I O for the test Q View the paths to the chosen LUN using the following PowerPath command powermt display dev x every 2 where x is a pseudo device that represents the chosen LUN Q Start I O to the LUN Q Identify the HBA sending I O to LUN by viewing the output of the powermt display dev x every 2 command and disconnect the cable to that HBA 17 Server Q View the output of the powermt display dev x every 2 command and PowerPath product Test PowerPath verify that guide al key e The state of the uncabled path s becomes dead cont e 1 O continues to the remaining path s to the LUN indicating that the path failover was successful and PowerPath is working properly Q Reconnect the cable that you disconnected from the HBA Q Ifyou did not follow the above steps exactly and caused any LUNs to trespass restore the LUNs to their original SP with the following PowerPath command powermt restore You are now ready to set up any optional software such as Snap View or MirrorView on the storage system PowerPath Checklist New NetWare Server and New Storage System 4 11 NetWare Installation Checklists PowerPath Checklist New NetWare Server and Existing Storage Syst
205. following PowerPath command powermt display dev all class clariion Choose one available LUN to receive I O for the test QO Stop all applications accessing the storage system and disable user logins to the server Q View the LUNs available to the server using the following PowerPath command powermt display dev all class clariion Choose one available LUN to receive I O for the test EMC Installation Roadmap for CX Series and FC Series Storage Systems Task With Access Logix Without Access Logix Reference Document 14 Server Q View the paths to the chosen Q View the paths to the chosen PowerPath product LUN using the following LUN using the following guide Test PowerPath with a license PowerPath command PowerPath command key cont powermt display dev x every 2 powermt display dev x every 2 where xis a pseudo device that where xis a pseudo device that represents the chosen LUN represents the chosen LUN Q Start I O to the LUN Q Start I O to the LUN Q Identify the HBA sending O to Q Identify the HBA sending I O to LUN by viewing the output of the LUN by viewing the output of the powermt display dev xevery 2 powermt display dev xevery 2 command and disconnect the command and disconnect the cable to that HBA cable to that HBA Q View the output of the powermt L View the output of the powermt display dev x every 2 display dev x every 2 command and verify that command
206. following PowerPath command powermt config Q Checkpoint Verify that the servers see hdisk devices for the LUNs Q Checkpoint Verify that PowerPath sees all the paths to the LUNs with the following PowerPath command powermt display dev all class clariion If PowerPath does not see the LUNs e Verify the server s connection to the Storage Group e Verify that you registered your PowerPath license key if you have one e Verify that the storage system properties are as defined in step 8 Q Restart the Navisphere Host Agent or run the Navisphere Server Utility with the following AIX commands Host Agent etc rc agent stop etc rc agent start Server Utility ust pp HOSTUTIL naviserverutil Q Checkpoint if the Host Agent is installed Use Navisphere Manager to verify that the LUNs are mapped to hdiskpower devices Q Execute the following PowerPath command powermt config Q Checkpoint Verify that the servers see hdisk devices for the LUNs Q Checkpoint Verify that PowerPath sees all the paths to the LUNs with the following PowerPath command powermt display dev all class clariion If PowerPath does not see the LUNs e Verify that you registered your PowerPath license key if you have one e Verify that the storage system properties are as defined in step 8 Q Restart the Navisphere Host Agent or run the Navisphere Server Utility with the following AIX commands Ho
207. fy that command and verify that key cont The state of the uncabled The state of the uncabled path s becomes dead e 1 0 continues to the remaining path s to the LUN indicating that the path failover was successful and PowerPath is working properly Reconnect the cable that you disconnected from the HBA If you did not follow the above steps exactly and caused any LUNs to trespass restore the LUNs to their original SP with the following PowerPath command powermt restore path s becomes dead 1 O continues to the remaining path s to the LUN indicating that the path failover was successful and PowerPath is working properly Reconnect the cable that you disconnected from the HBA If you did not follow the above steps exactly and caused any LUNs to trespass restore the LUNs to their original SP with the following PowerPath command powermt restore EMC Installation Roadmap for CxX Series and FC Series Storage Systems Windows Installation Checklists DMP Configurations for Windows Read this section if you are installing a Windows 2000 VERITAS DMP configuration with a new server and a new storage system A new server and a new storage system are defined as follows new server A server running Windows 2000 and not connected to any storage system new storage system A CX300 CX500 or CX700 storage system that has factory default settings and has never been
208. ge system 12 Switches For a SAN Switch management Zone Q Zone the switches to provide a path from each host initiator to an SP documentation Q Checkpoint Use switch management software to verify the switch connections to the storage system 13 Server Q Make sure that each HBA sees only the targets SPs to which it is zoned HP UX documentation Make target SPs with the following HP UX commands available ioscan fnC disk insf e Q Verify that HP UX sees device entries for all LUNS with the following HP UX command ioscan fnC disk PowerPath Checklist New HP UX Server and New Storage System HP UX Installation Checklist Task With Access Logix Reference Document 13 Server Q Login as root and restart the Navisphere Host Agent with the following CX Series Server Make target SPs HP UX commands Software for HP UX available cont sbin init d agent stop Installation Guide sbin init d agent start Q Make sure again that each HBA sees only the targets SPs to which itis HP UX documentation zoned with the following HP UX commands ioscan fnC disk insf e QO Reverify that HP UX sees device entries for all LUNS with the following HP UX command ioscan fnC disk 14 Storage System Q Use Navisphere Manager to set general storage system properties Navisphere Manager Configure administrator s guide and online help Q Use Navisphere Manager to create RAID Groups bind LUNs create Storage Groups and assi
209. ge System Set properties for PowerPath cont default storage system properties navicli h hostname failovermode 1 navicli h hostname arraycommpath 1 navicli h hostname unitserialnumber lun only for server in a Sun Cluster it must left at the default setting for all other cases where hostname is the IP address or network name of an SP in the storage system Go to step 8 For existing HBAs An existing HBA is one that is registered with the storage system Q Use Navisphere Manager s Failover Setup Wizard selected from the Tools menu on the toolbar to set the following storage system properties for the server s existing HBA ports initiators Initiator Type to CLARiiON Open Failover mode to 1 Array commpath to Enabled Unit Serial Number to LUN Go to step 8 default storage system properties navicli h hostname failovermode 1 navicli h hostname arraycommpath 1 navicli h hostname unitserialnumber lun only for server in a Sun Cluster it must left at the default setting for all other cases where hostname is the IP address or network name of an SP in the storage system Go to step 8 Navisphere Manager administrator s guide and online help PowerPath Checklist Existing Solaris Server and Existing Storage System Solaris Installation Checklists 5 35 Solaris Installation Checklists 5 36 Task With Access Logix Without Access Logix Refe
210. ge system existing server A server running Solaris and that is already connected to one or more storage systems new storage system A CX300 CX500 or CX700 storage system that has the factory default settings and has never been connected to a server existing storage system CX300 CX400 CX500 CX600 CX700 FC4500 or FC4700 Series that is already connected to one or more servers and is in a Navisphere domain All CLARiiON storage systems connected to the server must be CX300 CX400 CX500 CX600 CX700 FC4500 FC4700 Series or FC5300 storage systems If any other type of CLARiiON storage system is connected to the server the server cannot run PowerPath Topics relating to the checklists for Solaris PowerPath configurations are Required Host Software Revisions cccccceeesesssteesesseseseseseens 5 3 PLETE GUISES esims aeee tenses E a uesdateons 5 3 Documenta toi s sess svesisieas ties ves neta atevactuesdsbecssacessatonevesbanniesavsatataneheti 5 4 PowerPath Checklist New Solaris Server and New Storage DYSECM issih aches E E E stve Wie edema nc AS ace 5 8 PowerPath Checklist New Solaris Server and Existing Storage DV SECM a E E cee decode 5 14 PowerPath Checklist Existing Solaris Server and New Storage DV SECM A T Bess ative ciate ea E testeesissseh tases 5 25 PowerPath Checklist Existing Solaris Server and Existing Storage Gy Ste orrs ai ere Eae E EA E E S E RE E oat avcenss 5 32
211. ge system is connected to the server the server cannot run PowerPath Topics in this section are Required Host Software Revisions ccccceesesesssteeseeseseseseeeens 7 3 PLOTEQUISILCS ss dicccatevsea scanecsensesrexdvare deeusvetresdevenietiasens EEE E AR eves 7 4 s Documenta Noii sssi e eene naen an E E aE E OE ERE 7 5 PowerPath Checklist New Windows Server and New Storage DV SECM o pi ar ani Gives shatves E cient 7 7 PowerPath Checklist New Windows Server and Existing Storage System Without Boot Disk cccccccesseseseseseeeeeeeeeees 7 14 PowerPath Checklist New Windows Server and Existing Storage System With Boot Disk cccceeseeescsesesesesesceeeeeeseees 7 25 PowerPath Checklist Existing Windows Server and New Storage SY Ste NN oeer irse Ee EEE EEEE R E RA Ea NRE 7 37 PowerPath Checklist Existing Windows Server and Existing Storage Syste Miissi se hecastars E EEN E E ERE aAa 7 45 EMC Installation Roadmap for CX Series and FC Series Storage Systems Required Host Software Revisions Windows Installation Checklists Windows Server 2003 or Windows 2000 operating system revision and any service pack listed in the EMC Support Matrix on the Powerlink website http powerlink emc com HBA driver revision listed in the EMC Support Matrix on the Powerlink website http powerlink emc com Windows Server 2003 PowerPath e For CX200 CX400 CX600 FC4500 FC4700 Series stor
212. gn LUNs to Storage Groups Q Use Navisphere Manager to connect the server to a Storage Group 15 Server Q Log in as root and restart the Navisphere Host Agent with the following CX Series Server Make LUNs visible HP UX commands Software for HP UX sbin init d agent stop sbin init d agent start Checkpoint Verify that HP UX can recognize these LUNs with the following HP UX commands ioscan fnC disk insf e ioscan fnC disk If HP UX does not recognize any LUNs verify the connection to the Storage Group Installation Guide HP UX documentation 16 Storage System Set up Event Monitor Q Plan your monitoring configuration Q Use Navisphere Manager to set user options create templates and set up your monitoring configuration Navisphere Manager administrator s guide and online help EMC Installation Roadmap for CxX Series and FC Series Storage Systems HP UX Installation Checklist Task With Access Logix Reference Document 17 Server Q Use the following PowerPath command to configure PowerPath PowerPath product Configure powermt config guide PowerPath devices Q Checkpoint Use the following PowerPath command to verify that PowerPath sees all the paths to the LUNs powermt display dev all class clariion If PowerPath cannot see all the paths verify that you registered your PowerPath license key if you have one e the OptionsSupported Autotrespass entry is defined as describe
213. guide 11 Storage System Q Use Navisphere Manager to define a global administrator and domain if Navisphere security Set up security not already defined and any additional users administrator s guide and Navisphere Manager online help 12 Storage System Use the following Navisphere CLI commands to set the storage system s Navisphere CLI Set properties default system type failover mode and array commpath values reference for PowerPath navicli h hostname systemtype config 3 navicli h hostname failovermode 1 navicli h hostname arraycommpath 1 where hosiname is the IP address or network name of an SP in the storage system Note Setting the array commpath property to 1 enabled creates LUNZ devices where hostname is the IP address or network name of an SP in the storage system EMC Installation Roadmap for CxX Series and FC Series Storage Systems AIX Installation Checklists Task With Access Logix Reference Document 13 Switches For a SAN Switch management Zone Q Zone the switches to provide a path from each HBA port host initiator to Soe enn the appropriate SPs Q If MirrorView is installed create any required zones for it Q Checkpoint Use switch management software to verify the switch connections to the storage system 14 Server Q Execute the following AIX command AIX documentation Make target SPs emc_cfgmgr sh available Q Checkpoint Verify that AIX sees LUNZ devices with the followi
214. h SPs Important If you do not set the failover mode to 2 you will only see half of the expected paths to the SPs 17 Server Q Run vxinstall to configure Volume Manager and place at least one LUN VERITAS Volume Configure under VxVM control Manager documentation Volume Manager 18 Server For VXVM 3 5 or higher VERITAS Volume Verify DMP Q Log into VERITAS Enterprise Administrator VEA Manager documentation installation Q Click the host name for the server Q Click disks Q Click a device that you know belongs to the CLARIION storage system EMC Installation Roadmap for CX Series and FC Series Storage Systems Task With Access Logix Reference Document Solaris Installation Checklists 18 Server Verify DMP installation cont m m m m m m Click the paths tab for that device Verify that the device has primary and secondary paths to it Verify the state of the device enabled or disabled For a VxVM version less than 3 5 Log into Volume Manager Storage Administrator VMSA Double click a disk icon In the list of disks double click a disk you know belongs to the CLARION storage system Click the disks tab to verify there are the expected number of Primary and Secondary paths Verify that it displays the correct number of paths with vxdisk list device where device is the name of the disk you selected VERITAS Volume Manager documentation 19 Server Verify DMP Oper
215. he kernel drv sd contf file HBA documentation Add LUNs to the Reboot the server using the reboot r command paa URLen pega s4 sd conf file 4 Server Q Install the Navisphere Host Agent or Navisphere Server Utility andthe CX Series Server Install the Host Navisphere CLI Software for Solaris Agent or Server Installation Guide sonas Q If not already done connect the LAN to the server and perform any needed LAN configuration 5 Storage System L Use Navisphere Manager to set general storage system properties Navisphere Manager Configure administrator s guide and online help Q Use Navisphere Manager to create RAID Groups bind LUNs create Storage Groups and assign LUNs to Storage Groups 6 Storage System Q Plan your monitoring configuration Event Monitor Set up Event a administrator s guide and ont Q Set user options create templates and set up your monitoring online help configuration EMC Installation Roadmap for CX Series and FC Series Storage Systems Solaris Installation Checklists Task With Access Logix Reference Document 7 Storage System Q Use the following Navisphere CLI command to set the default Navisphere CLI reference Set storage system arraycommpath property with the following command veer navicli h sp arraycommpath 1 mode where sp is the IP address or network name of the SP in the storage system 8 Switch Q Verify that the servers and SPs are connected to the
216. he following PowerPath command powermt display dev all class clariion L Choose one available LUN to receive I O for the test View the paths to the chosen LUN using the following PowerPath command powermt display dev x every 2 where x is a pseudo device that represents the chosen LUN Q Start I O to the LUN Identify the HBA sending I O to LUN by viewing the output of the powermt display dev xevery 2 command and disconnect the cable to that HBA View the LUNs available to the server using the following PowerPath command powermt display dev all class clariion L Choose one available LUN to receive I O for the test L View the paths to the chosen LUN using the following PowerPath command powermt display dev x every 2 where xis a pseudo device that represents the chosen LUN LY Start I O to the LUN Identify the HBA sending I O to LUN by viewing the output of the powermt display dev xevery 2 command and disconnect the cable to that HBA PowerPath Checklist Existing Windows Server and Existing Storage System Windows Installation Checklists 7 55 Windows Installation Checklists 7 56 Task With Access Logix Without Access Logix Reference Document 17 Server Q View the output of the powermt Q View the output of the powermt PowerPath product Test PowerPath display dev x every 2 display dev x every 2 guide with a license command and veri
217. he following Navisphere CLI commands to set the following default storage system properties navicli np d device failovermode 1 navicli np d device arraycommpath 1 where device is the name of the computer port connected to the storage system serial port for example com u the storage system s serial port use the following Navisphere CLI command to determine the default storage system type navicli np d device systemtype where device is the name of the computer port connected to the storage system serial port for example com If the default storage system system type is not 3 CLARIION Open use the following Navisphere CLI command to set it to 3 navicli np d device systemtype config 3 CAUTION The above command reboots both SPs at the same time From the computer connected to the storage system s serial port use the following Navisphere CLI commands to set the following default storage system properties navicli np d device failovermode 1 navicli np d device arraycommpath 1 where device is the name of the computer port connected to the storage system serial port for example com EMC Installation Roadmap for CX Series and FC Series Storage Systems Task With Access Logix Without Access Logix Reference Document FC4500 Storage System Set properties for PowerPath cont For existing HBAs An existing HBA is one that is registered
218. idea O Zone the switches to provide a 1ocumentation additional HBAs path from each additional HBA path from each additional HBA port host initiator to the port host initiator to the appropriate SPs appropriate SPs Q Checkpoint Use switch QC Checkpoint Use switch management software to verify management software to verify the switch connections to the the switch connections to the storage system storage system 13 Server Q Download the following command L Download the following command AIX documentation Make target SPs from ftp ftp emc com pub elab from ftp ftp emc com pub elab available powerpath aix and execute it powerpath aix and execute it emc_cfgmgr sh emc_cfgmgr sh QC Checkpoint Verify that AIX sees L Checkpoint Verify that AIX sees LUNZ devices with the following AIX command Iscfg grep LUNZ If AIX does not see LUNZ devices e Verify that arraycommpath is set to 1 as described in step 9 e Execute the following AIX command emc_cfgmgr sh LUNZ devices with the following AIX command Iscfg grep LUNZ If AIX does not see LUNZ devices e Verify that arraycommpath is set to 1 as described in step 9 e Execute the following AIX command emc_cfgmgr sh EMC Installation Roadmap for CX Series and FC Series Storage Systems AIX Installation Checklists Task With Access Logix Without Access Logix Reference Document 13 Server Q Checkpoint Verify that each Q
219. ify HBA BIOS settings 2 Server If the server is in a cluster NetWare documentation Prepare cluster Move cluster resources from server you want to upgrade Q Ifthe server is not running ULDNCS remove the first from the cluster with the following command cluster leave Q Unload cluster software with the following command uldnes 3 Server and Client If ATF or CDE is installed then before continuing either remove it yourself Removing ATF or CDE Remove ATF or see caution before this checklist or arrange to have EMC Professional CDE Services remove it 4 Server Q If the following software is currently installed and not at the required HBA documentation Update Software minimum revision see page 4 3 update it see URL on page 4 4 o PEIA CX Series Server Software for NetWare e Navisphere Host Agent Installation Guide admsnap 5 Server Q Make sure the HBA driver parameters are set to the values required for Host connectivity guide Set HBA driver CLARIION and PowerPath and HBA documentation parameters CAUTION Using improper settings can cause erratic failover behavior see URL on page 4 4 EMC Installation Roadmap for CxX Series and FC Series Storage Systems Task With Access Logix Reference Document 6 Server Q Make sure the SCSISAN CDM module is not installed NetWare documentation Gael Rowertath Q If the Navisphere Host Agent is running unload the Navagent nml driver CX Series Server with the f
220. il you are told to to the HBAs until you are told to do so later in this procedure do so later in this procedure 2 Server Q If the following software is Q Ifthe HBA driver software is HBA documentation Update Software currently installed and not at the currently installed and not at the see URL on page 3 4 required minimum revision required minimum revision Pawn page 3 3 update it page 3 3 update it save the Sreem insien p baa p guide revision A02 or HBA driver save the persistent persistent bindings as you will higher bindings as you will need to need to add them to the new add them to the new driver driver admsnap 3 Server Q Make sure the HBA driver Q Make sure the HBA driver Linux host connectivity Set HBA driver parameters except for the parameters except for the guide and HBA properties persistent bindings are set to the persistent bindings are set to the documentation see values required for CLARiiON values required for CLARiiON URL on page 3 4 and PowerPath and PowerPath CAUTION Using improper CAUTION Using improper settings can cause erratic failover settings can cause erratic failover behavior such as greatly behavior such as greatly increased I O delays increased I O delays Q Ifyou added additional HBAs or If you added additional HBAs or drivers reboot the host drivers reboot the host PowerPath Checklist Existing Linux Server and Existing Storage System Linux Install
221. in to the switch port the switch port 9 Switches For a SAN For a SAN Switch management Zone for Q Zone the switches to providea Q Zone the switches to provide a epauinenialien additional HBAs path from each additional HBA path from each additional HBA port host initiator to the SPs port host initiator to the SPs Q Checkpoint Use switch Q Checkpoint Use switch management software to verify management software to verify the switch connections to the the switch connections to the storage system storage system 10 Server 0 Add persistent bindings to the 0 Add persistent bindings to the HBA documentation Add Persistent HBA driver configuration file HBA driver configuration file see URL on page 3 4 Bindings Note You need the WWPN of Note You need the WWPN of each SP port for the bindings each SP port for the bindings EMC Installation Roadmap for CxX Series and FC Series Storage Systems Task With Access Logix Without Access Logix Reference Document 11 Server Q To make LUNZs visible to the QO To make LUNZs visible to the Linux documentation Register HBAs either reload the HBA HBAs either reload the HBA additional HBAs driver or reboot the server driver or reboot the server hacia Q Ifyou reloaded the HBA driver N A CX Series Server restart the Navisphere Host Software for Linux Agent or run Navisphere Server Installation Guide Utility Q Checkpoint Use Navisphere Navispher
222. ine help PowerPath Checklist Existing Windows Server and Existing Storage System Windows Installation Checklists 7 47 Windows Installation Checklists 7 48 Task With Access Logix Without Access Logix Reference Document 7 CX Series or For new or replacement HBAs For any HBAs Navisphere CLI aia sia Q Use the following Navisphere CLI Use the following Navisphere CLI reference g ys command to determine the command to determine the Set properties for default storage system type default storage system type PowerPath a S navicli h hostname systemtype navicli h hostname systemtype where hostname is the IP where hostname is the IP address or network name of an address or network name of an SP in the storage system SP in the storage system If the default storage system If the default storage system system type is not 3 CLARION system type is not 3 CLARiiON Open use the following Open use the following Navisphere CLI command to set Navisphere CLI command to set it to 3 it to 3 navicli h hostname systemtype navicli h hostname systemtype config 3 config 3 CAUTION The above command CAUTION The above command reboots both SPs at the same reboots both SPs at the same time time For new or replacement HBAs For any HBAs cont Navisphere CLI cont reference Q Use the following Navisphere CLI commands to set the following default storage system properties navicli h hostname failovermode 1
223. ine help EMC Installation Roadmap for CxX Series and FC Series Storage Systems Linux Installation Checklist Task With Access Logix Reference Document 8 Storage System Connect the storage system to the switch or HBA ports Storage system setup Cable to switch guide rad and Q Checkpoint For a SAN verify the storage system connections to the switch by checking the LED s for the switch port connected to each SP port For a 1 Gbit switch LED is green which indicates that the SP is logged in to the switch port For a 2 Gbit switch One of the following e The left LED is green and the right LED is off which indicates that a 1 Gbit SP port is logged in to the switch port e Fora DS xxB2 switch both LEDs are green which indicates that a 2 Gbit HBA port is logged in to the switch port e For a DS xxM2 switch the left LED is blue and the right LED is off which indicates that a 2 Gbit HBA port is logged in to the switch port Q Cable each SP to the LAN connected to the hosts from which you will Storage system setup manage the storage system guide 9 Storage System Q Use Navisphere Manager to define a global administrator and domain if Navisphere security Set up security not already defined and any additional users administrator s guide and Navisphere Manager online help 10 Storage System Use the following Navisphere CLI commands to set the following default Navisphere CLI Set Properties for st
224. ing HP UX commands ioscan fnC disk ioscan fnC disk insf e insf e If HP UX does not recognize any LUNs verify the connection to the Storage Group Q Verify that HP UX sees device Q Verify that HP UX sees device entries for all LUNS with the entries for all LUNS with the following HP UX command following HP UX command ioscan fnC disk Q ioscan fnC disk Q Checkpoint Verify that Q Checkpoint Verify that PowerPath product PowerPath sees all the paths to PowerPath sees all the paths to guide the LUNs with the following the LUNs with the following PowerPath command PowerPath command powermt display dev all powermt display dev all class clariion class clariion If PowerPath does not see the If PowerPath does not see the LUNs LUNs e Verify the server s connection e Verify that you registered your to the Storage Group PowerPath license key if you e Verify that you registered your even PowerPath license key if you e Verify that the storage system have one properties are set as defined in e Verify that the storage system Sanu orsteps 6 and properties are set as defined in steps 5 and 12 or steps 6 and 13 PowerPath Checklist New HP UX Server and Existing Storage System 2 23 HP UX Installation Checklist Task With Access Logix Without Access Logix Reference Document 17 Storage System Q Plan your monitoring Q Plan your monitoring Navisphere Manager Set up Event co
225. ink website website http powerlink emc com http powerlink emc com Q Checkpoint Verify that Q Checkpoint Verify that PowerPath product PowerPath sees the paths to the LUNs using the following PowerPath command powermt display dev all class clariion If PowerPath does not see the LUNs e Verify the server s connection to the Storage Group e Make sure that you registered your PowerPath license key if you have one e Verify that the storage system properties are as defined in step 5 e Verify that you have the appropriate revision of the HBA driver loaded PowerPath sees the paths to the LUNs using the following PowerPath command powermt display dev all class clariion If PowerPath does not see the LUNs e Make sure that you registered your PowerPath license key if you have one e Verify that the storage system properties are as defined in step 5 e Verify that you have the appropriate revision of the HBA driver loaded guide EMC Installation Roadmap for CxX Series and FC Series Storage Systems Task With Access Logix Without Access Logix Reference Document 15 Server If you have a PowerPath license key If you have a PowerPath license key PowerPath product Test PowerPath if your PowerPath license key is not If your PowerPath license key is not guide with a license registered the load balancing policy is registered the load balancing policy is key restricted t
226. ion If PowerPath does not see the LUNs e Verify the server s connection to the Storage Group e Verify that you registered your PowerPath license key if you have one e Verify that the storage system properties are as defined in step 7 or 8 For an FC4500 storage system Q Disconnect the computer from the serial port on the storage system Q Checkpoint Verify that PowerPath sees the paths to each LUN using the following PowerPath command powermt display dev all class clariion If PowerPath does not see the LUNs e Verify that you registered your PowerPath license key if you have one e Verify that the storage system properties are as defined in step 7or8 For an FC4500 storage system Q Disconnect the computer from the serial port on the storage system PowerPath product guide Storage system setup guide EMC Installation Roadmap for CxX Series and FC Series Storage Systems Task With Access Logix Without Access Logix Reference Document 15 Server If the server is notin a cluster If the server is notin a cluster NetWare Remount Q Remount the volumes on the Q Remount the volumes on the documentation volumes storage system storage system If the server is in a cluster If the server is in a cluster 0 Load cluster software on the Q Load cluster software on the server server with the following with the following command command Idnes Idnes Q Move cluster resour
227. ion Checklists Task With Access Logix Without Access Logix Reference Document 11 Server C On the server C On the server AIX documentation Make target SPs Download emc_cfgmgr sh Download emc_cfgmgr sh available from from ftp ftp emc com pub elab ftp ftp emc com pub elab powerpath aix powerpath aix e Execute the following e Execute the following commands commands cfgmgr cfgmgr Checkpoint Verify that each Q Checkpoint Verify that each HBA sees only the targets SPs HBA sees only the targets SPs to which it is zoned with the to which it is zoned with the following AIX command following AIX command Isdev Cc array Isdev Cc array Checkpoint Verify that AIX sees Checkpoint Verify that AIX sees LUNZ devices with the following LUNZ devices with the following AIX command AIX command Iscfg grep LUNZ Iscfg grep LUNZ If AIX does not see LUNZ devices If AIX does not see LUNZ devices e Verify that arraycommpath is e Verify that arraycommpath is set to 1 as described in set to 1 as described in step 12 step 12 e Execute the following AIX e Execute the following AIX command command emc_cfgmgr sh emc_cfgmgr sh Restart the Navisphere Host Q Restart the Navisphere Host CX Series Server Agent or run the Navisphere Server Utility with the following Agent or run the Navisphere Server Utility with the following AIX commands AIX commands Host Agent Host Agent etc rc agent stop etc rc agent start
228. ion and Resolution Process A 2 EMC Installation Roadmap for CX Series and FC Series Storage Systems Customer Support Troubleshooting the Problem Please perform the relevant diagnostic steps before you contact the EMC Customer Support Center 1 Read the documentation carefully 2 Reconstruct the events leading up to the problem and describe them in writing 3 Run some test cases to reproduce the problem If you encounter a problem that requires technical programming or analysis call the nearest EMC office or contact the EMC Customer Support Center at one of the following numbers United States 800 782 4362 SVC 4EMC Canada 800 543 4782 543 4S VC Worldwide 508 497 7901 Please do not request a specific support representative unless one has already been assigned to your particular system problem For additional information on EMC products and services available to customers and partners refer to the EMC Powerlink website at http powerlink EMC com Troubleshooting the Problem A 3 Customer Support A 4 Before Calling the Customer Support Center Have the following information available before calling the Customer Support Center or your support representative if one has been assigned to you m m Q m Your company name Your name Your phone number For an existing problem the problem tracking system ID if one was previously assigned to the problem by a
229. ional Services AN CAUTION EMC no longer supports ATF or CDE Before you transition your server from ATF or CDE to PowerPath you must Back up your server configurations Back up data on all storage systems connected to the server Remove ATF or CDE which EMC recommends that EMC Professional Services do especially if your server configuration is complex If you want to remove it yourself you must use the procedure in the Removing ATF or CDE Software Before Installing Other Failover Software document P N 069001173 which is on the Powerlink website with this roadmap Simply removing ATF or CDE using the uninstall procedure in the AIX ATF administrator s guide or the AIX utilities administrator s guide may not return the server to it original state and may result in lost data EMC Installation Roadmap for CxX Series and FC Series Storage Systems Task With Access Logix Reference Document 1 Server Q Unmount any file systems that reside on the storage system AIX documentation Unmount file QO Vary off any volume groups that reside on the storage systems systems and vary off volumes 2 Server If the CLARiiON HBA driver is installed Replace Q Remove the hdisk devices for LUNs in the storage system AIX documentation CLARiiON HBA Beene 3 f driver Q Replace it with the IBM HBA driver HBA driver documentation 3 Server Q If ATF or CDE is installed then before continuing either remove it
230. ions you must also have a host that is e Running Navisphere CLI version 6 X e On a network that is connected to the storage system server and that you will connect to SPs in CX200 CX300 CX400 CX500 CX600 CX700 or FC4700 Series storage system e Foran FC4500 storage system connected to a server on which you will install PowerPath you must have a computer that you can connect to the storage system This computer must run e Windows 2000 e Navisphere Host Agent and CLI version 6 1 or higher PowerPath Configurations for NetWare 4 3 NetWare Installation Checklists You must have planned your LUNs and RAID Groups and Storage Groups if you have Access Logix Be sure to consider requirements for SAN Copy SnapView MirrorView and MirrorView A if you have this software The following documents will help you with this planning EMC Fibre Channel Storage System CX200 Series Configuration Planning Guide P N 014003115 EMC CLARiiON CX300 CX500 CX500i and CX700 Storage Systems Configuration Planning Guide P N 300 001 273 EMC CX400 Series and CX600 Series Storage Systems Configuration Planning Guide P N 014003113 EMC Fibre Channel Storage System Model FC4700 2 Configuration Planning Guide P N 014003087 EMC Fibre Channel Storage System Model FC4500 FC5300 and FC5700 Configuration Planning Guide P N 014003039 Documentation Each checklist refers to some or all of the documents listed below We recommend that
231. irectory for HBAs has entries for the expected targets HBAs 13 Server CL Make sure you have 128 sd and sg devices in the dev directory PowerPath for Linux Prepare Server installation guide ser Povera Q Ensure that the PowerPath driver s major numbers 232 239 are not already in use 14 Storage System Q Use Navisphere Manager to set general storage system properties Navisphere Manager Configure administrator s guide Use Navisphere Manager to create RAID Groups bind LUNs create and online help Storage Groups and assign LUNs to Storage Groups Q Use Navisphere Manager to connect the server to a Storage Group Q Reload the driver if the driver is loaded as a module or reboot the server HBA documentation if the driver is static to the kernel so that Linux recognizes the LUNs Now the LUNs in the Storage Group look like any other disks in the server Q Checkpoint Make sure all LUNs have entries in the proc scsi scsi file Linux documentation and in the directory for the HBAs in the proc sesi directory If all LUN entries are missing from the file verify the zoning If only some LUNs are missing use Navisphere Manager to check that the LUNs are assigned to the server s Storage Group Navisphere Manager online help EMC Installation Roadmap for CX Series and FC Series Storage Systems Task With Access Logix Reference Document 15 Server Q Mount the CD ROM PowerPath release Install Power
232. is logged in to the switch port For a DS xxM2 switch the left LED is blue and the right LED is off which indicates that a 2 Gbit HBA port is logged in to the switch port Storage system setup guide 12 Switches Zone additional HBAs Fora SAN Q Zone the switches to provide a path from each additional HBA port host initiator to the SPs Q If SAN Copy MirrorView or MlrrorView A is installed create any required zones Q Checkpoint Use switch management software to verify the switch connections to the storage system Switch management documentation 13 Server Make target SPs available Q Add persistent bindings for the new SPs and any new HBAs to the HBA driver configuration file Note Removing ATF does not remove or change the persistent bindings Q Edit the kernel drv sd conf file to add LUNs and their targets Q Reboot the server using the reboot r command so the HBA can see the targets SPs Q Checkpoint Verify that each HBA sees only the targets SPs to which it is zoned Q Checkpoint Use the inquiry option of the format command to verify that each path to the storage system has one arraycommpath device with an ID of drive type unknown The output of this command should be Vendor DGC Product LUNZ Solaris utilities kit administrator s guide Solaris driver conf man page Solaris documentation 5 28 EMC Installation Roadmap for CX Series and FC Se
233. is one that is and online help registered with the storage system Q Use Navisphere Manager s Failover Setup Wizard selected from the Tools menu on the toolbar to set the following storage system properties for the server s existing HBA ports initiators Initiator Type to CLARiiON Open Failover mode to 1 Array commpath to Enabled PowerPath Checklist Existing Linux Server and Existing Storage System 3 31 Linux Installation Checklist 3 32 Task With Access Logix Without Access Logix Reference Document 6 FC4500 Storage L Connect a computer to the serial L Connect a computer to the serial Storage system setup System port on the storage system port on the storage system guide t ties fi ee RREA For new HBAs For any HBAs ee CLI From the computer connected to L From the computer connected to rererence the storage system s serial port use the following Navisphere CLI command to determine the default storage system type navicli np d device systemtype where device is the name of the computer port connected to the storage system serial port for example com If the default storage system system type is not 3 CLARIION Open use the following Navisphere CLI command to set it to 3 navicli np d device systemtype config 3 CAUTION The above command reboots both SPs at the same time From the computer connected to the storage system s serial port use t
234. is the IP address or network name of an SP in the storage system If the default storage system system type is not 3 CLARION Open use the following Navisphere CLI command to set it to 3 navicli h hostname systemtype config 3 CAUTION The above command reboots both SPs at the same time EMC Installation Roadmap for CxX Series and FC Series Storage Systems NetWare Installation Checklists Task With Access Logix Without Access Logix Reference Document 7 CX200 CX300 For new HBAs cont For any HBAs cont Navisphere CLI pais ede Q Use the following Navisphere CLI Q Use the following Navisphere CLI palerenice or FC 4700 Series commands to set the following commands to set the following Storage System default storage system default storage system properties Set properties for properties navicli h hostname failovermode PowerPath navicli h hostname 1 cont mieemee navicli h hostname navicli h hostname arraycommpath 1 arraycommpath 1 where hostname is the IP address where hostname is the IP or network name of an SP in the address or network name of an storage system SP in the storage system For existing HBAs Navisphere Manager administrator s guide An existing HBA is one that is registered with the storage system and onlime help Q Use Navisphere Manager s Failover Setup Wizard selected from the Tools menu on the toolbar to set the following storage system properties for the server s e
235. is zoned Q Checkpoint Use the inquiry option of the format command to verify that each path to the storage system has one arraycommpath device with an ID of drive type unknown The output of this command should be Vendor DGC Product LUNZ Q Checkpoint Use Navisphere Manager s Connectivity Status dialog box Navisphere Manager to verify that each HBA is registered with the storage system administrator s guide and online help 14 Storage System Use Navisphere Manager to set general storage system properties Navisphere Manager Configure administrator s guide and online help Q Use Navisphere Manager to create RAID Groups bind LUNs create Storage Groups and assign LUNs to Storage Groups Q Use Navisphere Manager to connect the server to a Storage Group Q Reboot the server using the reboot r command so that Solaris recognizes the LUNs Now the LUNs in the Storage Group look like any other disks in the server Q Checkpoint Use the format command to verify that Solaris recognizes Solaris documentation the LUNs If Solaris does not recognize any LUNs verify the server s connection to the Storage Group 15 Storage System Q Plan your monitoring configuration Manager administrator s guide rae Q Use Navisphere Manager to set user options create templates and set up and online help your monitoring configuration PowerPath Checklist New Solaris Server and New Storage System Solaris Installation Checklists
236. ision A02 or higher EMC SAN Copy Installation Guide P N 069001187 EMC Navisphere Command Line Interface CLI Reference P N 069001038 EMC Rails and Enclosures Field Installation Guide P N 300 001 799 EMC Rails and Enclosures Installation Guide for 19 Inch NEMA Cabinets P N 014003082 for SPS installation only EMC CX300 2 Gigabit Disk Processor Enclosure DPE Setup Guide P N 300 001 276 rev A02 or higher or EMC CLARiiON CX300 2 Gigabit Disk Processor Enclosure DPE2 Setup and Cabling Guide P N 300 001 276 rev A01 and EMC CLARiiON CX300 CX500 and CX700 Storage Systems Initialization Guide P N 300 001 272 EMC 2 Gigabit Disk Processor Enclosure DPE2 CX400 Series Setup and Cabling Guide P N 014003105 and EMC Storage Systems CX400 Series and CX600 Series Initialization Guide P N 014003112 EMC CLARiiON CX500 2 Gigabit Disk Processor Enclosure DPE2 Setup Guide P N 300 001 275 rev A02 or higher or EMC CLARiiON CX500 2 Gigabit Disk Processor Enclosure DPE2 Setup and Cabling Guide P N 300 001 275 rev A01 and EMC CLARiiON CX300 CX500 and CX700 Storage Systems Initialization Guide P N 300 001 272 PowerPath Configurations for HP UX 2 5 HP UX Installation Checklist EMC Storage Processor Enclosure SPE CX600 Series Setup and Cabling Guide P N 014003078 and EMC Storage Systems CX400 Series and CX600 Series Initialization Guide P N 014003112 EMC CLARiiO
237. isphere CLI commands to set the following storage system properties navicli h hostname failovermode 1 navicli h hostname arraycommpath 1 navicli h hostname unitserialnumber lun only for server in a Sun Cluster where hostname is the IP address or network name of an SP in the storage system Go to step 12 Navisphere Manager administrator s guide and online help or Navisphere CLI reference Navisphere CLI reference EMC Installation Roadmap for CxX Series and FC Series Storage Systems Solaris Installation Checklists Task With Access Logix Without Access Logix Reference Document 11 FC4500 Storage Q Connect a computer to the serial L Connect a computer to the serial Storage system setup System port on the storage system port on the storage system guide m From the computer connected to the storage system s serial port use the following Navisphere CLI commands to set the following storage system properties for the server s HBA ports initiators navicli np d device storagegroup sethost host servername type 3 navicli np d device storagegroup sethost host servername failovermode 1 navicli np d device storagegroup sethost host servername arraycommpath 1 navicli np d device storagegroup sethost host servername unitserialnumber lun only for server in a Sun Cluster it must left at the default setting for all other cases where device is the
238. issn sssscssssescsetevessxecnsgstesevasesesyseaesectedenancasesotebeveste Checklist New Tru64 UNIX Server and New Storage System With Boot Disk esscr ananta an g aani ann Chapter 7 Windows Installation Checklists PowerPath Configurations for Wind OWS se ssssssessssseestssestee Required Host Software Revisions cccccceeeseeteteeseees PHETEQUISIEES cc ccsseaccoecssesssoersiessseeteasesccncessassvsessuassccesnuessosnseedse DOCUMENTAHON icisccsccsse tess esssessacssvcssassssessvarssesssesteasasenseeic PowerPath Checklist New Windows Server and New Storage DY SUOMI oii sisi ese cs seaside das Siuhdsibes sates aceiausvssebedssitacades sacovabsvtsdsbaveses lesubeien s PowerPath Checklist New Windows Server and Existing Storage System Without Boot Disk cccceeseseeteeseeeeteseeeeneee PowerPath Checklist New Windows Server and Existing Storage System With Boot Disk ccccccescseeeststeteseeeeteteseeeenees PowerPath Checklist Existing Windows Server and New Storage SYSLOMA ccessecssarsvebessestsnesecssenstedscsenisbetbenseasearssetntvanssseesietas PowerPath Checklist Existing Windows Server and Existing Storage SysteM sss ceecsseseesessestssetasscchsnevaiesnsssetasosnssscsssssnesenasiersasens DMP Configurations for WiNdOWS ccscccesecsteeseseetsteeeeeenens Required Host Software Revisions ccccceeeeeneeees PHETEQUISIEES 00 s0sscccersessincsoessseasscessestoacsenscted
239. istered HBAs Perform this task either across the LAN connected to the Navisphere portal for the storage system or e from an attached host or a host networked to an attached host or e from a laptop connected to a storage system serial port as described in the storage system setup guide Across LAN Q Use Navisphere Manager s Failover Setup Wizard selected from the Tools menu on the toolbar to set the following storage system properties for the server s existing HBA ports initiators Failover mode to 1 Array commpath to Enabled From an attached host or networked For a server with any HBAs Perform this task either e from an attached host or a host networked to an attached host or e from a laptop connected to a storage system serial port as described in the storage system setup guide From an attached or networked host host Q Use the following Navisphere CLI commands to set the following storage system properties for the server s existing HBA existing ports initiators navicli d device h hostname storagegroup sethost failovermode 1 navicli d device h hostname storagegroup sethost arraycommpath 1 where device is the storage system s name hostname is the server s name or network address Q Use the following Navisphere CLI commands to set the following default storage system properties navicli d device h hostname failovermode 1 navicli d device h hostname arrayc
240. itch connections to the storage system storage system 12 Server C Make sure that each HBA sees Verify that each HBA sees only HP UX documentation Make target SPs only the targets SPs to which it the targets SPs to which it is available is zoned with the following HP UX zoned with the HP UX following commands commands ioscan fnC disk ioscan fnC disk insf e insf e Q Verify that HP UX sees device Q Verify that HP UX sees device entries for all LUNS with the entries for all LUNS with the following HP UX command following HP UX command ioscan fnC disk Q ioscan fnC disk Q Login as root and restart the Q Login as root and restart the CX Series Server Navisphere Host Agent with the following HP UX commands sbin init d agent stop sbin init d agent start Navisphere Host Agent with the following HP UX commands sbin init d agent stop sbin init d agent start Software for HP UX Installation Guide PowerPath Checklist Existing HP UX Server and Existing Storage System HP UX Installation Checklist Task With Access Logix Without Access Logix Reference Document 12 Server QC Make sure again that each HBA Q Reverify that each HBA sees only HP UX documentation Make target SPs sees only the targets SPs to the targets SPs to which it is available cont which it is zoned with the following zoned with the HP UX following HP UX commands commands ioscan fnC disk ioscan fnC disk i
241. ith Access Logix Reference Document 6 Switches For a SAN Rails cabinet switch Install documentation Q Install switches if not already installed Q Connect a cable from each host HBA port to a switch port Q Checkpoint Verify the HBA connection to the switch by checking the LED s for the switch port connected to the HBA port For a 1 Gbit switch LED is green which indicates that the HBA is logged in to the switch port For a 2 Gigabit switch One of the following The left LED is green and the right LED is off which indicates that a 1 Gbit SP port is logged in to the switch port For a DS xxB2 switch both LEDs are green which indicates that a 2 Gbit HBA port is logged in to the switch port For aDS xxM2 switch the left LED is blue and the right LED is off which indicates that a 2 Gbit HBA port is logged in to the switch port 7 Storage System Install Q Install the storage system in the cabinet if not already installed Rails and cabinet documentation 8 Storage System Initialize and install software enablers the storage system management ports Q Use the Navisphere Initialization Utility to initialize the storage system Q Ifyou have SAN Copy SnapView MirrorView and or MirrorView A software install their enablers Q Install the Navisphere Initialization Utility on a host on the same subnet as Storage system setup guide Navisphere Manager administrator s guide a
242. ity guide Set HBA driver CAUTION Using improper settings can cause erratic failover behavior Cine 5 laton properties such as greatly increased I O delays 3 Storage System L Use Navisphere Manager to set general storage system properties Navisphere Manager Configure administrator s guide Q Use Navisphere Manager to create RAID Groups bind LUNs create and online help Storage Groups and assign LUNs to Storage Groups 4 Storage System Plan your monitoring configuration Navisphere Manager Set up Event administrator s guide Monitor Q Use Navisphere Manager to set user options create templates and set up and online help your monitoring configuration 5 Storage System L Use the following Navisphere CLI commands to set the default Navisphere CLI Set properties storage system arraycommpath and failover mode properties reference navicli h sp arraycommpath 1 navicli h sp storagegroup sethost host windows_host failovermode where sp is the IP address or network name of the SP in the storage system windows_host is the name of the Windows server EMC Installation Roadmap for CxX Series and FC Series Storage Systems Task With Access Logix Reference Document 6 Switch For a SAN Documentation that Zone switches Zone switches so that only one path exists between a server and the smps inate switches for one path storage system from server to a storage system This provides a path from one host initiator
243. ive data by or Windows available to creating partitions on them creating partitions on them documentation Windows You are now ready to set up any optional software such as Snap View or MirrorView on the storage system EMC Installation Roadmap for CxX Series and FC Series Storage Systems Windows Installation Checklists PowerPath Checklist Existing Windows Server and New Storage System Tasks highlighted with grey in the checklist should be performed before the service provider arrives except for the removal of ATF or CDE which you can have done by EMC Professional Services AN CAUTION EMC no longer supports ATF or CDE Before you transition your server from ATF or CDE to PowerPath you must Back up your server configurations e Back up data on all storage systems connected to the server Remove ATF or CDE which EMC recommends that EMC Professional Services do especially if your server configuration is complex If you want to remove it yourself you must use the procedure in the Removing ATF or CDE Software Before Installing Other Failover Software document P N 069001173 which is on the Powerlink website with this roadmap Simply removing ATF or CDE using the uninstall procedure in the Windows ATF administrator s guide or the Windows utilities administrator s guide may not return the server to its original state and may result in lost data PowerPath Checklist Existing
244. ix Without Access Logix Reference Document 1 Server Q Install HBAs Q Install HBAs HBA documentation Install HBAs and CAUTION Do not connect cables CAUTION Do not connect cables See UAL on page 5 4 driver to the HBAs until you are told to to the HBAs until you are told to do so later in this procedure do so later in this procedure Q Install HBA driver Q Install HBA driver 2 Server Q Set the HBA driver parameters Set the HBA driver parameters Solaris host Set HBA driver except for the persistent bindings except for the persistent bindings connectivity guide to the values required for to the values required for f arameters 4 CLARION and PowerPath CLARION and Power Path Fev Emulex or QLogic You will set the persistent You will set the persistent documentation see bindings after the storage system bindings after the storage system URL on page 5 4 For JNI HBAs Solaris utilities administrator guide EMC Installation Roadmap for Cx Series and FC Series Storage Systems Solaris Installation Checklists Task With Access Logix Without Access Logix Reference Document 3 Server Q Install PowerPath Q Install PowerPath PowerPath release Install PowerPath i notes and PowerPath Oman owen a Q Ifyou have a PowerPath license L Ifyou have a PowerPath license for UNIX installation key register it key register it and administrator s guide Q Reboot the server to complete Q Reboot the serve
245. k With Access Logix Without Access Logix Reference Document 6 Server QO Ifthe server will be a SnapView N A CX Series Server Install admsnap production or secondary host Software for Windows and or admhost install the admsnap utility installation guide or SnapView installation guide revision A02 or higher Q If the server has LUNs that will CX Series Server participate in a SAN Copy Software for Windows session install the admhost installation guide or SAN utility Copy installation guide 7 Storage System L If currently installed Q If currently installed Navisphere Manager Update software storage system software is not at storage system software is not at administrator s guide the required minimum revision the required minimum revision and online help update it update it CAUTION During the software CAUTION During the software update hosts connected to the update hosts connected to the storage system will lose access storage system will lose access to data if they do not have failover to data if they do not have failover software or if all paths to an SP software or if all paths to an SP are down are down 8 Server Q Cable the server to the LAN Q Cable the server to the LAN Storage system setup Connect to connected to the storage system connected to the storage system guide storage system management port on each SP management port on each SP management LAN 9 Server For a CX200 CX300 CX400 CX500 For a CX200 CX30
246. l users Q Use Navisphere Manager to define a global administrator if not already defined and any additional users Navisphere security administrator s guide and Navisphere Manager online help 12 CX300 CX400 CX500 CX600 CX700 or FC4700 Series Storage System Set properties for PowerPath Perform this task either e across the LAN connected to the storage system SPs or e from an attached host or a host networked to an attached host or from a laptop connected to the storage system as described in the storage system initialization or setup guide From the LAN Q Use Navisphere Manager s Failover Setup Wizard selected from the Tools menu on the toolbar to set the following storage system properties for the server s existing HBA ports initiators Failover mode to 1 Array commpath to Enabled Go to step 14 CX400 CX600 or FC4700 Series Perform this task either e from an attached host or a host networked to an attached host or from a laptop connected to the storage system as described in the storage system initialization or setup guide Navisphere Manager administrator s guide and online help o EMC Installation Roadmap for CX Series and FC Series Storage Systems HP UX Installation Checklist Task With Access Logix Without Access Logix Reference Document 12 CX300 CX400 From an attached or networked host or From an attached or networked host o
247. laris Installation Checklists Task With Access Logix Without Access Logix Reference Document 7 FC4500 Storage For new HBAs cont For new HBAs cont Navisphere CLI System From the computer connected to From the computer connected to reference Set properties for the storage system s serial port the storage system s serial port PowerPath cont use the following Navisphere CLI use the following Navisphere CLI commands to set the following default storage system properties navicli np d device failovermode 1 navicli np d device arraycommpath 1 navicli np d device unitserialnumber lun only for server in a Sun Cluster it must left at the default setting for all other cases where device is the name of the computer port connected to the storage system serial port for example com commands to set the following default storage system properties navicli np d device failovermode 1 navicli np d device arraycommpath 1 navicli np d device unitserialnumber lun only for server in a Sun Cluster it must left at the default setting for all other cases where device is the name of the computer port connected to the storage system serial port for example com1 PowerPath Checklist Existing Solaris Server and Existing Storage System 5 37 Solaris Installation Checklists 5 38 Task With Access Logix Without Access Logix Reference Document
248. lay dev all class clariion Q Choose one available LUN to receive I O for the test Q View the paths to the chosen LUN using the following PowerPath command powermt display dev x every 2 where x is a pseudo device that represents the chosen LUN C Start I O to the LUN PowerPath product guide PowerPath Checklist Existing NetWare Server and Existing Storage System NetWare Installation Checklists 4 37 NetWare Installation Checklists 4 38 Task With Access Logix Without Access Logix Reference Document 17 Server Q Identify the HBA sending O to Q Identify the HBA sending I O to PowerPath product Test PowerPath LUN by viewing the output of the LUN by viewing the output of the guide with a license powermt display dev xevery 2 powermt display dev x every 2 key cont command and disconnect the command and disconnect the cable to that HBA View the output of the powermt display dev x every 2 command and verify that e The state of the uncabled path s becomes dead 1 O continues to the remaining path s to the LUN indicating that the path failover was successful and PowerPath is working properly Reconnect the cable that you disconnected from the HBA If you did not follow the above steps exactly and caused any LUNs to trespass restore the LUNs to their original SP with the following PowerPath command powermt restore Q cable to that HBA
249. le additional the switch connected to the the switch connected to the guide HBAs to storage system or to SP ports storage system or to SP ports Oe a Q Checkpoint For a SAN verify Q Checkpoint For a SAN verify the HBA connections to the the HBA connections to the switch by checking the LED s for switch by checking the LED s for the switch port connected to each the switch port connected to each additional HBA port additional HBA port For a 1 Gbit switch LED is For a 1 Gbit switch LED is green which indicates that the green which indicates that the HBA port is logged in to the HBA port is logged in to the switch port switch port For a 2 Gbit switch One of the For a 2 Gbit switch One of the following following e The left LED is green and the e The left LED is green and the right LED is off which right LED is off which indicates that a 1 Gbit SP port indicates that a 1 Gbit SP port is logged in to the switch port is logged in to the switch port e For aDS xxB2 switch both For aDS xxB2 switch both LEDs are green which LEDs are green which indicates that a 2 Gbit HBA indicates that a 2 Gbit HBA port is logged in to the switch port is logged in to the switch port port e For aDS xxM2 switch the left e For aDS xxM2 switch the left LED is blue and the right LED LED is blue and the right LED is off which indicates that a is off which indicates that a 2 Gbit HBA port is logged in to 2 Gbit HBA port is logged
250. ler and you cannot access Powerlink the latest product information should be available from your reseller To access EMC Powerlink use the following link http powerlink emc com After you log in select Support gt Document Library and find the documents you want For questions about technical support call your local sales office or service provider If you have a valid EMC service contract contact EMC Customer Service at United States 800 782 4362 SVC 4EMC Canada 800 543 4782 543 4S VC Worldwide 508 497 7901 Follow the voice menu prompts to open a service call and select the applicable product support EMC Installation Roadmap for Cx Series and FC Series Storage Systems Sales and Customer For the list of EMC sales locations please access the EMC home page Service Contacts at http www EMC com contact For additional information on the EMC products and services available to customers and partners refer to the EMC Powerlink website http powerlink EMC com Your Comments Your suggestions will help us continue to improve the accuracy organization and overall quality of the user publications Please send a message to techpub_comments EMC com with your opinions of this guide x EMC Installation Roadmap for CxX Series and FC Series Storage Systems AIX Installation Checklists This chapter contains checklists of the tasks required to install a CLARiiON storage system
251. list Task With Access Logix Reference Document 18 Server If you have a PowerPath license key PowerPath product Test PowerPath Note If your PowerPath license key is not registered the load balancing policy guide with a license key is restricted to basic failover Q View the LUNs available to the server using the following PowerPath command powermt display dev all class clariion Q Choose one available LUN to receive I O for the test L View the paths to the chosen LUN using the following PowerPath command powermt display dev x every 2 where x is a pseudo device that represents the chosen LUN Start 1 0 to the LUN Q Identify the HBA sending I O to the LUN by viewing the output of the powermt display dev x every 2 command and disconnect the cable to that HBA Q View the output of the powermt display dev x every 2 command and verify that e The state of the uncabled paths becomes dead 1 0 continues to the remaining path s to the LUN indicating that the failover path was successful and PowerPath is working properly Q Reconnect the cable that you disconnected from the HBA Q If you caused any LUNs to trespass restore the LUNs to their original SP with the following PowerPath command powermt restore You are now ready to set up any optional software such as Snap View or MirrorView on the storage system 3 12 EMC Installation Roadmap for CxX Series and FC Series St
252. mands ioscan fnC disk insf e PowerPath Checklist Existing HP UX Server and New Storage System HP UX Installation Checklist Task With Access Logix Reference Document 14 Server Q Reverify that HP UX sees device entries for all LUNS with the following HP UX documentation Make target SPs HP UX command available cont ioscan fnC disk 15 Storage System Q Use Navisphere Manager to set general storage system properties Navisphere Manager Configure administrator s guide and online help Q Use Navisphere Manager to create RAID Groups bind LUNs create Storage Groups and assign LUNs to Storage Groups Q Use Navisphere Manager to connect the server to a Storage Group 16 Server Q Login as root and restart the Navisphere Host Agent with the following CX Series Server Make LUNs HP UX commands Software for HP UX visible sbin init d agent stop Installation Guide sbin init d agent start Q Checkpoint Verify that HP UX can recognize these LUNs with the following HP UX commands ioscan fnC disk insf e If HP UX does not recognize any LUNs verify the connection to the Storage Group Q Verify that HP UX sees device entries for all LUNS with the following HP UX command ioscan fnC disk HP UX documentation HP UX documentation 17 Storage System Set up Event Monitor Q Plan your monitoring configuration Q Use Navisphere Manager to set user options create templates and se
253. me arraycommpath 1 to 3 where navicli np d device device is the name of the systemtype config 3 computer port connected to the CAUTION The above command storage system serial port for reboots both SPs at the same example com1 time servername is the name of the server with the HBAs Q From the computer connected to Navisphere CLI the storage system s serial port reference use the following Navisphere CLI commands to set the following default storage system properties navicli np d device failovermode 1 navicli np d device arraycommpath 1 where device is the name of the computer port connected to the storage system serial port for example com PowerPath Checklist New Linux Server and Existing Storage System Linux Installation Checklist 3 17 Linux Installation Checklist 3 18 Task With Access Logix Without Access Logix Reference Document 11 Server Q Add persistent bindings to the Q Add persistent bindings to the HBA documentation Make target SPs HBA driver configuration file HBA driver configuration file see URL on page 3 4 available Note You need the WWPN of Note You need the WWPN of each SP port for the bindings each SP port for the bindings Reboot the server Q Reboot the server Linux documentation Checkpoint Use Navisphere Navisphere Manager Manager s Connectivity Status administrator s guide dialog box to verify that each HBA and online help i
254. ment 16 Server For a server with VERITAS VxVM For a server with VERITAS VxVM VERITAS VxVM VERITAS VxVM_ V3 1 1 or below V3 1 1 or below documentation and Q Before you reboot the server edit the etc rcS d S24powerstartup file to add the following two lines to the bottom of the file after the last fi character letc powermt set volume_open_policy firstpath echo PowerPath powermt set volume_open_policy firstpath On the next reboot the first path policy used by CLARIION storage systems will take effect For a server with VERITAS VxVM V3 2 or above Q Issue the following command vxddladm addjbod vid DGC pagecode 0x83 offset 8 length 16 You need to issue this command just once and it will take effect on the next reboot Q Before you reboot the server edit the etc rcS d S24powerstartup file to add the following two lines to the bottom of the file after the last fi character letc powermt set volume_open_policy firstpath echo PowerPath powermt set volume_open_policy firstpath On the next reboot the first path policy used by CLARIION storage systems will take effect For a server with VERITAS VxVM V3 2 or above Q Issue the following command vxddladm addjbod vid DGC pagecode 0x83 offset 8 length 16 You need to issue this command just once and it will take effect on the next reboot EMC manual on installing and configuring EMP power devices with Solaris applications EMC Inst
255. mentation HBA documentation Switches Zone Zone the switches to provide a path from each HBA host initiator to an SP Switch management documentation Storage System Set Base UDID Set the Base UDID UUID on screen for the storage system If necessary you can determine the available UDID ranges for the server or cluster with the following command wwidmgr show wwid Host connectivity guide for Tru64 UNIX and Tru64 UNIX documentation 6 4 EMC Installation Roadmap for CxX Series and FC Series Storage Systems Tru64 UNIX Installation Checklist Task With Access Logix Reference Document 4 Storage System Q Determine the port name and node name of each HBA Host connectivity guide for Tru64 UNIX Set connection connected to the storage system properties E Q Use Navisphere Manager to register the connection for Navisphere Manager administrator s each HBA with the following Initiator Record properties guide and online help Property Value Initiator Type Compaq Tru64 ArrayCommPath Selected Failover Mode 0 Unit Serial Number Array 5 Storage System Q For Navisphere 6 X use Navisphere Manager to define Navisphere security administrator s Set up security a global administrator if not already defined and any guide and Navisphere Manager online additional users help 6 Storage System Q Use Navisphere Manager to set general storage system Host connecti
256. mmand and verify that command and verify that cont The state of the uncabled The state of the uncabled paths becomes dead 1 O continues to the remaining path s to the LUN indicating that the path failover was successful and PowerPath is working properly Q Reconnect the cable that you disconnected from the HBA Q Ifyou did not follow the above steps exactly and caused any LUNs to trespass restore the LUNs to their original state with the following PowerPath command powermt restore paths becomes dead 1 O continues to the remaining path s to the LUN indicating that the path failover was successful and PowerPath is working properly Q Reconnect the cable that you disconnected from the HBA Q If you did not follow the above steps exactly and caused any LUNs to trespass restore the LUNs to their original state with the following PowerPath command powermt restore You are now ready to set up any optional software such as SnapView or MirrorView on the storage system PowerPath Checklist New AIX Server and Existing Storage System AIX Installation Checklists PowerPath Checklist Existing AIX Server and New Storage System Tasks highlighted with grey in the checklist should be performed before the service provider arrives except for the removal of Application Transparent Failover ATF or CDE which you can have done by EMC Profess
257. n for CLARiiON of the Host Connectivity Guide for Sun Solaris which is available on the EMC Powerlink website 5 52 EMC Installation Roadmap for CxX Series and FC Series Storage Systems 6 Tru64 UNIX Installation Checklist This chapter contains a checklist of the tasks required to install a new CLARiiON storage system in a configuration with a new Tru64 UNIX server Topics are Tru64 UNIX Configurations ccccccccceceeesesesesteteeseecesescsesteneseees 6 2 Checklist New Tru64 UNIX Server and New Storage System Witho t BOOE DISK a csucssassecsestsosesbanetacetsnesteconcteesuecaxsusugense eusasacoeses suede 6 4 Checklist New Tru64 UNIX Server and New Storage System With Boot DISK acssesories isee irakere teie rer inre Eaa EREE E 6 6 Trud4 UNIX Installation Checklist 61 Tru64 UNIX Installation Checklist Tru64 UNIX Configurations Read this section if you are installing a Tru64 UNIX configuration with a new server and a new storage system A new server and storage system are defined as follows New server A server running Tru64 UNIX and not connected to any storage system New storage system A CX500 or CX700 storage system that has the factory default settings and has never been connected to a server Prerequisites All switches must be installed Storage systems must be set up initialized if required and connected to switches and any optional storage s
258. nd powermt restore 7 Storage System Install the storage system in the cabinet if not already installed Rails and cabinet Install documentation 8 Storage System Q Install the Navisphere Initialization Utility on a host on the same subnet as Storage system setup Initialize and the storage system management ports guide pire ie Q Use the Navisphere Initialization Utility to initialize the storage system Q Ifyou have SAN Copy SnapView MirrorView and or MirrorView A Navisphere Manager software install the enabler for them administrator s guide and online help PowerPath Checklist Existing HP UX Server and New Storage System HP UX Installation Checklist 2 27 HP UX Installation Checklist Task With Access Logix Reference Document 9 Storage System Q Connect the storage system to the switch or HBA ports Storage system setup Cable to switch or guide server and LAN m Checkpoint For a SAN verify the storage system connections to the switch by checking the LED s for the switch port connected to each SP port For a 1 Gbit switch LED is green which indicates that the SP is logged in to the switch port For a 2 Gbit switch One of the following The left LED is green and the right LED is off which indicates that a 1 Gbit SP port is logged in to the switch port For a DS xxB2 switch both LEDs are green which indicates that a 2 Gbit HBA port is logged in to the switch port Fo
259. nd online help PowerPath Checklist New Solaris Server and New Storage System Solaris Installation Checklists Task With Access Logix Reference Document 9 Storage System Cable to switch or server and LAN Q Connect the storage system to the switch or HBA ports Q Checkpoint For a SAN verify the storage system connections to the switch by checking the LED s for the switch port connected to each SP port For a 1 Gbit switch LED is green which indicates that the SP is logged in to the switch port For a 2 Gigabit switch One of the following e The left LED is green and the right LED is off which indicates that a 1 Gbit SP port is logged in to the switch port For a DS xxB2 switch both LEDs are green which indicates that a 2 Gbit HBA port is logged in to the switch port For a DS xxM2 switch the left LED is blue and the right LED is off which indicates that a 2 Gbit HBA port is logged in to the switch port Q Cable each SP to the LAN connected to the hosts from which you will manage the storage system Storage system setup guide 10 Storage System Set up security Q Use Navisphere Manager to define a global administrator and domain if not already defined and any additional users Navisphere security administrator s guide and Navisphere Manager online help 11 Storage System Set Properties for PowerPath Q Use the following the following Navisph
260. nd then reconnect the server Navisphere Manager Connect Storage from its Storage Group administrator s guide Group to You can do this from the Host tab of the Storage Group Properties ieee ngip additional host dialog Q Use the Disk Management tool to scan for disks Windows documentation If the disks are not visible scan for them once more 15 Server Q Use the Disk Management tool to scan for disks Windows documentation Make LUNs available to both SPs 16 Server Q Log into VERITAS Enterprise Administrator VEA VERITAS Volume Verify DMP Manager documentation matalaan Q Click the host name for the server Q Click disks Q Click a device that you know belongs to the CLARION storage system Q Click the paths tab for that device VERITAS Volume Manager documentation Q Verify that the device has primary and secondary paths to it Q Verify the state of the device enabled or disabled EMC Installation Roadmap for CxX Series and FC Series Storage Systems Windows Installation Checklists Task With Access Logix Reference Document 17 Windows Server L If you want applications to access SnapView functionality on the storage CX Series Server 2003 Server system using the VSS framework or other APIs Install the optional Software for Windows Install optional CLARiiON VSS provider on the server Installation Guide CLARiiON VSS Note that Navisphere CLI must be installed on the server provider You are now
261. nding I O to LUN by viewing the output of the powermt display dev x every 2 command and disconnect the cable to that HBA Q Stop all applications accessing the storage system and disable user logins to the server View the LUNs available to the server using the following PowerPath command powermt display dev all class clariion LY Choose one available LUN to receive I O for the test Q View the paths to the chosen LUN using the following PowerPath command powermt display dev x every 2 where x is a device that represents the chosen LUN Start I O to the LUN Q Identify the HBA sending I O to LUN by viewing the output of the powermt display dev x every 2 command and disconnect the cable to that HBA PowerPath product guide PowerPath Checklist Existing HP UX Server and Existing Storage System HP UX Installation Checklist 2 43 HP UX Installation Checklist Task With Access Logix Without Access Logix Reference Document 14 Server Q View the output of the powermt View the output of the powermt PowerPath product Test PowerPath display dev x every 2 display dev x every 2 guide with a license command and verify that command and verify that key cont The state of the uncabled The state of the uncabled path s becomes dead path s becomes dead 1 O continues to the remaining e 1 0 continues to the remaining path s to the LUN indicating path
262. ndows server and PowerPath or VERITAS DMP failover software CX Series refers to all the CX storage systems except for the CX200LC The sections for the different configurations are PowerPath Configurations for Windows 1 0 sees esesesees 7 2 DMP Configurations for Wind OWS ccccscesesseteseseeteteeseeees 7 57 Windows Installation Checklists 7 1 Windows Installation Checklists 7 2 PowerPath Configurations for Windows Read this section if you are installing a Windows Server 2003 or Windows 2000 PowerPath configuration with a new or existing server and a new or existing storage system A new and existing server and a new and existing storage system are defined as follows new server A server running Windows Server 2003 or Windows 2000 and not connected to any storage system existing server A server running Windows Server 2003 or Windows 2000 that is already connected to one or more storage systems new storage system A CX300 CX500 CX500i or CX700 storage system that has the factory default settings and that has never been connected to a server existing storage system A CX Series FC4500 or FC4700 Series storage system that is already connected to one or more servers and is in a Navisphere domain All CLARiiON storage systems connected to a Windows server must be CX Series or FC Series storage systems that are supported for that server If any other type of CLARiiON stora
263. new or existing server and a new or existing storage system A new and existing server and a new and existing storage system are defined as follows new server A server running NetWare and not connected to any storage system existing server A server running NetWare and that is already connected to one or more storage systems new storage system A CX300 CX500 or CX700 storage system that has the factory default settings and has never been connected to a server existing storage system A CX200 CX300 CX400 CX500 CX600 CX700 FC4500 or FC4700 Series storage system that is already connected to one or more servers and is in a Navisphere domain All CLARiiON storage systems connected to the server must be CX200 CX300 CX400 CX500 CX600 CX700 FC4500 FC4700 Series or FC5300 storage systems If any other type of CLARiiON storage system is connected to the server the server cannot run PowerPath Topics relating to the checklists for NetWare PowerPath configurations are Required Host Software Revisions ccccceeseesnsneteseseeseseseseens 4 3 PLOTEGUISILES siise ee ea ar E cots eth EE 4 3 PowerPath Checklist New NetWare Server and New Storage DV SECM a visstie ds stocsics TE danstvGaraana tela besttess T 4 7 PowerPath Checklist New NetWare Server and Existing Storage Oystein ingerere einnar 4 12 PowerPath Checklist Existing NetWare Server and New Storage Oystein eni e Oaa ee debs EERE Eea E
264. nfiguration configuration administrator s guide Monitor and online help 18 Server Q Configure PowerPath with the Q Configure PowerPath with the PowerPath product Configure any following command following command guide new PowerPath powermt config powermt config devices QC Checkpoint Verify that Q Checkpoint Verify that PowerPath sees all the paths to PowerPath sees all the paths to the LUNs with the following the LUNs with the following PowerPath command PowerPath command powermt display dev all powermt display dev all class clariion class clariion Q If PowerPath can see all the path L If PowerPath can see all the path to the LUNs save the PowerPath to the LUNs save the PowerPath configuration with the following configuration with the following command command powermt save powermt save The PowerPath configuration is The PowerPath configuration is saved in the following file saved in the following file etc powermt custom etc powermt custom 19 Server If you have a PowerPath license key If you have a PowerPath license key Test PowerPath Note If your PowerPath license key is Note If your PowerPath license key is with a license not registered the load balancing not registered the load balancing key policy is restricted to basic failover policy is restricted to basic failover Q Stop all applications accessing the storage system and disable user logins to the server Q View the LUNs available to the server using th
265. ng AIX command Iscfg grep LUNZ If AIX does not see LUNZ devices Verify that arraycommpath is set to 1 as described in step 12 Execute the following AIX command emc_cfgmgr sh Q Restart the Navisphere Host Agent or run the Navisphere Server Utility with the following AIX commands Host Agent etc rc agent stop etc rc agent start Server Utility usr lpp HOSTUTIL naviserverutil to verify that each HBA is registered with the storage system Q List the LUNZ devices with the following AIX command Iscfg grep LUNZ Q Remove each LUNZ device with the following AIX command rmdev dl hdiskn where nis the hdisk number for the LUNZ device Q Execute the following AIX command emc_cfgmg sh Q Checkpoint Use Navisphere Manager s Connectivity Status dialog box CX Series Server Software for AIX Installation Guide Navisphere Manager administrator s guide and online help AIX documentation PowerPath Checklist New AIX Server and New Storage System AIX Installation Checklists Task With Access Logix Reference Document 15 Storage System Q Use Navisphere Manager to set general storage system properties Navisphere Manager Configure administrator s guide Q Use Navisphere Manager to create RAID Groups bind LUNs create and online help Storage Groups and assign LUNs to Storage Groups Q Use Navisphere Manager to connect the server to a Storage Group 16 Storage System Q Plan you
266. ng an operating system that can support the Navisphere Manager 6 X browser based client For an up to date list of such operating systems refer to the Navisphere Manager 6 X release notes on http powerlink emc com e Ona network that is connected to the storage system servers and that will be connected to the SPs the storage system Configurations for HP UX Without EMC Failover Software 2 53 HP UX Installation Checklist You must have planned your LUNs and RAID Groups and Storage Groups if you have Access Logix Be sure to consider requirements for SnapView MirrorView and MirrorView A if you have this software The EMC CLARiiON CX300 CX500 CX500i and CX700 Storage Systems Configuration Planning Guide P N 300 001 273 will help you with this planning Documentation This checklist refers to some or all of the documents listed below We recommend that you load these documents on your service laptop before starting the installation Documentation that ships with e HBA and HBA driver e Switches and switch management software e HP UX operating system EMC Navisphere Manager Administrator s Guide P N 069001125 P N 069001143 EMC Navisphere Security Administrator s Guide P N 069001124 EMC Host Connectivity Guide for HP UX P N 300 000 614 2 54 EMC Installation Roadmap for CX Series and FC Series Storage Systems HP UX Installation Checklist Without EMC Failover Software Checklist New HP U
267. nistrator s guide and online help PowerPath Checklist Existing Windows Server and Existing Storage System Windows Installation Checklists 7 53 Windows Installation Checklists Task With Access Logix Without Access Logix Reference Document 14 CX500i Storage System Configure optional storage system CHAP security If CHAP security is configured for the storage system SP port connected to anew NIC or HBA initiator the new initiator must use CHAP If you want a new initiator to use the credentials already set for that SP port you do not need to configure the storage system CHAP for the new initiator Q Use Navisphere Manager to configure initiator CHAP on the storage system for each new NIC or HBA that needs it configured N A Storage system setup guide and Manager online help 15 Server With CX500i Storage System Configure optional server CHAP security If you configured CHAP security on the storage system you must configure it for any new iSCSI initiator s in the storage system For NIC Initiators Q If CHAP is not already enabled on the storage system use Navisphere Manager to enable it Q Use Microsoft iSCSI Software Initiator to configure initiator CHAP on the new NIC initiators on the server For iSCSI HBAs Q _IfCHAP is already enabled on the storage system use Navisphere Manager to disable it Q Use QLogic SANsurfer to configure initiator CH
268. nistrator s guide and online help EMC Installation Roadmap for CX Series and FC Series Storage Systems AIX Installation Checklists Task With Access Logix Without Access Logix Reference Document 9 Storage System For new or replacement HBAs For any HBAs Navisphere CLI Set properties for Use the following Navisphere CLI O Use the following Navisphere CLI reteniee PowerPath command to determine the command to determine the default storage system type default storage system type Q Use the following Navisphere CLI navicli h hostname systemtype commands to set the following storage system properties for the server s new or replacement HBA ports initiators where hostname is the IP address or network name of an SP in the storage system If the default storage system system type is not 3 CLARiiON Open use the following Navisphere CLI command to set it navicli h hostname storagegroup sethost host servername type 3 to 3 navicli h hostname rar storagegroup sethost mi 7 hostname systemtype host servername g failovermode 1 CAUTION The above command navicli hi hosinam reboots both SPs at the same time storagegroup setpath host servername arraycommpath 1 where hostname is the IP address or network name of an SP in the storage system servername is the server s name or network address Note Setting the array commpath property to 1 enabled creates LUNZ devices You will have
269. nnections to the switch by switch by checking the LED s for checking the LED s for the switch the switch port connected to each port connected to each additional additional HBA port HBA port For a 1 Gbit switch LED is For a 1 Gbit switch LED is green which indicates that the green which indicates that the HBA port is logged in to the HBA port is logged in to the switch switch port port For a 2 Gbit switch One of the For a 2 Gbit switch One of the following following e The left LED is green and the The left LED is green and the right LED is off which right LED is off which indicates indicates that a 1 Gbit SP port that a 1 Gbit SP port is logged in is logged in to the switch port to the switch port e For aDS xxB2 switch both e For aDS xxB2 switch both LEDs are green which LEDs are green which indicates indicates that a 2 Gbit HBA that a 2 Gbit HBA port is logged port is logged in to the switch in to the switch port port For a DS xxM2 switch the left e For a DS xxM2 switch the left LED is blue and the right LED is LED is blue and the right LED off which indicates that a 2 Gbit is off which indicates that a HBA port is logged in to the 2 Gbit HBA port is logged in to switch port the switch port 11 Switches For a SAN For a SAN Switch management Zone for E Zone the switches to providea O Zone the switches to provide a documentation additional HBAs path from each additional HBA path from each additional H
270. nnel HBAs and if needed install the optical GBIC HBA documentation see Install HBAs connector on the 1 Gbit PCI HBA URL on Page 3 40 drivers cables Q Install the HBA driver Q Connect cables from the host HBA port to a switch port 2 Server CL Set the HBA driver parameters to the settings required for CLARiiON HBA documentation see Edit the HBA except for the persistent bindings which you will set after you have zoned URL on Page 3 40 driver file the switches CAUTION Using improper settings can cause erratic failover behavior such as greatly increased I O delays 3 Server Q Install the Navisphere Host Agent or Navisphere Server Utility and CLI CX Series Server Install the Host Software for Linux Agent or Server Installation Guide tili Puy L If not already done connect the LAN to the server and perform any needed LAN configuration 4 Storage System Use Navisphere Manager to set general storage system properties Navisphere Manager Configure administrator s guide and online help Q Use Navisphere Manager to create RAID Groups bind LUNs create Navisphere Manager Storage Groups and assign LUNs to Storage Groups administrator s guide and online help 5 Storage System L Plan your monitoring configuration Event Monitor Set up Event Q Set user options create templates and set up your monitoring pe guide and Monitor configuration p 6 Storage System Use the following Navisphere CLI comman
271. nsf e insf e Reverify that HP UX sees device Q Reverify that HP UX sees device entries for all LUNS with the entries for all LUNS with the following HP UX command following HP UX command ioscan fnC disk Q ioscan fnC disk Checkpoint Use Navisphere Navisphere Manager Manager s Connectivity Status administrator s guide dialog box to verify that each HBA and online help is registered with the storage system 13 Server Use the following PowerPath Q Use the following PowerPath PowerPath product Configure command to configure command to configure guide PowerPath PowerPath PowerPath devices powermt config powermt config Checkpoint Use the following Q Checkpoint Use the following PowerPath command to verify that PowerPath sees all the paths to the LUNs powermt display dev all class clariion If PowerPath cannot see all the paths verify that e you registered your PowerPath license key if you have one the OptionsSupported Autotrespass entry is defined as described in step 6 e the storage system properties are set as defined in step 7 or 8 PowerPath command to verify that PowerPath sees all the paths to the LUNs powermt display dev all class clariion If PowerPath cannot see all the paths verify that you registered your PowerPath license key if you have one e the systemtype is defined as described in step 6 e the storage system properties are set as defined in step 7 or 8 EMC Installa
272. nstall PowerPath PowerPath release Install PowerPath notes and PowerPath for Q Reboot the server to complete the installation of PowerPath Q Install any PowerPath patches from the Software downloads page on the EMC Powerlink website http powerlink emc com Q Checkpoint Use one of the following ways to verify that PowerPath sees the paths to the LUNs e PowerPath Administrator Start gt Programs gt EMC gt PowerPath Administrator e PowerPath command powermt display dev all class clariion If PowerPath does not see the LUNs e Verify the server s connection to the Storage Group Verify that you registered your PowerPath license key if you have one e Verify that the storage system properties are as defined in step 7 or 8 Q Checkpoint Use Disk Management to verify each path to the storage system Q Reboot the server to complete the installation of PowerPath Q Install any PowerPath patches from the Software downloads page on the EMC Powerlink website http powerlink emc com Q Checkpoint Use one of the following ways to verify that PowerPath sees the paths to the LUNs e PowerPath Administrator Start gt Programs gt EMC gt PowerPath Administrator e PowerPath command powermt display dev all class clariion If PowerPath does not see the LUNs e Verify that you registered your PowerPath license key if you have one e Verify that th
273. nstallation Guide P N300 002 039 EMC Navisphere Command Line Interface CLI Reference P N 069001038 Storage System Host Utilities for Solaris Administrator s Guide P N 069001140 e EMC SnapView Installation Guide P N 069001193 revision A02 or higher EMC SAN Copy Installation Guide P N 069001187 PowerPath Configurations for Solaris Solaris Installation Checklists Solaris Installation Checklists EMC Rails and Enclosures Field Installation Guide P N 300 001 799 EMC Rails and Enclosures Installation Guide for 19 Inch NEMA Cabinets P N 014003082 for SPS installation only EMC 2 Gigabit Disk Processor Enclosure DPE2 CX200 Series Setup and Cabling Guide P N 014003116 and EMC Storage Systems CX200 Series Initialization Guide P N 014003117 EMC CX300 2 Gigabit Disk Processor Enclosure DPE Setup Guide P N 300 001 276 rev A02 or higher or EMC CLARiiON CX300 2 Gigabit Disk Processor Enclosure DPE2 Setup and Cabling Guide P N 300 001 276 rev A01 and EMC CLARiiON CX300 CX500 and CX700 Storage Systems Initialization Guide P N 300 001 272 EMC 2 Gigabit Disk Processor Enclosure DPE2 CX400 Series Setup and Cabling Guide P N 014003105 and EMC Storage Systems CX400 Series and CX600 Series Initialization Guide P N 014003112 EMC CLARiiON CX500 2 Gigabit Disk Processor Enclosure DPE2 Setup Guide P N 300 001 275 rev A02 or higher or EMC CLARiiON CX500 2 Gigabit Disk Proc
274. nt 1 Server Q Install HBAs HBA documentation Install HBAs and CAUTION Do not connect cables to the HBAs until you are told to doso S URL on page 5 4 driver later in this procedure Q Install HBA driver 2 Server Q Set the HBA driver parameters except for the persistent bindings to the Solaris host Set HBA driver values required for CLARiiON and PowerPath connectivity guide properties You will set the persistent bindings after the storage system is installed HBA documentation and the switches are zoned see URL on page 5 4 For an Emulex HBA driver be sure to set the following parameter no device delay 0 CAUTION Using improper settings can cause erratic failover behavior such as greatly increased I O delays 3 Server Q Install PowerPath PowerPath release notes and PowerPath Install owe caw Q Ifyou have a PowerPath license key register it for UNIX installation and administrator s Q Reboot the server to complete the installation of PowerPath guide Q Install any PowerPath patches from the Software downloads page on the EMC Powerlink website http powerlink emc com 4 Server Q Install the Navisphere Host Agent or Navisphere Server Utility and the CX Series Server Install Host Navisphere CLI Software for Solaris Utility 5 Server Q If the server will be a SnapView production or secondary host install the EMC Installation Roadmap for Cx Series and FC Series Storage Systems Solaris Installation Checklists Task W
275. o a server Topics relating to the checklist for Linux DMP configurations are Required Host Software Revisions ccccccsesecsceteesesesneenees 3 39 Prerequisites a isicesiicsbicssaseeadcoacs Cabsnesssestareatarsiedveniashcelveartaeeeinarataaiehe 3 39 DOCUMENTATION ceccceesesescseseseseeceeecetseseececetansesescecenssseceeecananees 3 40 DMP Checklist New Linux Server and New Storage System 3 42 Required Host RedHat Linux operating system revision and patches listed in the Software Revisions EMC Support Matrix on the Powerlink website http powerlink emc com e HBA driver revision listed in the EMC Support Matrix on the Powerlink website http powerlink emc com VxVM 3 2 update 2 or higher Prerequisites You have set up storage system security see Security administrator s guide and Navisphere Manager online help You have installed any switches and connected the server HBAs and storage system SPs to switch ports see switch documentation e You have installed Navisphere Manager DMP Configurations for Linux 3 39 Linux Installation Checklist You have a host that is 3 40 Documentation e Running an operating system that can support the Navisphere Manager 6 X browser based client For an up to date list of such operating systems refer to the Navisphere Manager 6 X release notes on http powerlink emc com e Ona network that is connected to the storage system ser
276. o basic failover restricted to basic failover CL View the LUNs available to the server using the following PowerPath command powermt display dev all class clariion Q Choose one available LUN to receive I O for the test Q View the paths to the chosen LUN using the following PowerPath command powermt display dev x every 2 where x is a pseudo device that represents the chosen LUN Q Start I O to the LUN Q Identify the HBA sending I O to LUN by viewing the output of the powermt display dev xevery 2 command and disconnect the cable to that HBA Q View the output of the powermt display dev x every 2 command and verify that e The state of the uncabled path s becomes dead e 1 0 continues to the remaining path s to the LUN indicating that the failover path was successful and PowerPath is working properly Q Reconnect the cable that you disconnected from the HBA 0 View the LUNs available to the server using the following PowerPath command powermt display dev all class clariion L Choose one available LUN to receive I O for the test Q View the paths to the chosen LUN using the following PowerPath command powermt display dev x every 2 where xis a pseudo device that represents the chosen LUN L Start I O to the LUN Q Identify the HBA sending I O to LUN by viewing the output of the powermt display dev xevery 2 command and disconnect the cable to that HBA
277. o comment CX Series Server Set the OptionsSupported Autotrespass entry as follows Software for HP UX storage system Installation Guide ype OptionsSupported Autotrespass The above entry will set the initiator type for the HBAs to no auto trespass when they register with the storage system Q Login as root and restart the Navisphere Host Agent with the following HP UX commands sbin init d agent stop sbin init d agent start EMC Installation Roadmap for CxX Series and FC Series Storage Systems Task With Access Logix Reference Document 6 Server Q Insert the PowerPath installation CD and mount it PowerPath Release Install PowerPath Notes and PowerPath Q Install PowerPath for UNIX installation p and administrator s Q Register PowerPath guide Q Install any PowerPath patches from the Software downloads page on the EMC Powerlink website http powerlink emc com Q Execute the following PowerPath command PowerPath product P guide powermt config Q Checkpoint Use the following PowerPath command to verify that PowerPath sees the paths to the LUNs powermt display dev all class clariion If PowerPath does not see the LUNs e Verify the server s connection to the Storage Group e Verify that you registered your PowerPath license key if you have one 0 If you did not follow the above steps exactly and caused any LUNs to trespass restore the LUNs to their original SP with the following PowerPath comma
278. o the SPs Q If SAN Copy MirrorView and or MirrorView A is installed create any required zones Q Checkpoint Use switch management software to verify the switch connections to the storage system 11 Server Q Add persistent bindings to the HBA driver configuration file HBA documentation Add Persistent Note You need the WWPN of each SP port for the bindings see URL on page 3 4 Bindings 12 Server Q Tomake LUNZSs visible to the HBAs either reload the HBA driver or reboot Linux documentation Register the server additional HBAs Note LUNZs are required to register the server HBAs with the storage with storage system because LUNs have not be configured yet system Q If you reloaded the HBA driver restart the Navisphere Host Agent or run CX Series Server the Navisphere Server Utility Software for Linux Installation Guide Q Checkpoint Use Navisphere Manager s Connectivity Status dialog box Navisphere Manager to verify that each HBA is registered with the storage system administrator s guide and online help PowerPath Checklist Existing Linux Server and New Storage System Linux Installation Checklist 3 25 Linux Installation Checklist Task With Access Logix Reference Document 13 Server Q If you did not reboot the server in step 12 reboot the server now Linux documentation pooh SPs Q Checkpoint Use Navisphere Manager s Connectivity Status dialog box Navisphere Manager to
279. ocumentation Make LUNs existing volumes that you want existing volumes that you want available to the server to use mount them the server to use mount them NetWar Q Prepare any new LUNs to receive Prepare any new LUNs to receive Host connectivity guide data by creating partitions or the data by creating partitions or the or NetWare pertinent database file systems pertinent database file systems documentation on them If NetWare does not recognize any LUNs verify the connection to the Storage Group on them EMC Installation Roadmap for CxX Series and FC Series Storage Systems NetWare Installation Checklists Task With Access Logix Without Access Logix Reference Document 15 Server Q Save the server s PowerPath Q Save the server s PowerPath PowerPath product Save PowerPath configuration with the following configuration with the following guide configuration PowerPath command PowerPath command powermt save powermt save This command creates the This command creates the powermt ctm configuration file powermt ctm configuration file 16 Server If you have a PowerPath license key If you have a PowerPath license key NetWare documentation Test PowerPath f your PowerPath license key is not If your PowerPath license key is not with a license registered the load balancing policy is registered the load balancing policy is key restricted to basic failover restricted to basic failover
280. ocumentation Solaris e Labeling and partitioning them e Mounting file systems on them e Mounting them to the mount points 17 Server Use the following PowerPath commands to configure PowerPath for any PowerPath product Configure missing logical devices so all paths to LUNs are visible guide PowerPath for powercf i or powercf q missing devices powermt config Checkpoint Use the following PowerPath command to verify that PowerPath sees all the paths to the LUNs powermt display dev all class clariion If PowerPath cannot see all the paths verify that e You registered your PowerPath license key e The storage system properties are set as defined in step 10 PowerPath Checklist Existing Solaris Server and New Storage System Solaris Installation Checklists Task With Access Logix Reference Document 18 Server Test PowerPath with a license key If you have a PowerPath license key Note If your PowerPath license key is not registered the load balancing policy is restricted to basic failover Q View the LUNs available to the server using the following PowerPath command powermt display dev all class clariion Q Choose one available LUN to receive I O for the test Q View the paths to the chosen LUN using the following PowerPath command powermt display dev x every 2 where xis a pseudo device that represents the chosen LUN Q Start I O to the LUN Q Identify the HBA sending I O
281. of PowerPath the installation of PowerPath and administrator s Contrary to what the PowerPath Contrary to what the PowerPath Suide documentation states PowerPath documentation states PowerPath will not see any logical disks will not see any logical disks LUNs in the storage system at LUNs in the storage system at this point because the storage this point because the storage system has not been connected system has not been connected Q Install any PowerPath patches Q Install any PowerPath patches from the Software downloads from the Software downloads page on the EMC Powerlink page on the EMC Powerlink website website http powerlink emc com http powerlink emc com 15 Fibre Channel Q Zone the Fibre Channel switches Zone the Fibre Channel switches Switch management Switches to provide an additional paths to provide an additional paths documentation Zone additional from the server to each SP from the server to each SP paths Q If SAN Copy MirrorView or MirrorView A is installed create any required zones Q Checkpoint Use switch Q Checkpoint Use switch management software to verify the switch connections to the storage system management software to verify the switch connections to the storage system PowerPath Checklist New Windows Server and Existing Storage System With Boot Disk Windows Installation Checklists 7 31 Windows Installation Checklists Task With Access Logix
282. of the device enabled or disabled 3 44 EMC Installation Roadmap for CxX Series and FC Series Storage Systems Linux Installation Checklist Task With Access Logix Reference Document 18 Server For a VxVM version less than 3 5 VERITAS Volume Verify DMP C1 Log into Volume Manager Storage Administrator VMSA Manager documentation installation cont Double click a disk icon Q Inthe list of disks double click a disk you know belongs to the CLARiiON storage system Q Click the disks tab to verify there are the expected number of Primary and Secondary paths Q Verify that it displays the correct number of paths with vxdisk list device where device is the name of the disk you selected 19 Server L Start I O to the VERITAS Volume VERITAS Volume Verify DMP Manager documentation Operation Q Identify the CLARiiON devices under the Volume with vxprint v Q Choose one of the CLARIION devices and determine all its paths with vxdisk list device or vxdmpadm getsubpaths dmpnodename device where device is the name of the CLARION device Q Determine the control through which I O is going with iostat xn Q Determine the controller through which I O is going with iostat xn Q Determine the HBA and SP to which that controller corresponds Q Disconnect the path to that SP DMP Checklist New Linux Server and New Storage System 3 45 Linux Installation Checklist 3 46
283. ollowing PowerPath command PowerPath command powermt display dev all powermt display dev all class clariion class clariion If PowerPath does not see the If PowerPath does not see the LUNs LUNs e Verify the server s connection e Make sure that you registered to the Storage Group your PowerPath license key if Make sure that you registered you have one your PowerPath license key if e Verify that the storage system you have one properties are as defined in e Verify that the storage system step 10 properties are as defined in e Verify that you have the step 10 appropriate revision of the e Verify that you have the HBA driver loaded appropriate revision of the HBA driver loaded 15 Server Q Create partitions or the pertinent L Create partitions or the pertinent Host connectivity guide Make LUNs database file systems on the database file systems on the and Linux available to Linux LUNs LUNs documentation EMC Installation Roadmap for CX Series and FC Series Storage Systems Task With Access Logix Without Access Logix Reference Document 16 Server If you have a PowerPath license key If you have a PowerPath license key PowerPath product Test PowerPath Note If your PowerPath license key is Note If your PowerPath license key is guide with a license key not registered the load balancing not registered the load balancing policy is restricted to basic failover 0 View the LUNs available to the server
284. ollowing NetWare command Software for NetWare unload navagent Installation Guide Q Install PowerPath PowerPath release notes and PowerPath for Note After PowerPath is installed on a NetWare 6 server a device named NetWare installation and EMC PowerPath Control Device appears under ConsoleOne gt Tools gt administrator s guide Disk Management gt Devices This device is always inactive and is unavailable for I O CAUTION If you use the server ns command to bring up NetWare you must either load the PowerPath driver manually or remove all redundant paths Failure to do so may result in LUN corruption Q Install any PowerPath patches from the Software downloads page on the EMC Powerlink website http powerlink emc com 7 Storage System Q Install the storage system in the cabinet if not already installed Rails and cabinet Install documentation 8 Storage System Q Install the Navisphere Initialization Utility on a host on the same subnet as Storage system setup Initialize and the storage system management ports guide ee oag Q Use the Navisphere Initialization Utility to initialize the storage system Q Ifyou have SAN Copy SnapView MirrorView and or MirrorView A Navisphere Manager software install their enablers administrator s guide and online help 9 Storage System L Connect the storage system to the switch or HBA ports Storage system setup Cable to switch guide a and Q Checkpoint For a SAN verify the storage system connections
285. ollowing PowerPath command powermt display dev all class clariion Choose one available LUN to receive I O for the test View the paths to the chosen LUN using the following PowerPath command powermt display dev x every 2 where xis a pseudo device that represents the chosen LUN Start I O to the LUN Identify the HBA or NIC sending I O to LUN by viewing the output of the powermt display dev x every 2 command and disconnect the cable to that HB or NIC View the output of the powermt display dev x every 2 command and verify that e The state of the uncabled path s becomes dead 1 O continues to the remaining path s to the LUN indicating that the path failover was successful and PowerPath is working properly Reconnect the cable that you disconnected from the HBA or NIC PowerPath Checklist Existing Windows Server and New Storage System Windows Installation Checklists 7 43 Windows Installation Checklists Task With Access Logix Reference Document 22 Server Q If you did not follow the above steps exactly and caused any LUNs to PowerPath Product Test PowerPath trespass restore the LUNs to their original SP with the following guide with a license key PowerPath command cont powermt restore You are now ready to set up any optional software such as SnapView or MirrorView on the storage system 7 44 EMC Installation Roadmap for CxX Series and FC Series Storage Systems
286. ommand to set the array reference commpath property to 0 commpath property to 0 navicli h hostname navicli h hostname arraycommpath 0 arraycommpath 0 where hostname is the IP where hostname is the IP address or network name of an address or network name of an SP in the storage system SP in the storage system Q Execute the following AIX Q Execute the following AIX AIX documentation command command cfgmgr cfgmgr 12 Storage System L Ifthe server will use an existing N A Navisphere Manager Storage Group use Navisphere administrator s guide Configure Manager to connect the server to and online help the Storage Group Q Ifthe server will use a new Storage Group use Navisphere Manager to create RAID Groups bind LUNs create the Storage Group and assign LUNs to the Storage Group Q Use Navisphere Manager to connect the server to the Storage Group 13 Storage System L Plan your monitoring Q Plan your monitoring Navisphere Manager Set up Event configuration configuration administrator s guide Monitor and online help Q Use Navisphere Manager to set Q Use Navisphere Manager to set EMC Installation Roadmap for Cx Series and FC Series Storage Systems AIX Installation Checklists Task With Access Logix Without Access Logix Reference Document 14 Server Q Execute the following command Q Execute the following command AIX documentation Configure emc_cfgmgr sh emc_cfgmgr sh devices Q Execute the
287. ommpath 1 where device is the storage system s name hostname is the server s name or network address Navisphere Manager administrator s guide and online help Navisphere CLI reference PowerPath Checklist Existing HP UX Server and Existing Storage System HP UX Installation Checklist 2 37 HP UX Installation Checklist 2 38 Task With Access Logix Without Access Logix Reference Document FC4500 Storage System Set properties for PowerPath cont From a serially connected laptop Q Use the following Navisphere CLI commands to set the following storage system properties for the server s existing HBA existing ports initiators navicli np d device storagegroup sethost host servername failovermode 1 navicli np d device storagegroup sethost host servername arraycommpath 1 where device is the name of the computer port connected to the storage system serial port for example com servername is the name of the server with the HBAs For a server with unregistered HBAs Perform this task either from an attached host or a host networked to an attached host or from at a laptop connected to a storage system serial port as described in the storage system setup guide From an attached or networked host Q Use the following Navisphere CLI commands to set the following default storage system properties navicli d device h hostname
288. on While you perform the procedure on one node you can leave the cluster services active on the other node provided failure in a path to the storage system does not occur PowerPath Checklist Existing Windows Server and Existing Storage System 7 45 Windows Installation Checklists 7 46 The Without Access Logix column does not apply to CX300 CX500 CX500i and CX700 storage systems because they ship from the factory with the Access Logix enabler installed Task With Access Logix Without Access Logix Reference Document 1 Server QO Ifyou need additional HBAs or Ifyou need additional HBAs to HBA or NIC Install additional NICs to provide more paths to the provide more paths to the storage documentation for HBAs or NICs storage system install these system install these HBAs HBAs see URL on 7 5 HEE CAUTION Do not connect cables CAUTION Do not connect cables to the HBAs until you are told to to the HBAs until you are told to do so later in this procedure do so later in this procedure 2 Server Q If ATF or CDE is installed then Q If ATF or CDE is installed then Removing ATF or CDE Remove ATF or before continuing either remove it before continuing either remove it instruction sheet CDE yourself see caution before this yourself see caution before this checklist or arrange to have checklist or arrange to have EMC Professional Services EMC Professional Services remove it remove it CAUTION
289. on a host on the same subnet as Storage system setup Initialize and install the storage system management ports guide opiate OIRE Q Use the Navisphere Initialization Utility to initialize the storage system Q Ifyou have SAN Copy SnapView MirrorView and or MirrorView A Navisphere Manager software install their enablers administrator s guide and online help 8 Storage System L Connect the storage system to the switch or HBA ports Storage system setup Cable to switch or guide merver Sa EAN Q Checkpoint For a SAN verify the storage system connections to the switch by checking the LED s for the switch port connected to each SP port For a 1 Gbit switch LED is green which indicates that the SP is logged in to the switch port For a 2 Gigabit switch One of the following The left LED is green and the right LED is off which indicates that a 1 Gbit SP port is logged in to the switch port For a DS xxB2 switch both LEDs are green which indicates that a 2 Gbit HBA port is logged in to the switch port For a DS xxM2 switch the left LED is blue and the right LED is off which indicates that a 2 Gbit HBA port is logged in to the switch port Q Cable each SP to the LAN connected to the hosts from which you will Storage system setup manage the storage system guide 9 Storage System Q Use Navisphere Manager to define a global administrator and domain if Navisphere security Set up security not already defined and any additional users
290. ontrol guide Device appears under Device appears under ConsoleOne gt Tools gt Disk ConsoleOne gt Tools gt Disk Management gt Devices This Management gt Devices This device is always inactive and is device is always inactive and is unavailable for I O unavailable for I O CAUTION If you use the CAUTION If you use the server ns command to bring up server ns command to bring up NetWare you must either load NetWare you must either load the the PowerPath driver manually or PowerPath driver manually or remove all redundant paths remove all redundant paths Failure to do so may result in LUN Failure to do so may result in LUN corruption corruption Q Install any PowerPath patches Q Install any PowerPath patches from from the Software downloads page on the EMC Powerlink website http powerlink emc com the Software downloads page on the EMC Powerlink website http powerlink emc com EMC Installation Roadmap for CxX Series and FC Series Storage Systems Task With Access Logix Without Access Logix Reference Document 10 Server Q Cable any additional HBA ports to L Cable any additional HBA ports to Storage system setup Cable additional the switch connected to the the switch connected to the guide HBAs to storage system or to SP ports storage system or to SP ports ia Q Checkpoint For a SAN verify Q Checkpoint For a SAN verify the the HBA connections to the HBA co
291. ontrol Device appears under ConsoleOne gt Tools gt Disk Management gt Devices This device is always inactive and is unavailable for I O Q Install PowerPath Note After PowerPath is installed ona NetWare 6 server a device named EMC PowerPath Control Device appears under ConsoleOne gt Tools gt Disk Management gt Devices This device is always inactive and is unavailable for I O PowerPath release notes and PowerPath for NetWare installation and administrator s guide PowerPath product guide EMC Installation Roadmap for CxX Series and FC Series Storage Systems Task With Access Logix Without Access Logix Reference Document 3 Server CAUTION If you use the CAUTION If you use the Install PowerPath server ns command to bring up server ns command to bring up cont NetWare you must either load NetWare you must either load the PowerPath driver manually or the PowerPath driver manually or remove all redundant paths remove all redundant paths Failure to do so may result in LUN Failure to do so may result in LUN corruption corruption Install any PowerPath patches Q Install any PowerPath patches PowerPath product from the Software downloads from the Software downloads guide page on the EMC Powerlink page on the EMC Powerlink website website http powerlink emc com http powerlink emc com 4 Server Install the Navisphere Host Agent Q Install the Navisphere Host Agent CX Series
292. oot LUN must consist of Fibre Channel disks not ATA disks Q Use Navisphere Manager to connect the server to the Storage Group Navisphere Manager administrator s guide and online help PowerPath Checklist New Windows Server and Existing Storage System With Boot Disk Windows Installation Checklists 7 27 Windows Installation Checklists 7 28 Task With Access Logix Without Access Logix Reference Document 5 Storage System Q Reboot the server so Windows Reboot the server so Windows Windows documentation Configure cont Server 2003 or Windows 2000 Server 2003 or Windows 2000 recognizes the LUNs recognizes the LUNs Now the LUNs in the Storage Now the LUNs look like any other Group look like any other disks in disks in the server the server 6 Server QO Create a diskette withthe EMC Q Create a diskette withthe EMC URL on 7 5 Create HBA HBA driver from the HBA HBA driver from the HBA driver diskette vendor s web site vendor s web site 7 Server Q If required either update the Q If required either update the HBA documentation Set up HBA BIOS Emulex HBA firmware and or Emulex HBA firmware and or see URL on 7 5 BIOS or update the QLogic HBA BIOS or update the QLogic HBA firmware and or NVRAM firmware and or NVRAM Q Reboot the server Q Reboot the server Q Set up HBA BIOS Q Set up HBA BIOS 8 Fibre Channel For a Fibre Channel SAN For a Fibre Channel S
293. or a host reference Storage System networked to an attached host or oes Access e from a laptop connected to the ogix storage system as described in the Set storage system initialization or storage system setup guide type Q Use the following Navisphere CLI command to set the system type to no auto trespass navicli h hostname systemtype config a where hostname is the IP address or network name of an SP in the storage system Go to step 7 6 FC4500 N A Perform this task either Navisphere CLI Storage System from an attached host or a host reference Without Access networked to an attached host or Logix from a laptop connected to a Set storage system serial port as storage system described in the storage system type setup guide From an attached or networked host Q Use the following Navisphere CLI command to set the system type to no auto trespass navicli d device h hostname systemtype config a where device is the storage system s name hostname is the server s name or network address PowerPath Checklist New HP UX Server and Existing Storage System HP UX Installation Checklist Task With Access Logix Without Access Logix Reference Document 6 FC4500 From a serially connected laptop Navisphere CLI state iat Q Use the following Navisphere CLI ibierenes Logix command to set the system type Set to no auto trespass storage system navicli np d device systemtype type
294. orage Systems PowerPath Checklist New Linux Server and Existing Storage System Complete the tasks highlighted with grey in the checklist before the service provider arrives The Without Access Logix column does not apply to CX300 CX500 and CX700 storage systems because they ship from the factory with the Access Logix enabler installed Task With Access Logix Without Access Logix Reference Document 1 Server Q Install HBAs Q Install HBAs HBA documentation see URL on page 3 4 shes eee Q Reboot host Q Reboot host Install the appropriate version of Q Install the appropriate version of PowerPath for Linux the HBA driver the HBA driver installation guide Make sure the QLogic HBA driver is Make sure the QLogic HBA driver is always loaded after the internal SCS always loaded after the internal SCSI adapter driver as specified by the adapter driver as specified by the etc modules conf file etc modules conf file 2 Server Q Setthe HBA driver parameters Q Setthe HBA driver parameters Linux host connectivity Set HBA driver except for the persistent bindings except for the persistent bindings guide and HBA properties to the values required for to the values required for documentation see CLARiiON and PowerPath CLARiiON and PowerPath URL on page 3 4 Q You will set the persistent Q You will set the persistent bindings after the storage system bindings after the storage system is in
295. orage system properties reference PowerPath navicli h hostname systemtype config 3 navicli h hostname failovermode 1 navicli h hostname arraycommpath 1 where hostname is the IP address or network name of an SP in the storage system 11 Switches For a SAN Switch management Zone CL Zone the switches to provide a path from each HBA port host initiator to ene neten the appropriate SPs QC If SAN Copy MirrorView and or MirrorView A is installed create any required zones Q Checkpoint Use switch management software to verify the switch connections to the storage system PowerPath Checklist New Linux Server and New Storage System Linux Installation Checklist Task With Access Logix Reference Document 12 Server Q Add persistent bindings to the HBA driver configuration file HBA documentation Make target SPs Note You need the WWPN of each SP port for the bindings see URL on page 3 4 available Q Reboot the server Linux documentation Q Checkpoint Use Navisphere Manager s Connectivity Status dialog box Navisphere Manager to verify that each HBA is registered with the storage system administrator s guide and online help Q Checkpoint Make sure the proc scsi scsi directory has entries for Linux documentation LUNZs Note LUNZs are required to register the server HBAs with the storage system because LUNs have not be configured yet Q Checkpoint Make sure the file proc scsi file in the d
296. orage system properties for the server s existing HBA existing ports initiators navicli np d device storagegroup sethost host servername type 3 navicli np d device storagegroup sethost host servername failovermode 1 navicli np d device storagegroup sethost host servername arraycommpath 1 where device is the name of the computer port connected to the storage system serial port for example com servername is the name of the server with the HBAs PowerPath Checklist Existing NetWare Server and Existing Storage System 4 33 NetWare Installation Checklists 4 34 Task With Access Logix Without Access Logix Reference Document 9 Server Q Make sure the SCSISAN CDM Q Make sure the SCSISAN CDM NetWare Install PowerPath module is not installed module is not installed documentation L Ifthe Navisphere Host Agentis Q Ifthe Navisphere Host Agent is CX Series Server running unload the running stop it by unloading the Software for NetWare Navagent nim driver with the Navagent nim driver with the Installation Guide command command unload navagent unload navagent Q Install PowerPath Q Install PowerPath PowerPath release notes and PowerPath Note After PowerPath is installed Note After PowerPath is installed for NetWare installation on a NetWare 6 server a device ona NetWare 6 server a device and administrator s named EMC PowerPath Control named EMC PowerPath C
297. ote A CX500i storage system see URL on 7 5 cannot have a boot disk if it is connected to NICs in the server 2 Server Q Set the HBA driver parameters to Host connectivity guide and HBA or Navisphere Manager Set HBA driver the values required for NIC documentation for HBAs see administrator s guide properties CLARiiON URL on 7 5 and online help CAUTION Using improper settings can cause erratic failover behavior such as greatly increased I O delays 3 Server Q Cable the server to the LAN Q Cable the server to the LAN Storage system setup Connect to connected to the storage system connected to the storage system guide storage system management port on each SP management port on each SP management LAN PowerPath Checklist New Windows Server and Existing Storage System With Boot Disk 7 25 Windows Installation Checklists 7 26 Task With Access Logix Without Access Logix Reference Document 4 Server For SAN with CX200 CX300 CX400 For SAN with CX200 CX400 or Storage system setup Cable to Fibre CX500 CX600 or CX700 storage CX600 storage systems guide Channel systems Q Cable the HBA ports to the Fibre switches 0 Cable the HBA ports to the Fibre Channel switch connected to the network or Channel switch connected to the storage system storage system storage system data ports Q Checkpoint For a SAN verify the HBA connections to the switch by checking the LED s
298. ote that Navisphere CLI must be installed on the server 21 CX500i Storage If CHAP security is configured for the N A Storage system setup System storage system SP port connected to guide and Manager Configure anew NIC or HBA initiator the new online help optional initiator must use CHAP If you want a storage system ew initiator to use the credentials CHAP security already set for that SP port you do not need to configure the storage system CHAP for the new initiator Q Use Navisphere Manager to configure initiator CHAP on the storage system for each new NIC or HBA that needs it configured 22 Server With If you configured CHAP security on the N A CX500i Storage storage system you must configure it System for any new iSCSI HBA initiators in the Configure storage system pe ra Q If CHAP is already enabled on the Storage system setup storage system use Navisphere guide and Manager Manager to disable it online help LY Use QLogic SANsurfer to N A Storage system setup configure initiator CHAP on the guide and Microsoft new HBA initiators on the server documentation Q Ifyou disabled CHAP on the N A Storage system setup storage system use Navisphere Manager to re enable CHAP on the storage system guide and Manager online help 7 34 EMC Installation Roadmap for CX Series and FC Series Storage Systems Windows Installation Checklists Task With Access Logix Without Access Logix Refe
299. ou added persistent bindings L If you added persistent bindings Solaris documentation reboot the server using the reboot the server using the reboot r command so the reboot r command so the HBAs can see the targets SPs HBAs can see the targets SPs Q Checkpoint Use the inquiry Q Checkpoint Use the inquiry option of the format command to option of the format command to verify the paths to the storage verify the paths to the storage system Alternate paths will have system Alternate paths will have a device with an ID of drive type a device with an ID of drive type unknown unknown 12 Server Q Use Navisphere Manager to N A Navisphere Manager Make paths to disconnect and then reconnect administrator s guide additional HBAs the server and its Storage Group and online help avaiaole Q Reboot the server using the reboot r command so the HBAs can see the LUNs in the Storage Group Solaris Installation Checklists PowerPath Checklist Existing Solaris Server and Existing Storage System Solaris Installation Checklists Task With Access Logix Without Access Logix Reference Document 13 Server Q Use the following Power Path C Use the following PowerPath PowerPath product Configure commands to configure commands to configure guide PowerPath for PowerPath for any missing logical PowerPath for any missing logical missing devices devices so all paths to the LUNs devices so all paths to the LUNs
300. our LUNs and RAID Groups and Storage Groups if you have Access Logix Be sure to consider requirements for SAN Copy SnapView and MirrorView if you have this software The EMC CLARiiON CX300 CX500 CX500i and CX700 Storage Systems Configuration Planning Guide P N 300 001 273 will help you with this planning Documentation This checklist refers to some or all of the documents listed below We recommend that you load these documents on your service laptop before starting the installation Documentation that ships with e HBA and HBA driver This documentation is also available from the following websites For Emulex HBAs and drivers http www emulex com ts docoem framemc htm For Qlogic HBAs and drivers http www qlogic com support home_support asp and select EMC in the OEM selection box at the bottom of the page e Switches and switch management software e Red Hat Linux operating system EMC Navisphere Manager Administrator s Guide P N 069001125 EMC Navisphere Security Administrator s Guide P N 069001124 EMC Host Connectivity Guide for Linux P N 300 000 604 3 48 EMC Installation Roadmap for CX Series and FC Series Storage Systems Without EMC Failover Software Checklist New Linux Server and New Storage System Complete the tasks highlighted with grey in the checklist before the service provider arrives Task With Access Logix Reference Document 1 Serv
301. owing HP UX commands sbin init d agent stop sbin init d agent start Make sure again that each HBA sees only the targets SPs to which it is zoned with the following HP UX commands ioscan fnC disk insf e Reverify that HP UX sees device entries for all LUNS with the following HP UX command ioscan fnC disk commands ioscan fnC disk insf e Verify that HP UX sees device entries for all LUNS with the following HP UX command ioscan fnC disk Log in as root and restart the Navisphere Host Agent with the following HP UX commands sbin init d agent stop sbin init d agent start Reverify that each HBA sees only the targets SPs to which it is zoned with the HP UX following commands ioscan fnC disk insf e Reverify that HP UX sees device entries for all LUNS with the following HP UX command ioscan fnC disk CX Series Server Software for HP UX Installation Guide HP UX documentation PowerPath Checklist New HP UX Server and Existing Storage System HP UX Installation Checklist Task With Access Logix Without Access Logix Reference Document 15 Storage System Configure If the server will use an existing Storage Group Q Use Navisphere Manager to Group can recognize these LUNs with the following HP UX commands ioscan fnC disk insf e If HP UX does not recognize any LUNs verify the connection to the Storage Group If the s
302. p Q Reboot the server NetWare should see DGC disk devices instead of LUNZ devices Q Checkpoint Verify that PowerPath sees all the paths to the LUNs with PowerPath product the following PowerPath command guide powermt display dev all class clariion If PowerPath does not see the LUNs e Verify the server s connection to the Storage Group e Verify that you registered your PowerPath license key if you have one Verify that the storage system properties are as defined in step 11 15 Storage System Q Plan your monitoring configuration Navisphere Manager Set up Event administrator s guide f Q Use Navisphere Manager to set user options create templates and setup and online hel Monitor i et eae P your monitoring configuration 16 Server Q Create partitions or the pertinent database file systems on the LUNs Host connectivity guide Make LUNs If NetWare does not recognize any LUNs verify the connection to the pi et available to Storage Group ocumentation NetWare EMC Installation Roadmap for CX Series and FC Series Storage Systems NetWare Installation Checklists Task With Access Logix Reference Document 17 Server If you have a PowerPath license key NetWare documentation Test PowerPath if your PowerPath license key is not registered the load balancing policy is with a license key restricted to basic failover Q Stop all applications accessing the storage system and disable user logins to the server Q Vi
303. pe config 3 navicli h hostname failovermode 1 navicli h hostname arraycommpath 1 where hostname is the IP address or network name of an SP in the storage system 12 Server Q Cable any additional HBA ports to the switch connected to the storage Storage system setup Cable additional system or to SP ports guide Araabia neice Q Checkpoint For a SAN verify the HBA connections to the switch by system checking the LED s for the switch port connected to each additional HBA port For a 1 Gbit switch LED is green which indicates that the HBA port is logged in to the switch port For a 2 Gbit switch One of the following The left LED is green and the right LED is off which indicates that a 1 Gbit SP port is logged in to the switch port For a DS xxB2 switch both LEDs are green which indicates that a 2 Gbit HBA port is logged in to the switch port Fora DS xxM2 switch the left LED is blue and the right LED is off which indicates that a 2 Gbit HBA port is logged in to the switch port EMC Installation Roadmap for CX Series and FC Series Storage Systems NetWare Installation Checklists Task With Access Logix Reference Document 13 Switches For a SAN Switch management Zone additional 0 Zone the switches to provide a path from each additional HBA port host Soeueenen HBAs initiator to the SPs Q If SAN Copy MirrorView or MirrorView A is installed create any required zones Q Check
304. point Use switch management software to verify the switch connections to the storage system 14 Server Q Scan for LUNs with the following NetWare command NetWare documentation Make target SPs scan all luns available Q Checkpoint Verify that each path has a LUNZ with the following NetWare command list devices Q Restart Navisphere Agent or run Navisphere Server Utility CX Series Server Software for NetWare Q Checkpoint Use Navisphere Manager s Connectivity Status dialog box Installation Guide to verify that each HBA is registered with the storage system Navisphere Manager administrator s guide and online help 15 Storage System Use Navisphere Manager to set general storage system properties Navisphere Manager Configure administrator s guide and online help Q Use Navisphere Manager to create RAID Groups bind LUNs create Storage Groups and assign LUNs to Storage Groups Q Use Navisphere Manager to connect the server to a Storage Group Q Reboot the server Q Checkpoint Verify that PowerPath sees all the paths to the LUNs using PowerPath product the following PowerPath command powermt display dev all class clariion If PowerPath does not see the LUNs e Verify the server s connection to the Storage Group e Verify that you registered your PowerPath license key if you have one e Verify that the storage system properties are as defined in step 11 guide PowerPath Checklist Existing NetWare Server and New
305. r Navisphere CLI CX500 CX600 laptop laptop reference CX700 or Q Use the following Navisphere CLI L Use following Navisphere CLI FC4700 Series Storage System commands to set the following commands to set the following g ys storage system properties for the default storage system properties aA ties for server s existing HBA existing navici h hostname owerPath cont initi cont ports initiators Tailovarm de 1 navicli h hostname BE storagegroup sethost dees host servername y P failovermode 1 where navicli h hostname hostname is the IP address or storagegroup setpath network name of an SP in the host servername storage system arraycommpath 1 Go to step 14 where hostname is the IP address or network name of an SP in the storage system servername is the server s name or network address Go to step 14 13 FC4500 Storage Perform this task either Perform this task either System e across the LAN connected to the from an attached host or a host Set properties for Navisphere portal for the storage networked to an attached host or PowerPath system or e from a laptop connected to a e from an attached host or a host networked to an attached host or e from a laptop connected to a storage system serial port as described in the storage system setup guide Across LAN Q Use Navisphere Manager s Failover Setup Wizard selected from the Tools menu on the toolbar to set the following storage system p
306. r Linux 3 5 Linux Installation Checklist EMC CLARiiON CX500 2 Gigabit Disk Processor Enclosure DPE2 Setup Guide P N 300 001 275 rev A02 or higher or EMC CLARiiON CX500 2 Gigabit Disk Processor Enclosure DPE2 Setup and Cabling Guide P N 300 001 275 rev A01 and EMC CLARiiON CX300 CX500 and CX700 Storage Systems Initialization Guide P N 300 001 272 EMC Storage Processor Enclosure SPE CX600 Series Setup and Cabling Guide P N 014003078 EMC CLARiiON CX700 Storage Processor Enclosure SPE Setup Guide P N 300 001 274 rev A02 or higher or EMC CLARiiON CX700 Storage Processor Enclosure SPE Setup and Cabling Guide P N 300 001 274 rev A01 and EMC CLARiiON CX300 CX500 and CX700 Storage Systems Initialization Guide P N 300 001 272 EMC Storage Systems CX200 Series Initialization Guide P N 014003117 EMC Storage Systems CX400 Series and CX600 Series Initialization Guide P N 014003112 EMC 2 Gigabit Disk Array Enclosure DAE2 Setup and Cabling Guide P N 014003104 FC4500 Setup Guide P N 014003102 revision A03 or higher FC4700 2 Setup Guide P N 0140373 EMC Navisphere Manager Administrator s Guide P N 069001125 EMC Navisphere Security Administrator s Guide P N 069001124 EMC Host Connectivity Guide for Linux P N 300 000 604 3 6 EMC Installation Roadmap for CxX Series and FC Series Storage Systems PowerPath Checklist New Linux Server and New Storage
307. r aDS xxM2 switch the left LED is blue and the right LED is off which indicates that a 2 Gbit HBA port is logged in to the switch port Q Cable each SP to the LAN connected to the hosts from which you will manage the storage system 10 Storage System Q Use Navisphere Manager to define a global administrator and domain if Navisphere security Set up security not already defined and any additional users administrator s guide and Navisphere Manager online help 11 Storage System Q From a laptop connected to the storage system as described in the Storage system Set properties for storage system initialization or setup guide use the following Navisphere initialization guide and PowerPath CLI commands to set the default storage system properties Navisphere CLI reference navicli h hostname failovermode 1 navicli h hostname arraycommpath 1 where hostname is the IP address or network name of an SP in the storage system EMC Installation Roadmap for CX Series and FC Series Storage Systems HP UX Installation Checklist Task With Access Logix Reference Document 12 Server Q Cable any additional HBA ports to the switch connected to the storage Storage system setup Cable additional system or to SP ports guide jas aipee Q Checkpoint For a SAN verify the HBA connections to the switch by checking the LED s for the switch port connected to each additional HBA port For a 1 Gbit switch LED
308. r and Existing Storage SYS csscccecssssesresccesseessscsessevssnesssctensanssevsessteassiesboresseeroen 4 28 Solaris Installation Checklists PowerPath Configurations for Solaris ccccecceeseee eens 5 2 Required Host Software Revisions cccesccceesesee eens 5 3 PREP QUISIECS ses essee eee E eotia E a 5 3 Documenta hoi 3 2 60 5ccccssescsscecsacesarindencesesceceacecaeascdecacseisoesscctezec 5 4 PowerPath Checklist New Solaris Server and New Storage SYSTEMI e a E 5 8 PowerPath Checklist New Solaris Server and Existing Storage SySte Mesa E 5 14 PowerPath Checklist Existing Solaris Server and New Storage SYSTEM s a E EE E 5 25 PowerPath Checklist Existing Solaris Server and Existing Storag CSV Stenn ies scsi haha nap eee E EE EEE AE 5 32 DMP Configurations for Solaris sessssessessesssesistesessesiestese 5 45 Required Host Software Revisions ss ssssssssissssessse eee 5 45 Preregtisit S sevsuc svibvsssteseaxesscacngesnvecnivesinsn seoneteatersaeetisnstecete ces 5 45 DOCUMENTATION ii 26sssccicsesscsvenceasesebincencacassccanvscaveaserceseacceascectas 5 46 DMP Checklist New Solaris Server and New Storage SYSTEM sne e E S 5 48 Chapter 6 Tru64 UNIX Installation Checklist Tru64 UNIX Configurations issiskiria Prerequisites scosicszits seshexecpssse RE ER ESE WOCUMENtAH ORs siris nani ata iE aE Checklist New Tru64 UNIX Server and New Storage System Without BOOt DISK
309. r monitoring configuration Navisphere Manager administrator s guide ree vent Q Use Navisphere Manager to set user options create templates and set up and online help your monitoring configuration 17 Server Q Download the following command from ftp ftp emc com pub elab AIX documentation Configure powerpath aix and execute it devices emc_cfgmgr sh Q Execute the following PowerPath command PowerPath product powermt config guide Q Checkpoint Verify that the server sees hdisk devices for the LUNs AIX documentation Q Checkpoint Verify that PowerPath sees all the paths to the LUNs with the PowerPath product following PowerPath command guide powermt display dev all class clariion If PowerPath does not see the LUNs e Verify the server s connection to the Storage Group e Verify that you registered your PowerPath license key if you have one e Verify that the storage system properties are as defined in step 12 Q Restart the Navisphere Host Agent or run the Navisphere Server Utility CX Series Server Q with the following AIX commands Host Agent etc rc agent stop etc rc agent start Server Utility usr lpp HOSTUTIL naviserverutil Checkpoint if the Host Agent is installed Use Navisphere Manager to verify that the LUNs are mapped to hdiskpower devices Software for AIX Installation Guide Navisphere Manager administrator s guide and online help EMC Installation Roadmap for CxX Series and FC Series Storage Sys
310. r numbers 232 239 are not already in use Q Ensure that the PowerPath driver s major numbers 232 239 are not already in use PowerPath Checklist New Linux Server and Existing Storage System Linux Installation Checklist Linux Installation Checklist 3 20 Task With Access Logix Without Access Logix Reference Document 14 Server Q Mount the CD ROM Q Mount the CD ROM PowerPath release notes and PowerPath for TETA Q Install PowerPath Q Install PowerPath Linux installation guide Q Unmount the CD ROM and Q Unmount the CD ROM and remove it from the drive remove it from the drive Q Ifyou have a PowerPath license 0 If you have a PowerPath license key register it key register it Q Reboot the server to complete Q Reboot the server to complete the installation of PowerPath the installation of PowerPath Q Ifyou loaded the HBA driverasa Q If you loaded the HBA driver as a module verify that all extensions module verify that all extensions are loaded are loaded Q Install any PowerPath patches Q Install any PowerPath patches from the Software downloads from the Software downloads page on the EMC Powerlink page on the EMC Powerlink website website http powerlink emc com http powerlink emc com Q Checkpoint Verify that Q Checkpoint Verify that PowerPath product PowerPath sees all the paths to PowerPath sees all the paths to guide the LUNs using the following the LUNs using the f
311. r to assign the network parameters IP address subnet mask and gateway for each iSCSI HBA EMC Installation Roadmap for CxX Series and FC Series Storage Systems Task With Access Logix Without Access Logix Reference Document 3 Server Q Setthe HBA driver parameters to Set the HBA driver parameters to Host connectivity guide Set HBA driver the values required for the values required for and HBA documentation properties CLARiiON CLARIION for HBAs see URL on CAUTION Using improper CAUTION Using improper a settings can cause erratic failover settings can cause erratic failover behavior such as greatly behavior such as greatly increased I O delays increased I O delays 4 Server Install PowerPath Q Install PowerPath PowerPath release PowerPath notes and PowerPath for matali kowerkg Reboot the server to complete Q Reboot the server to complete Windows installation the installation of PowerPath the installation of PowerPath and administrator s Contrary to what the PowerPath Contrary to what the PowerPath Juide0 documentation states PowerPath documentation states PowerPath will not see any logical disks will not see any logical disks LUNs in the storage system at LUNs in the storage system at this point because the storage this point because the storage system has not been connected system has not been connected Install any PowerPath patches Q Install any PowerPath patches from the Softwa
312. r to complete the installation of PowerPath the installation of PowerPath Q Install any PowerPath patches Q Install any PowerPath patches from the Software downloads from the Software downloads page on the EMC Powerlink page on the EMC Powerlink website website http powerlink emc com http powerlink emc com 4 Server Q Install the Navisphere Host Agent Q Install the Navisphere Host Agent CX Series Server Install Host or Navisphere Server Utility and or Navisphere Server Utility and Software for Solaris Agent or Server the Navisphere CLI the Navisphere CLI Installation Guide Utility 5 Server QO Ifthe server willbe a SnapView N A Install admsnap production or secondary host install the admsnap utility 6 Storage System Q If currently installed Q If currently installed Navisphere Manager Update software storage system software is not at storage system software is not at administrator s guide the required minimum revision update it CAUTION During the software update hosts connected to the storage system will lose access to data if they do not have failover software or if all paths to an SP are down the required minimum revision update it CAUTION During the software update hosts connected to the storage system will lose access to data if they do not have failover software or if all paths to an SP are down and online help PowerPath Checklist New Solaris Server and Existing Storage System
313. r to verify that the host initiators are administrator s guide and initiators are registered online help registered 11 Storage System Use Navisphere Manager to connect servers to Storage Groups Navisphere Manager Connect host administrator s guide and initiators to online help t Storage Groups Q Reboot the server using the reboot command so that Linux recognizes the LUNs Now the LUNs in the Storage Group look like any other disks in the server Q Checkpoint Use the fdisk I command to verify that the operating system sees all the LUNs and label any new LUNs 12 Server Q Use the rpm command to add Volume Manager and DMP to the server VERITAS Volume Install Volume Q Install any recommended VERITAS updates Manager documentation Manager and DMP Important To install the CLARiiON DMP driver you must install VERITAS 3 2 update 2 Be sure to label all LUNs in order to make them visible to VERITAS DMP DMP Checklist New Linux Server and New Storage System Linux Installation Checklist 3 43 Linux Installation Checklist Task With Access Logix Reference Document 13 Server Q Download the CLARiiON DMP driver to the server from Services on the VERITAS Volume Install the VERITAS website Manager documentation rhe On Q Use the rpm command to install the CLARiiON DMP driver on the server Note Until rootdg is created part of vxinstall command on at least one disk DMP display
314. ration is complex If you want to remove it yourself you must use the procedure in the Removing ATF or CDE Software Before Installing Other Failover Software document P N 069001173 which is on the Powerlink website with this roadmap Simply removing ATF or CDE using the uninstall procedure in the AIX ATF administrator s guide or the ATX utilities administrator s guide may not return the server to it original state and may result in lost data PowerPath Checklist Existing AIX Server and Existing Storage System 1 29 AIX Installation Checklists 1 30 Task With Access Logix Without Access Logix Reference Document 1 Server Q Unmount any file systems that Q Unmount any file systems that AIX documentation Unmount file reside on the storage system reside on the storage system 7 A vary QO Vary off any volume groups that Vary off any volume groups that reside on the storage systems reside on the storage systems 2 Server If the CLARiiON HBA driver is If the CLARiiON HBA driver is Replace installed installed Peri HBA Z Remove the hdisk devices for Q Remove the hdisk devices for AIX documentation river LUNS in the storage system LUNS in the storage system Q Remove CLArray or CL Remove CLArray or CLARIiON fcp CLARIiON fcp Q Install the IBM HBA driver Q Replace it with the IBM HBA HBA driver driver documentation 3 Server Q If ATF or CDE is installed then Q If ATF or CDE is installe
315. re downloads from the Software downloads page on the EMC Powerlink page on the EMC Powerlink website website http powerlink emc com http powerlink emc com 5 Server Install the Navisphere Host Agent Q Install the Navisphere Host Agent CX Series Server Install Host or Navisphere Server Utility and or Navisphere Server Utility and Software Installation Agent or Server Navisphere CLI Navisphere CLI guide for Windows or Utility Windows Agent and CLI For a CX500i storage system reboot server either after the Host Agent installation is complete or when the Server Utility dialog prompts you to reboot If you do not reboot before you run the Microsoft iSCSI Software Initiator to configure iSCSI NIC initiators the initiators will not log in to the storage system installation guide PowerPath Checklist New Windows Server and Existing Storage System Without Boot Disk Windows Installation Checklists 7 15 Windows Installation Checklists the HBA connections to the switch by checking the LED s for the switch port connected to each HBA port For a 1 Gbit switch LED is green which indicates that the HBA port is logged in to the switch port the storage system connections to the switch by checking the LED s for the switch port connected to each HBA port For a 1 Gbit switch LED is green which indicates that the HBA port is logged in to the switch port Tas
316. re n is the number of paths to the LUN One of these entries is a PowerPath device and the other n entries are native devices system Alternate paths will have a device with an ID of drive type unknown Note The format command will display n 1 device entries for each LUN where n is the number of paths to the LUN One of these entries is a PowerPath device and the other n entries are native devices 13 Storage System Configure If the server will use an existing Storage Group use Navisphere Manager to connect the server to the Storage Group If the server will use a new Storage Group use Navisphere Manager to create RAID Groups bind LUNs create the Storage Group and assign LUNs to the Storage Group Use Navisphere Manager to connect the server to the Storage Group Reboot the server using the reboot r command so that Solaris recognizes the LUNs Now the LUNs in the Storage Group look like any other disks in the server Checkpoint Use the format command to verify that Solaris recognizes the LUNs If Solaris does not recognize any LUNs verify the connection to the Storage Group For an FC4500 disconnect the computer from the serial port on the storage system Reboot the server using the reboot r command so that Solaris recognizes the LUNs Now the LUNs look like any other disks in the server Checkpoint Use the format command to verify that Solaris recognizes the LU
317. rence Document 23 Server If you have a PowerPath license key If you have a PowerPath license key PowerPath product Test PowerPath if your PowerPath license key is not If your PowerPath license key is not guide with a license registered the load balancing policy is registered the load balancing policy is key restricted to basic failover restricted to basic failover 0 View the LUNs available to the server using the following PowerPath command powermt display dev all class clariion Choose one available LUN to receive I O for the test View the paths to the chosen LUN using the following PowerPath command powermt display dev x every 2 where x is a pseudo device that represents the chosen LUN Start I O to the LUN Identify the HBA sending I O to LUN by viewing the output of the powermt display dev xevery 2 command and disconnect the cable to that HBA View the output of the powermt display dev x every 2 command and verify that e The state of the uncabled path s becomes dead e 1 0 continues to the remaining path s to the LUN indicating that the path failover was successful and PowerPath is working properly Reconnect the cable that you disconnected from the HBA Q View the LUNs available to the server using the following PowerPath command powermt display dev all class clariion Choose one available LUN to receive I O for the test View the paths to the chosen LUN
318. rence Document 7 FC4500 Storage Connect a computer to the serial L Connect a computer to the serial Storage system setup System port on the storage system port on the storage system guide Set properties for latent For new HBAs For any HBAs Navisphere CLI reference Q From the computer connected to the storage system s serial port use the following Navisphere CLI command to determine the default storage system type navicli np d device systemtype where device is the name of the computer port connected to the storage system serial port for example com If the default storage system system type is not 3 CLARiiON Open use the following Navisphere CLI command to set it to 3 navicli np d device systemtype config 3 CAUTION The above command reboots both SPs at the same time Q From the computer connected to the storage system s serial port use the following Navisphere CLI command to determine the default storage system type navicli np d device systemtype where device is the name of the computer port connected to the storage system serial port for example com If the default storage system system type is not 3 CLARiiON Open use the following Navisphere CLI command to set it to 3 navicli np d device systemtype config 3 CAUTION The above command reboots both SPs at the same time EMC Installation Roadmap for CxX Series and FC Series Storage Systems So
319. ries Storage Systems Solaris Installation Checklists Task With Access Logix Reference Document 13 Server Q Checkpoint Use Navisphere Manager s Connectivity Status dialog box Navisphere Manager Make target SPs to verify that each HBA is registered with the storage system administrator s guide available cont and online help 14 Storage System Configure Use Navisphere Manager to set general storage system properties Use Navisphere Manager to create RAID Groups bind LUNs create Storage Groups and assign LUNs to Storage Groups Use Navisphere Manager to connect the server to a Storage Group Reboot the server using the reboot r command so that Solaris recognizes the LUNs Now the LUNs in the Storage Group look like any other disks in the server Checkpoint Use the format command to verify that Solaris recognizes the LUNs If Solaris does not recognize any LUNs verify the server s connection to the Storage Group Navisphere Manager administrator s guide and online help Solaris documentation Solaris documentation 15 Storage System If you will monitor storage system events apply the desired event monitor Navisphere Manager Set up Event templates to the storage system administrator s guide Monitor and online help 16 Server Prepare the LUNs to receive data by Solaris host Make LUNs Specifying Solaris mount point names for them connectivity guide or available to Solaris d
320. rify that e You registered your PowerPath license key e The storage system properties are set as defined in step 10 PowerPath command to verify that PowerPath sees all paths to the LUNs powermt display dev all class clariion If PowerPath cannot see all the paths verify that e You registered your PowerPath license key e The storage system properties are set as defined in step 10 EMC Installation Roadmap for CxX Series and FC Series Storage Systems Task With Access Logix Without Access Logix Reference Document 16 Server If you have a PowerPath license key If you have a PowerPath license key PowerPath product Test PowerPath Note If your PowerPath license key is Note If your PowerPath license key is guide with a license not registered the load balancing not registered the load balancing key policy is restricted to basic failover policy is restricted to basic failover QO Stop all applications accessing the storage system and disable user logins to the server Q View the LUNs available to the server using the following PowerPath command powermt display dev all class clariion Q Choose one available LUN to receive I O for the test Q View the paths to the chosen LUN using the following PowerPath command powermt display dev x every 2 where x is a pseudo device that represents the chosen LUN Q Start I O to the LUN Q Identify the HBA sending I O to LUN by
321. rify the HBA connection to the switch by checking the LED s for the switch port connected to the HBA port For a 1 Gbit switch LED is green which indicates that the HBA is logged in to the switch port For a 2 Gbit switch One of the following The left LED is green and the right LED is off which indicates that a 1 Gbit SP port is logged in to the switch port For a DS xxB2 switch both LEDs are green which indicates that a 2 Gbit HBA port is logged in to the switch port For a DS xxM2 switch the left LED is blue and the right LED is off which indicates that a 2 Gbit HBA port is logged in to the switch port 7 Storage System Install Q Install the storage system in the cabinet if not already installed Rails and cabinet documentation 8 Storage System Initialize and install software enablers the storage system management ports Q Use the Navisphere Initialization Utility to initialize the storage system Q If you have SAN Copy SnapView MirrorView and or MirrorView A software install their enablers Q Install the Navisphere Initialization Utility on a host on the same subnet as Storage system setup guide Navisphere Manager administrator s guide and online help EMC Installation Roadmap for CX Series and FC Series Storage Systems NetWare Installation Checklists Task With Access Logix Reference Document 9 Storage System Q Connect the storage system to the
322. rmt display dev all class clariion If PowerPath does not see the LUNs e Verify that you registered your PowerPath license key if you have one e Verify that the storage system properties are as defined in step 9 AIX documentation PowerPath product guide PowerPath product guide EMC Installation Roadmap for CxX Series and FC Series Storage Systems Task With Access Logix Without Access Logix Reference Document 14 Server Q Restart the Navisphere Host Q Restart the Navisphere Host CX Series Server Configure Agent or run the Navisphere Agent or run the Navisphere Software for AIX devices cont Server Utility with the following Server Utility with the following installation guide AIX commands AIX commands Host Agent Host Agent etc rc agent stop etc rc agent stop etc rc agent start etc rc agent start Server Utility Server Utility usr lpp HOSTUTIL naviserverutil usr Ipp HOSTUTIL naviserverutil QC Checkpoint if the Host Agentis L Checkpoint if the Host Agent is Navisphere Manager Installed Use Navisphere installed Use Navisphere administrator s guide Manager to verify that the LUNs Manager to verify that the LUNs and online help are mapped to hdiskpower are mapped to hdiskpower devices devices 15 Server If you have a PowerPath license key If you have a PowerPath license key PowerPath product Test PowerPath Note If your PowerPath license key is Note If your PowerPath license key is g
323. roperties for the server s existing HBA ports initiators Failover mode to 1 Array commpath to Enabled storage system serial port as described in the storage system setup guide Navisphere Manager administrator s guide and online help PowerPath Checklist New HP UX Server and Existing Storage System HP UX Installation Checklist Task With Access Logix Without Access Logix Reference Document 13 FC4500 Storage System Set properties for PowerPath cont From an attached host or networked From an attached or networked host host Q Use the following Navisphere CLI commands to set the following default storage system properties for the server s existing HBA existing ports initiators navicli d device h hostname storagegroup sethost failovermode 1 navicli d device h hostname storagegroup sethost arraycommpath 1 where device is the storage system s name hostname is the server s name or network address From a serially connected laptop Q Use the following Navisphere CLI commands to set the following default storage system properties navicli d device h hostname failovermode 1 navicli d device h hostname arraycommpath 1 where device is the storage system s name hostname is the server s name or network address From a serially connected laptop Q Use the following Navisphere CLI commands to set the following default stor
324. rovide a epcumeniavion path from each HBA port host path from each HBA port host initiator to the appropriate SPs initiator to the appropriate SPs Q If SAN Copy MirrorView or MlrrorView A is installed create any required zones zones Q Checkpoint Use switch Q Checkpoint Use switch management software to verify the switch connections to the storage system management software to verify the switch connections to the storage system EMC Installation Roadmap for CX Series and FC Series Storage Systems NetWare Installation Checklists Task With Access Logix Without Access Logix Reference Document 9 Storage System On the server restart the N A CX Series Server Register HBAs Navisphere Host Agent or run the Software for NetWare Navisphere Server Utility Installation Guide Q Checkpoint Use Navisphere Navisphere Manager Manager s Connectivity Status administrator s guide dialog box to verify that each HBA and online help is registered with the storage system 10 Storage System For a CX200 CX300 CX400 CX500 For a CX200 CX300 CX400 CX500 Navisphere Manager Set Properties X600 CX700 or FC4700 Series CX600 CX700 or FC4700 Series administrator s guide for PowerPath Storage system storage system and online help or 0 Use Navisphere Manager s Failover Setup Wizard selected from the Tools menu on the toolbar to set the following storage system properties for the se
325. rrently installed Navisphere Manager Update software storage system software is not at storage system software is not at administrator s guide the required minimum revision the required minimum revision see and online help see page 4 3 update it page 4 3 update it CAUTION During the software CAUTION During the software update hosts connected to the update hosts connected to the storage system will lose access storage system will lose access to to data if they do not have failover data if they do not have failover software or if all paths to an SP software or if all paths to an SP are are down down For an FC4500 storage system go to For an FC4500 storage system go to step 8 step 8 7 CX200 CX300 For new HBAs For any HBAs Navisphere CLI CX400 CX500 reference CX600 CX700 or FC4700 Series Storage System Set properties for PowerPath Q Use the following Navisphere CLI command to determine the default storage system type navicli h hostname systemtype where hostname is the IP address or network name of an SP in the storage system If the default storage system system type is not 3 CLARION Open use the following Navisphere CLI command to set it to 3 navicli h hostname systemtype config 3 CAUTION The above command reboots both SPs at the same time Q Use the following Navisphere CLI command to determine the default storage system type navicli h hostname systemtype where hostname
326. rt to a switch port Q Checkpoint Verify the HBA connection to the switch by checking the LED s for the switch port connected to the HBA port For a 1 Gbit switch LED is green which indicates that the HBA is logged in to the switch port For a 2 Gbit switch One of the following The left LED is green and the right LED is off which indicates that a 1 Gbit SP port is logged in to the switch port e For a DS xxB2 switch both LEDs are green which indicates that a 2 Gbit HBA port is logged in to the switch port Fora DS xxM2 switch the left LED is blue and the right LED is off which indicates that a 2 Gbit HBA port is logged in to the switch port Rails cabinet and switch documentation 8 Storage System Install Q Install the storage system in the cabinet if not already installed Rails and cabinet documentation 9 Storage System Cable management ports Q Cable the storage system management port on each SP to the network from which you will manage the storage system Storage system setup guide EMC Installation Roadmap for CX Series and FC Series Storage Systems Windows Installation Checklists Task With Access Logix Reference Document 10 Storage System Install the Navisphere Initialization Utility on a host on the same subnetas Storage system setup Initialize and the storage system management ports guides installation guide pet fare Q Use the Navisphere Ini
327. rver Utility Q Install any required Red Hat patches Q Ensure that the PowerPath driver s major numbers 232 239 are not already in use Q Manually unload the Navisphere Host Agent or Navisphere Server Utility Q Install any required Red Hat patches CX Series Server Software for Linux Installation Guide PowerPath for Linux installation PowerPath Checklist Existing Linux Server and Existing Storage System Linux Installation Checklist Linux Installation Checklist 3 36 Task With Access Logix Without Access Logix Reference Document 14 Server Q Mount the CD ROM QO Mount the CD ROM PowerPath release notes and PowerPath for Install PowerPath Q Install PowerPath Q Install PowerPath Linux installation and administrator s guide Q Unmount the CD ROM and Q Unmount the CD ROM and remove it from the drive remove it from the drive Q Ifyou have a PowerPath license L If you have a PowerPath license key register it key register it C Reboot the server to complete Q Reboot the server to complete the installation of PowerPath the installation of PowerPath Q Ifyou loaded the HBA driverasa L If you loaded the HBA driver as a module verify that all extensions module verify that all extensions are loaded are loaded Q Install any PowerPath patches Q Install any PowerPath patches from the Software downloads from the Software downloads page on the EMC Powerlink page on the EMC Powerl
328. rver must be CX200 CX300 CX400 CX500 CX600 CX700 FC4500 or FC4700 Series storage systems If any other type of CLARiiON storage system is connected to the server the server cannot run PowerPath Topics relating to the checklists for Linux PowerPath configurations are Required Host Software Revisions ccccceesesssteesesseseseseseens 3 3 PLETEQUiSILES ssirsiss a ee aE EERE 3 3 s DDOCUMENTAHOMN sssrin i enren EE renar E Saira E RA REE 3 4 PowerPath Checklist New Linux Server and New Storage Oy Ste aa o ar E Aomsturs wanes a ais 3 7 PowerPath Checklist New Linux Server and Existing Storage DV SECM a E vesabesaes crest E boos ase Seaee ns aioees 3 13 PowerPath Checklist Existing Linux Server and New Storage DVSLCM ited E T Bess ative aire Assia E eunehatsenes 3 23 PowerPath Checklist Existing Linux Server and Existing Storage SY StEM orrs ai ernea e EEEE E a A REE E SEE 3 29 EMC Installation Roadmap for CX Series and FC Series Storage Systems Linux Installation Checklist Required Host Linux operating system revision and errata listed in the EMC Software Revisions Support Matrix on the Powerlink website http powerlink emc com e HBA driver revision listed in the EMC Support Matrix on the Powerlink website http powerlink emc com e Linux PowerPath e For CX200 CX400 CX600 and FC4700 Series storage systems Version 3 0 2 or higher e For CX300 CX500 and CX700 and storage
329. rver s HBA ports initiators Initiator Type to CLARiiON Open Failover mode to 1 Array commpath to Enabled Unit Serial Number to LUN Q Use the following Navisphere CLI command to determine the default storage system type navicli h hostname systemtype where hostname is the IP address or network name of an SP in the storage system If the default storage system system type is not 3 CLARION Open use the following Navisphere CLI command to set it to 3 navicli h hostname systemtype config 3 CAUTION The above command reboots both SPs at the same time Use the following Navisphere CLI commands to set the default failover mode and array commpath properties to the values for PowerPath navicli h hostname failovermode 1 navicli h hostname arraycommpath 1 where hostname is the IP address or network name of an SP in the storage system Navisphere CLI reference PowerPath Checklist New NetWare Server and Existing Storage System NetWare Installation Checklists Task With Access Logix Without Access Logix Reference Document 10 Storage System For an FC4500 storage system For an FC4500 storage system Storage system setup Set Properties Connect a computer to the serial O Connect a computer to the serial guide Ha aoe port on the storage system port on the storage system cont L From the computer connected to From the computer connected to Navisphere CLI the stor
330. s becomes dead e 1 O continues to the remaining path s to the LUN indicating that the failover path was successful and PowerPath is working properly Q Reconnect the cable that you disconnected from the HBA Q If you caused any LUNs to trespass restore the LUNs to their original SP with the following PowerPath command powermt restore You are now ready to set up any optional software such as Snap View or MirrorView on the storage system 3 28 EMC Installation Roadmap for CX Series and FC Series Storage Systems PowerPath Checklist Existing Linux Server and Existing Storage System This checklist assumes that the existing Linux server and existing storage system are already connected in a SAN or direct attach configuration Complete the tasks highlighted with grey in the checklist before the service provider arrives The Without Access Logix column does not apply to CX300 CX500 and CX700 storage systems because they ship from the factory with the Access Logix enabler installed Task With Access Logix Without Access Logix Reference Document 1 Server 0 If you need additional HBAs to Ifyou need additional HBAs to HBA documentation Install additional provide more paths to the storage provide more paths to the storage see URL on page 3 4 HBAs system install these HBAs system install these HBAs CAUTION Do not connect cables CAUTION Do not connect cables to the HBAs unt
331. s uide Register PowerPath Q Register PowerPath 8 Install any PowerPath patches Q Install any PowerPath patches from the Software downloads from the Software downloads page on the EMC Powerlink page on the EMC Powerlink website website http powerlink emc com http powerlink emc com Execute the following PowerPath Q Execute the following PowerPath PowerPath product command powermt config command powermt config guide PowerPath Checklist Existing HP UX Server and Existing Storage System 2 39 HP UX Installation Checklist Task With Access Logix Without Access Logix Reference Document 9 Server Q Checkpoint Use the following Q Checkpoint Use the following PowerPath product Install PowerPath PowerPath command to verify that PowerPath command to verify that guide cont PowerPath sees the paths to the PowerPath sees the paths to the LUNs LUNs powermt display dev all powermt display dev all class clariion class clariion If PowerPath does not see the If PowerPath does not see the LUNs LUNs e Verify the server s connection e Verify that you registered your to the Storage Group PowerPath license key if you e Verify that you registered your nee ORG PowerPath license key if you e Verify that the storage system have one properties are set as defined in e Verify that the storage system rae properties are set as defined in If you did not install any additional step 7 or 8 HBAs in the
332. s also available from the following websites For Emulex HBAs and drivers http www emulex com ts docoem framemc htm For QLogic HBAs and drivers http www qlogic com support drivers_software asp and select EMC in the OEM approved Drivers Firmware list at the bottom of the page Documentation that ships with the e Switches and switch management software e Solaris operating system Removing ATF or CDE Software Before Installing Other Failover Software P N 069001173 EMC Installation Roadmap for CX Series and FC Series Storage Systems e PowerPath Version 4 3 Product Guide P N 300 001 673 or PowerPath Version 4 2 Product Guide P N 300 001 521 or PowerPath Version 4 1 Product Guide P N 300 001 290 or PowerPath Version 4 0 Product Guide P N 300 000 979 or PowerPath Version 3 0 Product Guide P N 300 001 047 PowerPath for Solaris Version 4 3 Installation and Administration Guide P N 300 001 681 or PowerPath for Solaris Version 4 2 Installation and Administration Guide P N 300 001 528 or PowerPath Version 4 1 for Solaris Installation and Administration Guide P N 300 001 293 or PowerPath Version 4 0 for UNIX Installation and Administration Guide P N 300 000 978 or PowerPath Version 3 0 for UNIX Installation and Administration Guide P N 300 000 511 EMC Navisphere Agent and CLI for Solaris Version 5 X Installation Guide P N 069001150 or EMC CX Series Server Software for Solaris I
333. s an error message looking for the config daemon 14 Storage System Q Use the following Navisphere CLI commands to set the default navicli man page or Set the system storage system type and failover mode properties Navisphere CLI reference has and failover navicli h sp systemtype config 3 mode navicli h sp storagegroup sethost host inux_host failovermode 2 where sp is the IP address or network name of the SP in the storage system linux_host is the name of the Linux server 15 Server Q Use the fdisk command to create at least one DOS partition for Volume Linux documentation Create DOS Manager partition for Volume Manager 16 Server Q Reboot the server using the reboot command Linux documentation Reboot to make LUNs available to Linux eto make LUNs accessible via both SPs Important If you do not set the failover mode to 2 you will see only half of the expected paths to the SPs 17 Server Q Run vxinstall to configure Volume Manager and place at least one LUN VERITAS Volume Configure under VxVM control Manager documentation Volume Manager 18 Server For VXVM 3 5 or higher VERITAS Volume Verify DMP Q Log into VERITAS Enterprise Administrator VEA Manager documentation installation Q Click the host name for the server Q Click disks Q Click a device that you know belongs to the CLARIION storage system Q Click the paths tab for that device Q Verify that the device has primary and secondary paths to it Q Verify the state
334. s and FC Series Storage Systems HP UX Installation Checklist PowerPath Checklist Existing HP UX Server and Existing Storage System Complete the tasks highlighted with grey in the checklist before the service provider arrives The Without Access Logix column does not apply to CX300 CX500 and CX700 storage systems because they ship from the factory with the Access Logix enabler installed Task With Access Logix Without Access Logix Reference Document 1 Server Q Unmount any file systems that Q Unmount any file systems that HP UX documentation Unmount file reside on the storage system reside on the storage system systems 2 Server If you need additional HBAs to If you need additional HBAs to HBA documentation Installadditional provide more paths to the storage provide more paths to the storage HBAs system install these HBAs system install these HBAs CAUTION Do not connect cables CAUTION Do not connect cables to the HBAs until you are told to to the HBAs until you are told to do so later in this procedure do so later in this procedure 3 Server If the following software is If the following software is HBA documentation Update Software currently installed and not at the currently installed and not at the Navignhareicnchanett required minimum revision required minimum revision p 9 page 2 3 update it page 2 3 update it Ene CAL or PAU i i i installation guide e HBA driver pee ee Navisphere Host
335. s registered with the storage system Checkpoint Make sure the Q Checkpoint Make sure the Linux documentation Iproc scsi scsi file has entries Iproc scsi scsi file has entries for LUNZs for LUNZs Note LUNZs are required to Note LUNZs are required to register the server HBAs with the register the server HBAs with the storage system because LUNs storage system because LUNs have not be configured yet have not be configured yet Checkpoint Make sure the file L Checkpoint Make sure the file for the HBA directory in the proc scsi directory has entries for the expected targets HBAs for the HBA directory in the proc sesi directory has entries for the expected targets HBAs EMC Installation Roadmap for CxX Series and FC Series Storage Systems Task With Access Logix Without Access Logix Reference Document 12 Storage System Q If the server will use an existing Navisphere Manager Configure Storage Group use Navisphere administrator s guide Manager to connect the server to and online help the Storage Group Q If the server will use a new Storage Group use Navisphere Manager to create RAID Groups bind LUNs create the Storage Group and assign LUNs to the Storage Group Q Use Navisphere Manager to connect the server to a Storage Group Q Reload the driver if the driver is Q Reload the driver if the driver is HBA documentation loaded as a module or reboot the loaded as
336. s to provide a single path from one Switch management documentation Zone single path to HBA host initiator to default SP owner of the boot disk P LUN in the storage system Do note zone more than one path to the storage system at this point in the installation procedure The installation my fail if both SPs are visible to Tru64 UNIX You can zone multiple paths later in the installation procedure Q Checkpoint Verify that the HBA connection is visible Host connectivity guide for Tru64 UNIX If it is not visible execute the init command at the andoru Ge UNA documentation server s console 4 Storage System Q Determine the port name and node name of each HBA Host connectivity guide for Tru64 UNIX Set connection connected to the storage system properties ME Q Use Navisphere Manager to register the connection for Navisphere Manager administrator s each HBA with the following Initiator Record properties guide and online help Property Value Initiator Type Compaq Tru64 ArrayCommPath Selected Failover Mode 0 Unit Serial Number Array 5 Storage System CAUTION The RAID Group for the boot LUN must consist of Navisphere Manager administrator s Bind Boot LUN Fibre Channel disks not ATA disks guide and online help Q Use Navisphere Manager to create a RAID Group for the LUN that will be the system disk and bind that LUN Create a Storage Group for the boot LUN After the binding of the boot LUN is comple
337. s to the switch by checking the LED s for the switch port connected to each additional HBA port For a 1 Gbit switch LED is green which indicates that the HBA port is logged in to the switch port PowerPath Checklist Existing AIX Server and Existing Storage System AIX Installation Checklists 1 35 AIX Installation Checklists 1 36 Task With Access Logix Without Access Logix Reference Document 11 Server For a 2 Gbit switch One of the For a 2 Gbit switch One of the Cable additional following following or replacement The left LED is green and the The left LED is green and the HBAs to switches right LED is off which indicates right LED is off which indicates or storage that a 1 Gbit SP port is logged that a 1 Gbit SP port is logged system cont in to the switch port in to the switch port e For aDS xxB2 switch both e Fora DS xxB2 switch both LEDs are green which LEDs are green which indicates that a 2 Gbit HBA indicates that a 2 Gbit HBA port is logged in to the switch port is logged in to the switch port port e Fora DS xxM2 switch the left e Fora DS xxM2 switch the left LED is blue and the right LED LED is blue and the right LED is off which indicates that a is off which indicates that a 2 Gbit HBA port is logged in to 2 Gbit HBA port is logged in to the switch port the switch port 12 Switches For a SAN For a SAN Switch management Zone for Zone the switches to prov
338. s with the HBA and HBA driver This documentation is also available from the following websites For Emulex HBAs and drivers http www emulex com ts docoem framemc htm For QLogic HBAs and drivers http www qlogic com support drivers_software asp and select EMC in the OEM approved Drivers Firmware list at the bottom of the page Documentation that ships with the e Switches and switch management software e Microsoft Windows 2000 operating system e VERITAS Volume Manager EMC Navisphere Host Agent and CLI for Windows Version 6 X Installation Guide P N 069001151 or EMC CX Series Server Software for Windows Installation Guide P N300 002 038 EMC Navisphere Command Line Interface CLI Reference P N 069001038 EMC Navisphere Manager Administrator s Guide P N 069001125 EMC Navisphere Security Administrator s Guide P N 069001124 EMC Host Connectivity Guide for Windows P N 300 000 603 DMP Configurations for Windows 7 59 Windows Installation Checklists 7 60 DMP Checklist New Windows Server and New Storage System Tasks highlighted with grey in the checklist should be completed before the service provider arrives Task With Access Logix Reference Document 1 Server Q Install HBAs HBA documentation Install HBA see URL on 7 5 fie sand Q Install HBA driver 2 Server Q Set the HBA driver parameters to the values required for CLARION Host connectiv
339. sen LUN using the following PowerPath command powermt display dev x every 2 where xis a pseudo device that represents the chosen LUN Start I O to the LUN Identify the HBA sending I O to LUN by viewing the output of the powermt display dev x every 2 command and disconnect the cable to that HBA PowerPath product guide EMC Installation Roadmap for CxX Series and FC Series Storage Systems NetWare Installation Checklists Task With Access Logix Reference Document 20 Server Q View the output of the powermt display dev x every 2 command and Test PowerPath verify that ae key The state of the uncabled path s becomes dead cont 1 O continues to the remaining path s to the LUN indicating that the path failover was successful and PowerPath is working properly Q Reconnect the cable that you disconnected from the HBA Q If you did not follow the above steps exactly and caused any LUNs to PowerPath product trespass restore the LUNs to their original SP with the following guide PowerPath command powermt restore You are now ready to set up any optional software such as Snap View or MirrorView on the storage system PowerPath Checklist Existing NetWare Server and New Storage System 4 27 NetWare Installation Checklists PowerPath Checklist Existing NetWare Server and Existing Storage System This checklist assumes that the existing NetWare server an
340. serial port the storage system s serial port reference use the following Navisphere CLI use the following Navisphere CLI commands to set the following command to determine the storage system properties for the default storage system type ns Gr NIG ports navicli np d device i systemtype navicli np d device where device is the name of the storagegroup sethost host t t ted to th servername type 3 computer port connected to the storage system serial port for navicli np d device example com1 storagegroup sethost host If the default storage system servername failovermode 1 system type is not 3 CLARiiON navicli np d device Open use the following storagegroup sethost host Navisphere CLI command to set servername arraycommpath 1 it to 3 where navicli np d device device is the name of the systemtype config 3 computer port connected to the CAUTION The above command storage system serial port for reboots both SPs at the same example com time servername is the name of the server with the HBAs L From the computer connected to the storage system s serial port use the following Navisphere CLI commands to set the following default storage system properties navicli np d device failovermode 1 navicli np d device arraycommpath 1 where device is the name of the computer port connected to the storage system serial port for example com 15 Server Q Use the Disk Management toolto Use the Disk Management tool
341. server go to step 11 If you did not install any additional HBAs in the server go to step 11 Q If PowerPath can see all the path L If PowerPath can see all the path to the LUNs save the PowerPath to the LUNs save the PowerPath configuration with the following configuration with the following command command powermt save powermt save The PowerPath configuration is The PowerPath configuration is saved in the following file saved in the following file etc powermt custom etc powermt custom 10 Server Q Cable any additional HBA ports to L Cable any additional HBA ports to Storage system setup Cable additional the switch connected to the the switch connected to the guide HBAs to storage system or to SP ports storage system or to SP ports switchesor 1a Checkpoint Fora SAN verily Checkpoint Fora SAN verity Switch i storage system eckpoint For a verify eckpoint For a verify witch documentation the HBA connections to the switch by checking the LED s for the switch port connected to each additional HBA port For a 1 Gbit switch LED is green which indicates that the HBA port is logged in to the switch port the HBA connections to the switch by checking the LED s for the switch port connected to each additional HBA port For a 1 Gbit switch LED is green which indicates that the HBA port is logged in to the switch port EMC Installation Roadmap for CX Series and FC Series Storage Systems
342. st Agent etc rc agent stop etc rc agent start Server Utility ust pp HOSTUTIL naviserverutil Q Checkpoint if the Host Agent is installed Use Navisphere Manager to verify that the LUNs are mapped to hdiskpower devices PowerPath product guide AIX documentation PowerPath product guide CX Series Server Software for AIX Installation Guide Navisphere Manager administrator s guide and online help PowerPath Checklist New AIX Server and Existing Storage System AIX Installation Checklists Task With Access Logix Without Access Logix Reference Document 15 Server Q Create partitions or the pertinent L Create partitions or the pertinent Host connectivity guide Make LUNs database file systems on the database file systems on the or AIX documentation available to AIX LUNs LUNs If AIX does not recognize any LUNs verify the connection to the Storage Group 16 Server If you have a PowerPath license key If you have a PowerPath license key AIX documentation Test Power Path if your PowerPath license key is not If your PowerPath license key is not with a license key registered the load balancing policy is registered the load balancing policy is restricted to basic failover Q Stop all applications accessing the storage system and disable user logins to the server View the LUNs available to the server using the following PowerPath command powermt display dev all class
343. st Connectivity Guide for Compaq Tru64 UNIX P N 300 000 616 Tru64 UNIX Configurations 6 3 Tru64 UNIX Installation Checklist Checklist New Tru64 UNIX Server and New Storage System Without Boot Disk This checklist is for a new storage system that will not contain a Tru64 UNIX boot disk If you want the new storage system to contain a boot disk use the procedure that starts on page 6 6 Task With Access Logix Reference Document 1 Server Install HBAs drivers and cables m Q Install the Fibre Channel HBAs Connect a cable from each host HBA port to a switch port Create an entry in etc ddr dbase to provide support for CLARIION LUNs Install the HBA driver Checkpoint Verify the server connections to the switch by checking the LED s for the switch port connected to each HBA port For a 1 Gbit switch LED is green which indicates that the HBA is logged in to the switch port For a 2 Gbit switch One of the following The left LED is green and the right LED is off which indicates that a 1 Gbit SP port is logged in to the switch port Fora DS xxB2 switch both LEDs are green which indicates that a 2 Gbit HBA port is logged in to the switch port Fora DS xxM2 switch the left LED is blue and the right LED is off which indicates that a 2 Gbit HBA port is logged in to the switch port HBA documentation Host connectivity guide for Tru64 UNIX and Tru64 UNIX docu
344. st should be performed before the service provider arrives except for the removal of ATF or CDE which you can have done by EMC Professional Services AN CAUTION EMC no longer supports ATF or CDE Before you transition your server from ATF or CDE to PowerPath you must Back up your server configurations e Back up data on all storage systems connected to the server Remove ATF or CDE which EMC recommends that EMC Professional Services do especially if your server configuration is complex If you want to remove it yourself you must use the procedure in the Removing ATF or CDE Software Before Installing Other Failover Software document P N 069001173 which is on the Powerlink website with this roadmap Simply removing ATF or CDE using the uninstall procedure in the NetWare ATF administrator s guide or the Netware utilities administrator s guide may not return the server to its original state and may result in lost data PowerPath Checklist Existing NetWare Server and New Storage System 4 21 NetWare Installation Checklists such as greatly increased I O delays Task With Access Logix Reference Document 1 Server Q Ifyou need additional HBAs to provide more paths to the storage system HBA documentation Install additional install these HBAs see URL on page 4 4 HBAs CAUTION Do not connect cables to the HBAs until you are told to do so later in this procedure Q Ver
345. stalled and the switches are is installed and the switches are zoned zoned CAUTION Using improper CAUTION Using improper settings can cause erratic failover settings can cause erratic failover behavior such as greatly behavior such as greatly increased I O delays increased I O delays Q Reboot host Q Reboot host 3 Server Q Install the Navisphere Host Agent Install the Navisphere Host Agent CX Series Server Install Host or Navisphere Server Utility and or Navisphere Server Utility and Software for Linux Agent or Server the Navisphere CLI the Navisphere CLI Installation Guide Utility 4 Server Q Ifthe server willbe a SnapView N A Install admsnap production or secondary host install the admsnap utility PowerPath Checklist New Linux Server and Existing Storage System Linux Installation Checklist 3 13 Linux Installation Checklist 3 14 Task With Access Logix Without Access Logix Reference Document 5 Storage System If currently installed Q If currently installed Navisphere Manager Update software storage system software is not at storage system software is not at administrator s guide the required minimum revision the required minimum revision and online help update it update it CAUTION During the software CAUTION During the software update hosts connected to the update hosts connected to the storage system will lose access to storage system will lose access to dat
346. storage system system 17 Server Q Install the Navisphere Host Agent Install the Navisphere Host Agent CX Series Server Install Host or Navisphere Server Utility and or Server Utility and the Software for Windows Agent or Server the Navisphere CLI Navisphere CLI installation guide or Utility Navisphere Host Agent and CLI for Windows installation guide 18 Server With a Q Download and install QLogic N A Storage system setup CX500i Storage System Configure server iSCSI HBA initiator ports SANsurfer Q Use QLogic SANsurfer to configure the network parameters for each or for each HBA guide PowerPath Checklist New Windows Server and Existing Storage System With Boot Disk 7 33 Windows Installation Checklists Task With Access Logix Without Access Logix Reference Document 19 Server Q Ifthe server will be a SnapView N A CX Series Server Install admsnap production or secondary host Software for Windows and or admhost install the admsnap utility installation guide Q If the server has LUNs that will participate in a SAN Copy session install the admhost utility 20 Windows Server L If you want applications to access N A CX Series Server 2003 Server SnapView functionality on the Software for Windows Install optional storage system using the VSS Installation Guide CLARION VSS framework or other APIs Install provider the optional CLARiiON VSS provider on the server N
347. storage system 12 Switches For a SAN Switch management Zone Q Zone the switches to provide a path from each HBA port host initiator to cocumeniatan the appropriate SPs Q If SAN Copy MirrorView or MirrorView A is installed create any required zones Q Checkpoint Use switch management software to verify the switch connections to the storage system PowerPath Checklist New NetWare Server and New Storage System 4 9 NetWare Installation Checklists Task With Access Logix Reference Document 13 Server Q Scan for LUNs with the following NetWare command NetWare documentation Make target SPs scan all luns available LY Checkpoint Verify that each path has a LUNZ with the following NetWare command list devices Q Stop and restart the Navisphere Host Agent or run the Navisphere Server CX Series Server Utility Software for NetWare Installation Guide Q Checkpoint Use Navisphere Manager s Connectivity Status dialog box Navisphere Manager to verify that each HBA is registered with the storage system administrator s guide and online help 14 Storage System Q Use Navisphere Manager to set general storage system properties Navisphere Manager i administrator s guide Configure Q Use Navisphere Manager to create RAID Groups bind LUNs create and online op Storage Groups and assign LUNs to Storage Groups Q Use Navisphere Manager to connect the server to a Storage Grou
348. switch Documentation that ships Connect servers with the switches and SPs 9 Switch For a SAN Documentation that ships Zone switches Q Zone switches with the switches This provides a path from the host initiator to the SP You will need to know the WWPN of the host initiators available in the switch s name server table Q Reboot the server using the reboot r command to load the drivers and perform a login of the host initiators and SPs to the fabric ports on the switch Q Checkpoint Use switch management software to verify that the HBAs and storage systems are logged in to the switch as fabric ports and to verify that each HBA sees only the targets SPs to which it is zoned 10 Server Q Add persistent bindings to the HBA driver configuration file Solaris utilities Add persistent administrator guide bindings 11 Storage System L Before you connect the server to a Storage Group use the Connectivity Navisphere Manager Verify host Status dialog in Navisphere Manager to verify that the host initiators are administrator s guide and initiators are registered online help registered 12 Storage System Q Use Navisphere Manager to connect servers to Storage Groups Navisphere Manager Connect host administrator s guide and initiators to online help Trae Groupe Q Reboot the server using the reboot r command so that Solaris recognizes the LUNs Now the LUNs in the Storage Group look like any other disks in the server QC Checkpoint Use
349. switch or HBA ports Storage system setup Cable to switch guide or server and Q Checkpoint For a SAN verify the storage system connections to the LAN switch by checking the LED s for the switch port connected to each SP port For a 1 Gbit switch LED is green which indicates that the SP is logged in to the switch port For a 2 Gbit switch One of the following The left LED is green and the right LED is off which indicates that a 1 Gbit SP port is logged in to the switch port For a DS xxB2 switch both LEDs are green which indicates that a 2 Gbit HBA port is logged in to the switch port For a DS xxM2 switch the left LED is blue and the right LED is off which indicates that a 2 Gbit HBA port is logged in to the switch port Q Cable each SP to the LAN connected to the hosts from which you will manage the storage system 10 Storage System Use Navisphere Manager to define a global administrator and domain if Navisphere security Set up security not already defined and any additional users administrator s guide and Navisphere Manager online help 11 Storage System Q Use the following Navisphere CLI commands to set the following default Navisphere CLI Set Properties for storage system properties reference PowerPath navicli h hostname systemtype config 3 navicli h hostname failovermode 1 navicli h hostname arraycommpath 1 where hostname is the IP address or network name of an SP in the
350. t Agent is installed Use Navisphere Manager to Navisphere Manager verify that the LUNs are mapped to hdiskpower devices administrator s guide and online help 20 Server Q Create partitions or the pertinent database file systems on the LUNs Host connectivity guide Make LUNs If AIX does not recognize any LUNs verify the connection to the Storage AD gocumentaton available to AIX Group 21 Server If you have a PowerPath license key PowerPath product Test PowerPath Note If your PowerPath license key is not registered the load balancing policy is guide with a license key restricted to basic failover Q View the LUNs available to the server using the following PowerPath command powermt display dev all class clariion m Choose one available LUN to receive 1 0 for the test Q View the paths to the chosen LUN using the following PowerPath command powermt display dev x every 2 where x is pseudo device that represents the chosen LUN PowerPath Checklist Existing AIX Server and New Storage System AIX Installation Checklists 1 27 AIX Installation Checklists Task With Access Logix Reference Document 21 Server Q Start I O to the LUN Test PowerPath C Identify the HBA sending I O to LUN by viewing the output of the powermt pik tea key display dev x every 2 command and disconnect the cable to that HBA cont Q View the output of the powermt display dev x every 2 command and verify th
351. t LED LED is blue and the right LED is off which indicates that a is off which indicates that a 2 Gbit HBA port is logged in to 2 Gbit HBA port is logged in to the switch port the switch port For a CX500i storage system Storage system setup Q Cable the HBA or NICs ports to guide the network connected to the storage system iSCSI data ports or directly to the storage system iSCSI data ports Q Checkpoint For a network Switch documentation connection with the server verify the storage system connections to the network router or switch by checking the LED s for the router or switch port connected to each SP port 10 Server With a For NICs N A Storage system setup CX500i Storage System Configure server iSCSI initiator ports Q Use Microsoft iSCSI Software Initiator on the server to configure the iSCSI initiators for each NIC port For iSCSI HBAs Q Use QLogic SANsurfer to configure the iSCSI initiators for each HBA port guide PowerPath Checklist New Windows Server and Existing Storage System Without Boot Disk Windows Installation Checklists 7 17 Windows Installation Checklists 7 18 Task With Access Logix Without Access Logix Reference Document 11 Fibre Channel For a Fibre Channel SAN For a Fibre Channel SAN Fibre Channel switch Switches C Zone the Fibre Channel switches Zone the Fibre Channel switches He te Zone additional to provide a path from each HBA to provide
352. t a computer to the serial port on the storage system From the computer connected to the storage system s serial port use the following Navisphere CLI command to determine the default storage system type navicli np d device systemtype where device is the name of the computer port connected to the storage system serial port for example com If the default storage system system type is not 3 CLARION Open use the following Navisphere CLI command to set it to 3 navicli np d device systemtype config 3 CAUTION The above command reboots both SPs at the same time For an FC4500 storage system u From the computer connected to the storage system s serial port use the following Navisphere CLI commands to set the following default storage system properties navicli np d device failovermode 1 navicli np d device arraycommpath 1 where device is the name of the computer port connected to the storage system serial port for example com Storage system setup guide Navisphere CLI reference Navisphere CLI reference EMC Installation Roadmap for CxX Series and FC Series Storage Systems Task With Access Logix Without Access Logix Reference Document 14 Server Q Install PowerPath Q Install PowerPath PowerPath release I PowerPath notes and PowerPath for ene CL Reboot the server to complete CL Reboot the server to complete Windows installation the installation
353. t up your monitoring configuration Navisphere Manager administrator s guide and online help EMC Installation Roadmap for CxX Series and FC Series Storage Systems HP UX Installation Checklist Task With Access Logix Reference Document 18 Server Q Use the following PowerPath command to configure PowerPath PowerPath product Configure powermt config guide PowerPath devices Q Checkpoint Use the following PowerPath command to verify that PowerPath sees all the paths to the LUNs powermt display dev all class clariion If PowerPath cannot see all the paths verify that e you registered your PowerPath license key if you have one e the OptionsSupported Autotrespass entry is defined as described in step 5 e the storage system properties are set as defined in step 11 Q If PowerPath can see all the path to the LUNs save the PowerPath configuration with the following command powermt save The PowerPath configuration is saved in the following file letc powermt custom 19 Server If you have a PowerPath license key PowerPath product Test PowerPath Note If your PowerPath license key is not registered the load balancing policy is guide with a license restricted to basic failover key Q View the LUNs available to the server using the following PowerPath command powermt display dev all class clariion Q Choose one available LUN to receive I O for the test L View the paths to the chosen L
354. te PowerPath requires IBM PCI HBA documentation Replace IBM HBAs and the driver supported by IBM HBAs and the driver supported by IBM HBAs and or for AIX for AIX Install additional f the server has IBM HBAs Ifthe server has IBM HBAs HBAs connected to the storage system connected to the storage system replace them with the IBM HBAs replace them with the IBM HBAs Q Ifyou need additional HBAs to Q Ifyou need additional HBAs to provide more paths to the storage provide more paths to the storage system install these HBAs system install these HBAs CAUTION Do not connect cables CAUTION Do not connect cables to the HBAs until you are told to to the HBAs until you are told to do so later in this procedure do so later in this procedure 6 Server Q Ifthe following software is Q Ifthe following software is HBA driver Update Software currently installed and not at the currently installed and not at the documentation required minimum revision required minimum revision Sais corer update it update it Sofware rai e HBA driver e HBA driver Installation Guide e Navisphere Host Agent e Navisphere Host Agent e admsnap Q Execute the following command Execute the following command AIX documentation cfgmgr cfgmgr 7 Server Q Make sure the HBA driver Q Make sure the HBA driver Host connectivity guide Set HBA driver parameters are set to the values parameters are set to the values parameters required for CLARiiON and required for CLARiiON and
355. ted use Navisphere Manager to connect the server to its Storage Group Checklist New Tru64 UNIX Server and New Storage System With Boot Disk 6 7 Tru64 UNIX Installation Checklist the boot LUN Task With Access Logix Reference Document 6 Server Q Atthe SRM console execute the init command Host connectivity guide for Tru64 UNIX Prepare SRM and Tru64 UNIX documentation Console for Boot LUN H Verify that the boot LUN is visible to the console with the following command wwidmgr show wwid Q Execute the following command wwidmgr quickset udid udid num where udid num is the UDID number of the boot LUN At the SRM console execute the init command Checkpoint Verify that the boot LUN is visible with the following command show device 7 Server Install Tru64 UNIX on the boot LUN Host connectivity guide for Tru64 UNIX Install Tru64 UNIX on and Tru64 UNIX documentation boot LUN Apply any required patches and driver updates Create an entry in etc ddr dbase to provide support for CLARIION LUNs Shut down the server 8 Switches Create the rest of the zones between the SPs and the Switch management documentation Zone additional paths appropriate HBAs on the server 9 Storage System Q Use Navisphere Manager to disconnect the server from Navisphere Manager administrator s Update connection the Storage Group containing the boot LUN guide and online help information Q Use Navisphere Manag
356. tems AIX Installation Checklists Task With Access Logix Reference Document 18 Serve Make LUNs available to AIX Q Create partitions or the pertinent database file systems on the LUNs If AIX does not recognize any LUNs verify the connection to the Storage Group Host connectivity guide or AIX documentation 19 Server Test PowerPath with a license key If you have a PowerPath license key If your PowerPath license key is not registered the load balancing policy is restricted to basic failover m m Stop all applications accessing the storage system and disable user logins to the server View the LUNs available to the server using the following PowerPath command powermt display dev all class clariion Choose one available LUN to receive O for the test View the paths to the chosen LUN using the following PowerPath command powermt display dev x every 2 where x is pseudo device that represents the chosen LUN Start I O to the LUN Identify the HBA sending I O to LUN by viewing the output of the powermt display dev x every 2 command and disconnect the cable to that HBA View the output of the powermt display dev x every 2 command and verify that e The state of the uncabled paths becomes dead 1 0 continues to the remaining path s to the LUN indicating that the path failover was successful and PowerPath is working properly Reconnect the
357. tems If any other type of CLARiiON storage system is connected to the server the server cannot run PowerPath Topics relating to the checklists for HP UX PowerPath configurations are Required Host Software Revisions ccccceeesesseteeseeceseseseseens 2 3 PreregtisiteS ssimsssss aeea E R ween 2 3 s Documentatii sssr aoe e EEE S E E E E AEE 2 4 PowerPath Checklist New HP UX Server and New Storage AA a a L E E E Abisaiss Sostebesieteas vies eased besaeshes 2 7 PowerPath Checklist New HP UX Server and Existing Storage DV SECM EEEE 2 13 PowerPath Checklist Existing HP UX Server and New Storage SY SECM sess sess issue cesostsssncseusseceesseapieussesessesetesbesseonssesdesdasasdeseteraesieasvetens 2 26 PowerPath Checklist Existing HP UX Server and Existing St rag Syste i ccscessacccosscsessesevsesssacoesesondsconssesevssnssgsassesoeassvenrspecons 2 33 EMC Installation Roadmap for CxX Series and FC Series Storage Systems HP UX Installation Checklist Required Host HP UX operating system revision listed in the EMC Support Software Revisions Matrix on the Powerlink website http powerlink emc com e HBA driver revision listed in the EMC Support Matrix on the Powerlink website http powerlink emc com HP UX PowerPath e For Cx300 CX400 CX600 C4500 and FC4700 Series storage systems Version 3 0 2 or higher e For CX500 and CX700 storage systems Version 3 0 3 or higher Refer to the EMC S
358. ter or switch by checking the LED s for the router or switch port connected to each SP port 12 CX500i Storage Use Navisphere Manager to configure network parameters for the Storage system setup System storage system iSCSI data ports guide and Manager Configure iSCSI online help storage system data ports PowerPath Checklist New Windows Server and New Storage System 7 9 Windows Installation Checklists 7 10 Task With Access Logix Reference Document 13 Server With CX500i Storage System For NICs Q Use Microsoft iSCSI Software Initiator on the server to configure the iSCSI initiators for each NIC port Storage system setup guide Configure server iSCSI initiator For iSCSI HBAs rt y p C1 Use QLogic SANsurfer to configure the network parameters for each HBA port 14 Storage System Use Navisphere Manager to define a global administrator and domain if Navisphere security Set up security not already defined and any additional users administrator s guide and Navisphere Manager online help 15 Storage System Q Use the following Navisphere CLI commands to set the following default Navisphere CLI Set Properties for storage system properties reference PowerPath navicli h hostname systemtype config 3 navicli h hostname failovermode 1 navicli h hostname arraycommpath 1 where hostname is the IP address or network name of an SP in the storage system
359. the procedure in the Removing ATF or CDE Software Before Installing Other Failover Software document P N 069001173 which is on the Powerlink website with this roadmap Simply removing ATF or CDE using the uninstall procedure in the Solaris ATF administrator s guide or the Solaris utilities administrator s guide may not return the server to it original state and may result in lost data If you are transitioning a SunCluster or VERITAS Cluster Server VCS configuration from ATF or CDE to PowerPath perform the procedure in the checklist on each node in succession While you perform the procedure on one node you can leave the cluster services active on the other node provided failure in a path to the storage system does not occur EMC Installation Roadmap for CxX Series and FC Series Storage Systems The Without Access Logix column does not apply to CX300 CX500 and CX700 storage systems because they ship from the factory with the Access Logix enabler installed Task With Access Logix Without Access Logix Reference Document 1 Server Q Ifyou need additional HBAs to Q Ifyou need additional HBAs to HBA documentation Install additional provide more paths to the storage provide more paths to the storage see URL on page 5 4 HBAs system install these HBAs system install these HBAs CAUTION Do not connect cables CAUTION Do not connect cables to the HBAs until you are told to to the HBAs until you are tol
360. the format command to verify that the operating system sees all the LUNs and label any new LUNs DMP Checklist New Solaris Server and New Storage System Solaris Installation Checklists Task With Access Logix Reference Document 13 Server Q Use the pkgadd command to add Volume Manager and DMP to the VERITAS Volume Install Volume server Manager documentation Manager and Install any recommended VERITAS updates DMP 14 Server Q Download the CLARiiON DMP driver to the server from Services on the Install the VERITAS website rials ONP Q Use the pkgadd command to install the CLARION DMP driver onthe VERITAS Volume server Manager documentation Note Until rootdg is created part of vxinstall command on at least one disk DMP displays an error message looking for the config daemon 15 Storage System Use the following Navisphere CLI commands to set the default navicli man page or Set the system storage system type and failover mode properties with the following Navisphere CLI reference type and failover commands mode navicli h sp systemtype config 3 navicli h sp storagegroup sethost host so aris_host failovermode 2 where sp is the IP address or network name of the SP in the storage system solaris_hostis the name of the Solaris server 16 Server Q Reboot the server using the reboot r command Reboot to make LUNs available to Solaris to make LUNs accessible via bot
361. the load balancing policy is guide with a license key restricted to basic failover Q View the LUNs available to the server using the following PowerPath command powermt display dev all class clariion Q Choose one available LUN to receive I O for the test Q View the paths to the chosen LUN using the following PowerPath command powermt display dev x every 2 where x is a pseudo device that represents the chosen LUN CY Start I O to the LUN PowerPath product guide EMC Installation Roadmap for Cx Series and FC Series Storage Systems Windows Installation Checklists Task With Access Logix Reference Document 25 Server Q Identify the HBA or NIC sending I O to LUN by viewing the output of the Test PowerPath powermt display dev x every 2 command and disconnect the cable to with a license key that HBA or NIC t cont Q View the output of the powermt display dev x every 2 command and verify that e The state of the uncabled path s becomes dead 1 O continues to the remaining path s to the LUN indicating that the path failover was successful and PowerPath is working properly Q Reconnect the cable that you disconnected from the HBA or NIC Q Ifyou did not follow the above steps exactly and caused any LUNs to trespass restore the LUNs to their original SP with the following PowerPath command powermt restore You are now ready to set up any optional software su
362. tialization Utility to initialize the storage system Q If you have SAN Copy SnapView MirrorView and or MirrorView A Navisphere Manager software install their enablers administrator s guide and online help 11 Storage System For a CX300 CX500 or CX700 Storage System Storage system setup Cable data ports Connect the storage system Fibre Channel data ports to the Fibre Channel guide to Fibre Channel switch or HBA ports switch network or server QC Checkpoint For a Fibre Channel SAN verify the storage system Switch documentation connections to the Fibre Channel switches by checking the LED s for the switch port connected to each SP port For a 1 Gbit switch LED is green which indicates that the SP is logged in to the switch port For a 2 Gbit switch One of the following The left LED is green and the right LED is off which indicates that a 1 Gbit SP port is logged in to the switch port e For a DS xxB2 switch both LEDs are green which indicates that a 2 Gbit HBA port is logged in to the switch port e ForaDS xxM2 switch the left LED is blue and the right LED is off which indicates that a 2 Gbit HBA port is logged in to the switch port For a CX500i Storage System Storage system setup Q Connect the storage system iSCSI data ports to the network or NIC or guide HBA ports Q Checkpoint For a network connection with the server verify the Switch documentation storage system connections to the network rou
363. tion Roadmap for CxX Series and FC Series Storage Systems Task With Access Logix Without Access Logix Reference Document 13 Server Q If PowerPath can see all the path L If PowerPath can see all the path PowerPath product Configure to the LUNs save the PowerPath to the LUNs save the PowerPath guide PowerPath configuration with the following configuration with the following devices cont command command powermt save powermt save The PowerPath configuration is The PowerPath configuration is saved in the following file saved in the following file etc powermt custom etc powermt custom 14 Server If you have a PowerPath license key If you have a PowerPath license key Test PowerPath Note If your PowerPath license key is Note If your PowerPath license key is with a license not registered the load balancing not registered the load balancing key policy is restricted to basic failover policy is restricted to basic failover 0 Stop all applications accessing the storage system and disable user logins to the server Q View the LUNs available to the server using the following PowerPath command Q powermt display dev all class clariion LL Choose one available LUN to receive I O for the test Q View the paths to the chosen LUN using the following PowerPath command powermt display dev x every 2 where xis a device that represents the chosen LUN Q Start I O to the LUN Q Identify the HBA se
364. to Windows documentation Make target SPs scan for disks scan for disks available EMC Installation Roadmap for CX Series and FC Series Storage Systems Task With Access Logix Without Access Logix Reference Document 16 Storage System Configure Q If the server will use an existing Storage Group use Navisphere Manager to connect the server to the Storage Group If the server will use a new Storage Group use Navisphere Manager to create RAID Groups bind LUNs create the Storage Group and assign LUNs to the Storage Group Use Navisphere Manager to connect the server to the Storage Group Reboot the server so Windows recognizes the LUNs Now the LUNs in the Storage Group look like any other disks in the server Checkpoint Use one of the following ways to verify that PowerPath sees all the paths to the LUNs e PowerPath Administrator Start gt Programs gt EMC gt PowerPath Administrator e PowerPath command powermt display dev all class clariion If PowerPath does not see the LUNs e Verify the server s connection to the Storage Group e Verify that you registered your PowerPath license key if you have one e Verify that the storage system properties are as defined in step 13 or 14 Q Reboot the server so Windows recognizes the LUNs Now the LUNs look like any other disks in the server Checkpoint Use one of the following ways to verif
365. to configure initiator CHAP on the storage system for each new NIC or HBA that needs it configured N A Storage system setup guide 18 Server With CX500i Storage System Configure optional server CHAP security If you configured CHAP security on the storage system you must configure it for the server s iSCSI Initiator For NIC Initiators Q If CHAP is not already enabled on the storage system use Navisphere Manager to enable it Q Use Microsoft iSCSI Software Initiator to configure initiator CHAP on the NIC initiators on the server For iSCSI HBAs Q If CHAP is already enabled on the storage system use Navisphere Manager to disable it Q Use QLogic SANsurfer to configure initiator CHAP on the HBA initiators on the server Q Ifyou disabled CHAP on the storage system use Navisphere Manager to re enable CHAP on the storage system N A N A N A N A N A Storage system setup guide and Manager online help Storage system setup guide and Microsoft documentation Storage system setup guide and SANsurfer documentation Storage system setup guide and Manager online help EMC Installation Roadmap for CxX Series and FC Series Storage Systems Task With Access Logix Without Access Logix Reference Document 19 Server Q Prepare any new LUNs to receive L Prepare any new LUNs to receive Host connectivity guide Make LUNs data by creating partitions on data by cre
366. ts P N 014003082 for SPS installation only EMC 2 Gigabit Disk Processor Enclosure DPE2 CX200 Series Setup and Cabling Guide P N 014003116 and EMC Storage Systems CX200 Series Initialization Guide P N 014003117 EMC CX300 2 Gigabit Disk Processor Enclosure DPE Setup Guide P N 300 001 276 rev A02 or higher or EMC CLARiiON CX300 2 Gigabit Disk Processor Enclosure DPE2 Setup and Cabling Guide P N 300 001 276 rev A01 and EMC CLARION CX300 CX500 and CX700 Storage Systems Initialization Guide P N 300 001 272 EMC 2 Gigabit Disk Processor Enclosure DPE2 CX400 Series Setup and Cabling Guide P N 014003105 and EMC Storage Systems CX400 Series and CX600 Series Initialization Guide P N 014003112 EMC CLARiiON CX500 2 Gigabit Disk Processor Enclosure DPE2 Setup Guide P N 300 001 275 rev A02 or higher or EMC CLARiiON CX500 2 Gigabit Disk Processor Enclosure DPE2 Setup and Cabling Guide P N 300 001 275 rev A01 and EMC CLARION CX300 CX500 and CX700 Storage Systems Initialization Guide P N 300 001 272 PowerPath Configurations for NetWare 4 5 NetWare Installation Checklists gt 6O EMC Storage Processor Enclosure SPE CX600 Series Setup and Cabling Guide P N 014003078 and EMC Storage Systems CX400 Series and CX600 Series Initialization Guide P N 014003112 EMC CLARiiON CX700 Storage Processor Enclosure SPE Setup Guide P N 300 001 274 rev A02 or higher or EMC CL
367. uide with a license key not registered the load balancing not registered the load balancing policy is restricted to basic failover QO Stop all applications accessing the storage system and disable user logins to the server Q View the LUNs available to the server using the following PowerPath command powermt display dev all class clariion Q Choose one available LUN to receive I O for the test Q View the paths to the chosen LUN using the following PowerPath command powermt display dev x every 2 where x is pseudo device that represents the chosen LUN 0 Start I O to the LUN policy is restricted to basic failover Q Stop all applications accessing the storage system and disable user logins to the server Q View the LUNs available to the server using the following PowerPath command powermt display dev all class clariion Q Choose one available LUN to receive I O for the test Q View the paths to the chosen LUN using the following PowerPath command powermt display dev x every 2 where x is pseudo device that represents the chosen LUN 0 Start I O to the LUN PowerPath Checklist Existing AIX Server and Existing Storage System AIX Installation Checklists 1 39 AIX Installation Checklists Task With Access Logix Without Access Logix Reference Document 15 Server Q Identify the HBA sending O to Q Identify the HBA sending I O to Test Po
368. upport This appendix reviews the EMC process for detecting and resolving software problems and provides essential questions that you should answer before contacting the EMC Customer Support Center This appendix covers the following topics Overview of Detecting and Resolving Problems 008 A 2 Troubleshooting the Problem ss sssssssssssissessnssssstessiesinnessesnenneee A 3 Before Calling the Customer Support Center ccccccecesees A 4 Documenting the Problem s sssssssssssisissresrsssesiesrirsinsrsnesnennees A 5 Reporting a New Problem ccccccseeseescenesesesestenetesneenesesesnenenees A 6 Sending Problem Documentation cccccccccseeseieescesesesesneenees A 7 Customer Support A 1 Customer Support Overview of Detecting and Resolving Problems EMC software products are supported directly by the EMC Customer Support Center in the United States EMC uses the following process to resolve customer problems with its software products Figure A 1 Problem Detection Refer to this Customer Support Appendix for Instructions Collect Problem Information as Directed Contact the EMC Customer Support Center US 800 SVC 4EMC Canada 800 543 4SVC Worldwide 508 497 7901 Confirm that the Problem is Software Related Call will be Directed to an EMC Software Support Engineer Figure A 1 Problem Detect
369. upport Matrix and the EMC PowerPath for UNIX Release Notes on the Powerlink website http powerlink emc com for the specific revision required for your HP UX version Prerequisites You must have a host that is e Running an operating system that can support the Navisphere Manager 6 X browser based client For an up to date list of such operating systems refer to the Navisphere Manager 6 X release notes on http powerlink emc com e Ona network that is connected to the storage system server and that you will connect to the SPs in Cx300 CX400 CX600 or FC4700 Series storage systems For most configurations you must also have a host that is e Running Navisphere CLI version 6 X e On a network that is connected to the storage system server and that you will connect to SPs in CX300 CX400 CX600 or FC4700 Series storage systems PowerPath Configurations for HP UX 2 3 HP UX Installation Checklist You must have planned your LUNs and RAID Groups and Storage Groups if you have Access Logix Be sure to consider requirements for SAN Copy SnapView MirrorView and MirrorView A if you have this software The following documents will help you with this planning e EMC CLARiiON CX300 CX500 CX500i and CX700 Storage Systems Configuration Planning Guide P N 300 001 273 e EMC CX400 Series and CX600 Series Storage Systems Configuration Planning Guide P N 014003113 e EMC Fibre Channel Storage System Model FC4
370. using the following PowerPath command powermt display dev all class clariion LL Choose one available LUN to receive I O for the test Q View the paths to the chosen LUN using the following PowerPath command powermt display dev x every 2 where x is a pseudo device that represents the chosen LUN Q Start I O to the LUN Q Identify the HBA sending I O to the LUN by viewing the output of the powermt display dev x every 2 command and disconnect the cable to that HBA View the output of the powermt display dev x every 2 command and verify that e The state of the uncabled path s becomes dead 1 O continues to the remaining path s to the LUN indicating that the failover path was successful and PowerPath is working properly Reconnect the cable that you disconnected from the HBA policy is restricted to basic failover 0 View the LUNs available to the server using the following PowerPath command powermt display dev all class clariion Q Choose one available LUN to receive I O for the test Q View the paths to the chosen LUN using the following PowerPath command powermt display dev x every 2 where x is a pseudo device that represents the chosen LUN Q Start I O to the LUN Q Identify the HBA sending I O to the LUN by viewing the output of the powermt display dev x every 2 command and disconnect the cable to that HBA Q View the output of the powermt display d
371. ver that you will connect to the SPs in the storage system You must have planned your LUNs and RAID Groups and Storage Groups if you have Access Logix Be sure to consider requirements for SAN Copy SnapView MirrorView and MirrorView A if you have this software The EMC CLARiiON CX300 CX500 CX500i and CX700 Storage Systems Configuration Planning Guide P N 300 001 273 will help you with this planning This checklist refers to some or all of the documents listed below We recommend that you load these documents on your service laptop before starting the installation Documentation that ships with the HBA and HBA driver This documentation is also available from the following website For QLogic HBAs and drivers http www qlogic com support drivers_software asp and select EMC in the OEM approved Drivers Firmware list at the bottom of the page Documentation that ships with e Switches and switch management software e RedHat Linux operating system e VERITAS Volume Manager EMC Navisphere Host Agent and CLI for Linux Version 6 X Installation Guide P N 069001148 or EMC CX Series Server Software for Windows Installation Guide P N 300 002 038 EMC Rails and Enclosures Installation Guide for 19 Inch NEMA Cabinets P N 014003082 EMC Installation Roadmap for CxX Series and FC Series Storage Systems Linux Installation Checklist EMC CX300 2 Gigabit Disk Processor Enclosure DPE Setup Guide P N 300 001 2
372. ver and New Storage DY SLO a E E E E A A E 2 48 Configurations for HP UX Without EMC Failover Software 2 53 Prerequisites 3 2c ticissttaieesseccsses Henssibisierratnrislnasescniesaelets 2 53 Documentation ccccccccsccccssscesssseecsssececsssecesaeeecssseceeeeecnsaes 2 54 Without EMC Failover Software Checklist New HP UX Server and New Storage SyStem c cccccceseseesescssecseseseesesesseeeeneseteeees 2 55 Linux Installation Checklist PowerPath Configurations for Linux cccccceesesceseseseeeetenees 3 2 Required Host Software Revisions ccccccceseeeeeeeseeeees 3 3 PLELOQUISILCS ea cissictescchintss nectisies Pad ES thecsevi crea snuaieds i sneeeceeey 3 3 DOCUMENTATION 2 esse cdesecccsacsecssncaceyaccexenssheesuccdviecexesssceneccdsavecnescs 3 4 PowerPath Checklist New Linux Server and New Storage DY SUSI os SncevexeserscaendealsSvsusentvevituents tdecessaas ieteees ts fives EEEN EEEREN 3 7 PowerPath Checklist New Linux Server and Existing Storage SYSTE en Mihri eeir anae e a aae an aaia 3 13 PowerPath Checklist Existing Linux Server and New Storage DY SUSI E OE T E E E T E 3 23 PowerPath Checklist Existing Linux Server and Existing Storage System viseren e eane ea a TEA seo tase 3 29 DMP Configurations for LinuUX ss sessssssrstsssserstssseesrtsnteestesneess 3 39 Required Host Software Revisions ss ssessessiesissesreeseee 3 39 PLEPEQUISILCS seregenn eea ae ae e EEE REESS 3
373. ver settings can cause erratic failover behavior such as greatly behavior such as greatly increased I O delays increased I O delays 3 Server Q Insert the AIX Utilities Kit CD and Q Insert the AIX Utilities Kit CD and AIX utilities Install EMC ODM mount it mount it administrator s guide Support software Q Install EMC ODM Support using Q Install EMC ODM Support using SMIT or the command line Note The EMC ODM Support package is available on the ftp site ftp ftp emc com pub elab aix ODM_D EFINITIONS SMIT or the command line Note The EMC ODM Support package is available on the ftp site ftp ftp emc com pub elab aix ODM_D EFINITIONS EMC Installation Roadmap for CxX Series and FC Series Storage Systems Task With Access Logix Without Access Logix Reference Document 4 Server Q Insert the PowerPath installation Q Insert the PowerPath installation PowerPath Release Install PowerPath CD and mount it CD and mount it Notes and PowerPath for UNIX installation and Q Install PowerPath using SMIT or Q Install PowerPath using SMIT or administrator s guide from the command line from the command line Q Register PowerPath Q Register PowerPath Q Install any PowerPath patches Q Install any PowerPath patches from the Software downloads from the Software downloads page on the EMC Powerlink page on the EMC Powerlink website website http powerlink emc com http powerlink emc com 5 S
374. verify that each HBA is registered with the storage system administrator s guide and online help Q Checkpoint Make sure the proc scsi scsi directory has entries for Linux documentation LUNZs Note LUNZs are required to register the server HBAs with the storage system because LUNs have not be configured yet Q Checkpoint Make sure the file for the HBAs in the proc scsi directory has entries for the expected targets HBAs 14 Storage System Q Use Navisphere Manager to set general storage system properties Navisphere Manager Configure administrator s guide Q Use Navisphere Manager to create RAID Groups bind LUNs create and online help Storage Groups and assign LUNs to Storage Groups Q Use Navisphere Manager to connect the server to a Storage Group Q Reload the driver if the driver is loaded as a module or reboot the server HBA documentation if the driver is static to the kernel so that Linux recognizes the LUNs see URL on page 3 4 Now the LUNs in the Storage Group look like any other disks in the server Q Checkpoint Make sure all LUNs have entries in the proc scsi scsi Linux documentation directory and in the file for the HBAs in the proc sesi directory If any LUN entries are missing from the file verify the zoning 15 Server Q Make sure you have 128 sd and sg devices in the dev directory PowerPath for Linux Prepare Server installation guide econ Q Ensure that the PowerPath driver s major numbers 232 239 are not
375. vicli h hostname failovermode 1 navicli h hostname arraycommpath 1 where hostname is the IP address or network name of an SP in the storage system Note Setting the array commpath property to 1 enabled creates LUNZ devices 14 Server Q Cable any additional or replacement HBA ports to the switch connected to Storage system setup Cable additional the storage system or to SP ports guide or replacement Z Execute the following AIX command AIX documentation HBAs to switches or storage cfgmgr sysiem Q Checkpoint For a SAN verify the HBA connections to the switch by checking the LED s for the switch port connected to each additional HBA port For a 1 Gbit switch LED is green which indicates that the HBA port is logged in to the switch port For a 2 Gbit switch One of the following Switch documentation e The left LED is green and the right LED is off which indicates that a 1 Gbit SP port is logged in to the switch port e For a DS xxB2 switch both LEDs are green which indicates that a 2 Gbit HBA port is logged in to the switch port Fora DS xxM2 switch the left LED is blue and the right LED is off which indicates that a 2 Gbit HBA port is logged in to the switch port 15 Switches For a SAN Switch management Zone documentation Q Zone the switches to provide a path from each new HBA port host initiator to the appropriate SPs Q Checkpoint Use switch management software to verify the switch connections to the storage
376. vity guide for Tru64 UNIX Configure properties and Navisphere Manager administrator s guide and online help Q Use Navisphere Manager to create RAID Groups bind LUNs create Storage Groups and assign LUNs to Storage Groups Q After the binding of all LUNs is completed use Navisphere Manager to connect the server to its Storage Group 7 Storage System Q Plan your monitoring configuration Navisphere Manager administrator s Set up Event Monitor guide and online help Use Navisphere Manager to set user options create templates and set up your monitoring configuration 8 Server Q Scan for new LUNs with the following command Host connectivity guide for Tru64 UNIX Make LUNs available hwmgr scan scsi and Tru64 UNIX documentation to Tru64 UNIX Checkpoint Verify that all LUNs in the Storage Group are visible to the server with the following command hwmgr show scsi Q Create partition tables and the appropriate utilities for the file systems you will be using with the disklabel command You are now ready to set up any optional software such as Snap View or MirrorView on the storage system Checklist New Tru64 UNIX Server and New Storage System Without Boot Disk Tru64 UNIX Installation Checklist Checklist New Tru64 UNIX Server and New Storage System With Boot Disk This checklist is for a new storage system that will contain a Tru64 UNIX boot disk If you do not want the new storage system to contain
377. w Storage System Windows Installation Checklists 7 41 Windows Installation Checklists Task With Access Logix Reference Document 17 Storage System m Use Navisphere Manager to set general storage system properties Navisphere Manager System Configure optional CHAP security do not enable yet Configure administrator s guide and online help Q Use Navisphere Manager to create RAID Groups bind LUNs create Storage Groups and assign LUNs to Storage Groups Q Use Navisphere Manager to connect the server to a Storage Group Q Reboot the server so Windows recognizes the LUNs Windows documentation Now the LUNs in the Storage Group look like any other disks in the server Q Checkpoint Use one of the following ways to verify that PowerPath sees PowerPath product all the paths to the LUNs guide e PowerPath Administrator Start gt Programs gt EMC gt PowerPath Administrator e PowerPath command powermt display dev all class clariion If PowerPath does not see the LUNs e Verify the server s connection to the Storage Group e Verify that you registered your PowerPath license key if you have one e Verify that the storage system properties are as defined in step 14 18 Storage System L Ifyou will monitor storage system events use Navisphere Manger to apply Navisphere Manager Configure Event the desired event monitor templates to the storage system administrator s guide Monitor For a CX
378. ware asp and select EMC in the OEM approved Drivers Firmware list at the bottom of the page Documentation that ships with e Switches and switch management software e Sun Solaris operating system e VERITAS Volume Manager Storage System Host Utilities for Solaris Administrator s Guide P N 069001140 EMC CX Series Server Software for Solaris Installation Guide P N 300 002 039 EMC Rails and Enclosures Installation Guide for 19 Inch NEMA Cabinets P N 014003082 EMC Installation Roadmap for CxX Series and FC Series Storage Systems Solaris Installation Checklists EMC CX300 2 Gigabit Disk Processor Enclosure DPE Setup Guide P N 300 001 276 rev A02 or higher or EMC CLARiiON CX300 2 Gigabit Disk Processor Enclosure DPE2 Setup and Cabling Guide P N 300 001 276 rev A01 and EMC CLARiiON CX300 CX500 and CX700 Storage Systems Initialization Guide P N 300 001 272 EMC CLARiiON CX500 2 Gigabit Disk Processor Enclosure DPE2 Setup Guide P N 300 001 275 rev A02 or higher or EMC CLARiiON CX500 2 Gigabit Disk Processor Enclosure DPE2 Setup and Cabling Guide P N 300 001 275 rev A01 and EMC CLARiiON CX300 CX500 and CX700 Storage Systems Initialization Guide P N 300 001 272 EMC CLARiiON CX700 Storage Processor Enclosure SPE Setup Guide P N 300 001 274 rev A02 or higher or EMC CLARiiON CX700 Storage Processor Enclosure SPE Setup and Cabling Guide P N 300 001 274 rev A01 and EMC CLARiiON CX
379. werPath LUN by viewing the output of the LUN by viewing the output of the with a license key powermt display dev xevery 2 powermt display dev xevery 2 cont command and disconnect the command and disconnect the cable to that HBA cable to that HBA Q View the output of the powermt Q View the output of the powermt PowerPath product display dev x every 2 display dev x every 2 guide command and verify that command and verify that e The state of the uncabled e The state of the uncabled path s becomes dead path s becomes dead 1 O continues to the remaining 1 O continues to the remaining path s to the LUN indicating path s to the LUN indicating that the path failover was that the path failover was successful and PowerPath is successful and PowerPath is working properly working properly Q Reconnect the cable that you Q Reconnect the cable that you disconnected from the HBA disconnected from the HBA Q If you did not follow the previous Q If you did not follow the previous steps exactly and caused any LUNs to trespass restore the LUNs to their original SP with the following PowerPath command powermt restore steps exactly and caused any LUNs to trespass restore the LUNs to their original SP with the following PowerPath command powermt restore You are now ready to set up any optional software such as Snap View or MirrorView on the storage system EMC Installation Roadmap for CxX Seri
380. x If you want to remove it yourself you must use the procedure in the Removing ATF or CDE Software Before Installing Other Failover Software document P N 069001173 which is on the Powerlink website with this roadmap Simply removing ATF or CDE using the uninstall procedure in the Solaris ATF administrator s guide or the Solaris utilities administrator s guide may not return the server to it original state and may result in lost data PowerPath Checklist Existing Solaris Server and New Storage System Ea Solaris Installation Checklists Task With Access Logix Reference Document 1 Server Q If you need additional HBAs to provide more paths to the storage system HBA documentation Install additional install these HBAs see URL on HBAs CAUTION Do not connect cables to the HBAs until you are told todo so P 9 5a later in this procedure 2 Server Q If ATF or CDE is installed then before continuing either remove it yourself Removing ATF or Remove ATF or see caution before this checklist or arrange to have EMC Professional CDE CDE Services remove it 3 Server Q If the following software is currently installed and not at the required HBA documentation Update Software minimum revision page 5 3 update it see URL on e HBA driver save the persistent bindings as you will need to add them to PUES the new driver CX Series Server Software for Solaris NEMEC lesi Agani Installation Guide
381. xisting HBA ports initiators Initiator Type to CLARiiON Open Failover mode to 1 Array commpath to Enabled PowerPath Checklist Existing NetWare Server and Existing Storage System 4 31 NetWare Installation Checklists Q From the computer connected to the storage system s serial port use the following Navisphere CLI command to determine the default storage system type navicli np d device systemtype where device is the name of the computer port connected to the storage system serial port for example com1 If the default storage system system type is not 3 CLARION Open use the following Navisphere CLI command to set it to 3 navicli np d device systemtype config 3 CAUTION The above command reboots both SPs at the same time From the computer connected to the storage system s serial port use the following Navisphere CLI commands to set the following default storage system properties navicli np d device failovermode 1 navicli np d device arraycommpath 1 where device is the name of the computer port connected to the storage system serial port for example com From the computer connected to the storage system s serial port use the following Navisphere CLI command to determine the default storage system type navicli np d device systemtype where device is the name of the computer port connected to the storage system serial port
382. y dev x every 2 command and verify that command and verify that The state of the uncabled e The state of the uncabled path s becomes dead path s becomes dead 1 0 continues to the remaining 1 O continues to the remaining path s to the LUN indicating path s to the LUN indicating that the path failover was that the path failover was successful and PowerPath is successful and PowerPath is working properly working properly Q Reconnect the cable that you Q Reconnect the cable that you disconnected from the HBA disconnected from the HBA Q If you did not follow the above Q If you did not follow the above steps exactly and caused any steps exactly and caused any LUNs to trespass restore the LUNs to trespass restore the LUNs to their original SP with the LUNs to their original SP with the following PowerPath command following PowerPath command powermt restore powermt restore 20 Server Q Prepare the LUNs to receive data L Prepare the LUNs to receive data Host connectivity guide Make LUNs using the Logical Volume using the Logical Volume and HP UX available to Manager LVM Manager LVM documentation HP UX If HP UX does not recognize any LUNs verify the connection to the Storage Group You are now ready to set up any optional software such as SnapView or MirrorView on the storage system PowerPath Checklist New HP UX Server and Existing Storage System HP UX Installation Checklist
383. y installed switch documentation Q Connect a cable from each host HBA port to a switch port Q Checkpoint Verify the HBA connection to the switch by checking the Switch documentation LED s for the switch port connected to the HBA port For a 1 Gbit switch LED is green which indicates that the HBA is logged in to the switch port For a 2 Gbit switch One of the following The left LED is green and the right LED is off which indicates that a 1 Gbit SP port is logged in to the switch port For a DS xxB2 switch both LEDs are green which indicates that a 2 Gbit HBA port is logged in to the switch port ForaDS xxM2 switch the left LED is blue and the right LED is off which indicates that a 2 Gbit HBA port is logged in to the switch port 7 Storage System Q Install the storage system in the cabinet if not already installed Rails and cabinet Install documentation 8 Storage System Q Install the Navisphere Initialization Utility on a host on the same subnet as Storage system setup Initialize and the storage system management ports guide sion ware Q Use the Navisphere Initialization Utility to initialize the storage system Q Ifyou have SAN Copy SnapView MirrorView and or MirrorView A Navisphere Manager software install the enabler for them administrator s guide and online help EMC Installation Roadmap for CX Series and FC Series Storage Systems HP UX Installation Checklist Task With A
384. y that PowerPath sees all the paths to the LUNs e PowerPath Administrator Start gt Programs gt EMC gt PowerPath Administrator e PowerPath command powermt display dev all class clariion If PowerPath does not see the LUNs e Verify that you registered your PowerPath license key if you have one e Verify that the storage system properties are as defined in step 13 or 14 Navisphere Manager administrator s guide and online help Windows documentation PowerPath product guide PowerPath Checklist New Windows Server and Existing Storage System Without Boot Disk Windows Installation Checklists 7 21 Windows Installation Checklists 7 22 Task With Access Logix Without Access Logix Reference Document 16 Storage System Configure cont For an FC4500 storage system Q Disconnect the computer from the serial port on the storage system For an FC4500 storage system Q Disconnect the computer from the serial port on the storage system Storage system setup guide 17 CX500i Storage System Configure optional storage system CHAP security If CHAP security is configured for the storage system SP port connected to anew NIC or HBA initiator the new initiator must use CHAP If you want a new initiator to use the credentials already set for that SP port you do not need to configure the storage system CHAP for the new initiator Q Use Navisphere Manager
385. yourself Removing ATF or CDE Remove ATF or see caution before this checklist or arrange to have EMC Professional CDE Services remove it 4 Server Q Remove the DiskArray software AIX utilities Install EMC ODM CAUTION Do not reboot the server LMM guiris Support software Q Disconnect any non FC4700 or non CX Series storage systems PowerPath does not support these storage systems Q Insert the AIX Utilities Kit CD and mount it Q Install EMC ODM Support using SMIT or ODM or the command line Note The EMC ODM Support package is available on the ftp site ftp ftp emc com pub elab aix ODM_DEFINITIONS Q Reboot the server 5 Server Note PowerPath requires IBM PCI HBAs and the driver supported by IBM for HBA documentation Replace IBM AIX HBAs and or Ifthe server has IBM HBAs connected to the storage system replace them Install additional with the IBM HBAs HBAs Y p Q Ifyou need additional HBAs to provide more paths to the storage system install these HBAs CAUTION Do not connect cables to the HBAs until you are told to do so later in this procedure 6 Server Q If the following software is currently installed and not at the required HBA driver Update Software minimum revision update it documentation e HBA driver e Navisphere Host Agent and CLI admsnap Q Execute the following command cfgmgr CX Series Server Software for AIX installation Guide AIX documentation PowerPath Checklist Existing AIX Server
386. ystem software Access Logix SAN Copy SnapView MirrorView MirrorView A must be installed Ifyou will use Navisphere Manager 6 X you must have a host that is e Running an operating system that can support the Navisphere Manager 6 X browser based client For an up to date list of such operating systems refer to the Navisphere Manager 6 X release notes on http powerlink emc com e Ona network that is connected to the storage system servers and that will be connected to the SPs in CX500 or CX700 storage systems 6 2 EMC Installation Roadmap for CxX Series and FC Series Storage Systems Tru64 UNIX Installation Checklist You must have planned your LUNs and RAID Groups and Storage Groups if you have Access Logix Be sure to consider requirements for SAN Copy SnapView MirrorView and MirrorView A if you have this software The EMC CLARiiON CX300 CX500 CX500i and CX700 Storage Systems Configuration Planning Guide P N 300 001 273 will help you with this planning Documentation This checklist refers to some or all of the documents listed below We recommend that you load these documents on your service laptop before starting the installation Documentation that ships with e HBA and HBA driver e Switches and switch management software e Tru64 UNIX operating system EMC Navisphere Manager Administrator s Guide P N 069001125 EMC Navisphere Security Administrator s Guide P N 069001124 EMC Ho

EMC 69001166 Portable Media Storage User Manual

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents